Annual Statements Open main menu

TTEC Holdings, Inc. - Annual Report: 2007 (Form 10-K)

e10vk
Table of Contents

UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
 
 
 
Form 10-K
 
 
 
     
(Mark One)    
þ
  ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
    For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007
OR
o
  TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
 
Commission File Number: 001-11919
 
 
 
 
TeleTech Holdings, Inc.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
 
     
Delaware   84-1291044
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
 
9197 South Peoria Street
Englewood, Colorado 80112
(Address of principal executive offices)
 
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code:
(303) 397-8100
 
 
 
 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
 
     
Title of each class
 
Name of each exchange on which registered
 
Common Stock, $0.01 par value
  NASDAQ Global Select Market
 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
None.
 
Indicate by checkmark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.  Yes o     No þ
 
If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.  Yes o     No þ
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports) and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  Yes o     No þ
 
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  o
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
 
Large accelerated filer þ Accelerated filer o Non-accelerated filer o Smaller reporting company o
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).  Yes o     No þ
 
As of June 30, 2007, the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, there were 70,389,172 shares of the registrant’s common stock outstanding. The aggregate market value of the registrant’s voting and non-voting common stock that was held by non-affiliates on such date was $1,204,726,163 based on the closing sale price of the registrant’s common stock on such date as reported on the NASDAQ Global Select Market.
 
As of July 16, 2008, there were 69,976,836 shares of the registrant’s common stock outstanding.
 
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
 
None
 


 

 
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
DECEMBER 31, 2007 FORM 10-K
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
             
        Page No.
 
    ii  
       
    iv  
           
           
  Business     1  
  Risk Factors     9  
  Unresolved Staff Comments     18  
  Properties     18  
  Legal Proceedings     19  
  Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders     20  
           
           
  Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities     20  
  Selected Financial Data     22  
  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations     26  
  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk     62  
  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data     64  
  Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure     64  
  Controls and Procedures     64  
  Other Information     68  
           
           
  Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance     69  
  Executive Compensation     73  
  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters     89  
  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions     91  
  Principal Accountants Fees and Services     92  
           
           
  Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules     93  
    95  
    F-1  
 Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement
 Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement (Below VP)
 Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (VP and above)
 Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (Non-Employee Director)
 List of Subsidiaries
 Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
 Consent of Ernst & Young LLP
 Rule 13a-14(a) Certification of CEO
 Rule 13a-14(a) Certification of CFO
 Written Statement Pursuant to Section 906


i


Table of Contents

 
EXPLANATORY NOTE
 
In this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007, we are restating: (i) our consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2006 and our consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income, statements of stockholders’ equity and statements of cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2006 and December 31, 2005; and (ii) our unaudited quarterly financial information for the first and second quarters of 2007 and for all quarters in our year ended December 31, 2006 (see Note 24 to the Consolidated Financial Statements). Restatement adjustments attributable to fiscal years 1996 through 2004 are reflected as a net adjustment to retained earnings as of January 1, 2005.
 
Summary of Adjustments
 
The following summarizes the accounting adjustments for the years 1996 through the second quarter of 2007 (amounts in thousands):
 
                                                 
    Pre-Tax Accounting Adjustments                    
    Equity-Based
                Total Pre-Tax
    Provision for
    Total Accounting
 
Year Ended December 31,
  Compensation     Leases     Other     Adjustments     Income Tax(1)     Adjustments  
 
1996
  $ 763     $ 132     $     $ 895     $ (334 )   $ 561  
1997
    1,776       515             2,291       (862 )     1,429  
1998
    2,396       1,552             3,948       (1,412 )     2,536  
1999
    12,779       1,112             13,891       (5,022 )     8,869  
2000
    26,684       3,022             29,706       (9,004 )     20,702  
2001
    5,648       679       10       6,337       (2,354 )     3,983  
2002
    6,105       150       817       7,072       (1,479 )     5,593  
2003
    2,214       492       3       2,709       (4,390 )     (1,681 )
2004
    237       477       (3 )     711       (340 )     371  
                                                 
Cumulative effect at December 31, 2004
    58,602       8,131       827       67,560       (25,197 )     42,363  
2005
    965       (922 )     392       435       1,437       1,872  
2006
    611       (1,437 )     (111 )     (937 )     1,798       861  
First quarter 2007
    (209 )     (75 )     (863 )     (1,147 )     711       (436 )
Second quarter 2007
    (272 )     227       (559 )     (604 )     1,056       452  
                                                 
Total
  $ 59,697     $ 5,924     $ (314 )   $ 65,307     $ (20,195 )   $ 45,112  
                                                 
 
 
(1) In any given year, the Provision for Income Tax may not directly correlate with the amount of total pre-tax accounting adjustments. The provision as shown reflects the tax benefits of the pre-tax accounting adjustments, permanent tax differences, and rate differences for foreign jurisdictions. These benefits are offset in part by changes in deferred tax valuation allowances and other adjustments restating the amount or period in which income taxes were originally recorded.
 
Equity-Based Compensation Accounting
 
The restatements arose during and as a result of a voluntary, independent review of our historical equity-based compensation practices and the related accounting conducted by the Audit Committee of our Board of Directors (the “Review”) and an additional review conducted by our management in consultation with our current and former independent auditors. The Review, which was conducted with the assistance of independent, outside legal counsel and outside forensic accounting consultants, covered the accounting for all grants of or modifications to equity awards made to our directors, Section 16 Officers, employees and consultants from the initial public offering (“IPO”) of our common stock in 1996 through August 2007. Based on the Review, we determined that material equity-based compensation expense adjustments were required. The majority of adjustments affected periods prior to 2001. While the Review resulted in the restatement of historical financial periods, the Audit Committee found, among other things, (i) no willful misconduct in connection with our equity compensation granting process; (ii) no evidence of improper conduct by any current member of


ii


Table of Contents

senior management, any past or present member of the Compensation Committee or any other outside directors; and (iii) no regular or systematic practice of using hindsight to select grant dates.
 
Under the oversight of the Audit Committee and in consultation with our current and former independent auditors, management conducted its own internal review of our historical equity-based compensation practices and related accounting. Our review covered 4,886 equity awards, including 4,347 equity awards from our IPO in 1996 through August 2007, and 539 pre-IPO grants for subsequent modifications, cancellations and other accounting issues. This internal review, which was a necessary step in the preparation and restatement of our Consolidated Financial Statements, included, among other things, evaluations of our previous accounting for grants of equity-based compensation.
 
We determined that pursuant to Accounting Principles Board No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees; Statement of Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 123 Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation, SFAS No. 123(R) Share-Based Payment, and related interpretations, mistakes were made in the accounting for our equity compensation grants during the period reviewed. As shown in the table above, we recorded pre-tax, non-cash adjustments to our equity-based compensation expense which were primarily driven by (i) 901 grants comprising 5.4 million shares requiring only changes to the original grant measurement date; (ii) 190 grants comprising 5.0 million shares for which the original grant terms were subsequently modified (44 of these grants comprising 1.2 million shares also required a change to their original measurement date); and (iii) 30 grants comprising 0.8 million shares made to consultants which were mistakenly accounted for as employee grants. The majority of the grants requiring expense adjustments were issued prior to 2001.
 
As part of the restatement process resulting from the review of our historical equity-based compensation practices, we also assessed whether there were other matters which should be corrected in our previously issued financial statements. We concluded that additional accounting adjustments were appropriate, the pre-tax impact of which is presented in the table above, and are categorized as follows:
 
Lease Accounting
 
As part of our internal audit process, we identified the incorrect recording of certain leases under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 13 Accounting for Leases. In addition, we incorrectly applied SFAS No. 143 Accounting for Asset Retirement Obligations to certain leases when it became effective in 2003. Specifically, we did not correctly identify capital versus operating leases for certain of our delivery centers and improperly accounted for certain relevant contractual provisions, including lease inducements, construction allowances, rent holidays, escalation clauses, lease commencement dates and asset retirement obligations. The lease classification changes and recognition of other lease provisions resulted in an adjustment to deferred rent, the recognition of appropriate asset retirement obligations, and the amortization of the related leasehold improvement assets. The majority of adjustments affected periods prior to 2001.
 
Other Accounting Adjustments
 
We made other corrections to accounts receivable and related revenue, accruals and related expense, as well as adjustments to reclassify restricted cash in a foreign entity to other assets.
 
Income Tax Adjustments and Income Tax Payables
 
The reduction of $20.2 million to the Provision for Income Taxes reflects a $23.6 million tax benefit from the pre-tax accounting changes and a $1.1 million tax benefit from permanent tax and foreign rate differences. These benefits are offset in part by a $3.0 million increase in the provision for income taxes due to changes in our deferred tax valuation allowances and a $1.5 million tax increase for other adjustments restating the amount or period in which income taxes were originally recorded.
 
There is no material change to our income taxes payable to the U.S. or any foreign tax jurisdiction nor will we be entitled to a tax refund due to the accounting adjustments recorded for equity-based compensation expense during this restatement. In accounting for equity-based compensation, we only record a tax deduction when a stock option is exercised. The tax returns filed during these periods correctly reported a


iii


Table of Contents

“windfall” tax deduction on stock options exercised as measured by the gain realized on exercise of the stock option (exercise price less the strike price of the option) in excess of the book expense recorded with respect to the particular stock option exercised. An increase to the book expense recorded for a particular stock option will have a corresponding decrease to the “windfall” tax deduction realized on exercise of the stock option but result in no overall increase or decrease to the total tax deductions taken with respect to the stock options exercised.
 
The likelihood that deferred tax assets recorded during the restatement will result in a future tax deduction was evaluated under the “more-likely-than-not” criteria of SFAS 109 Accounting for Income Taxes. In making this judgment we evaluated all available evidence, both positive and negative, in order to determine if, or to what extent, a valuation allowance is required. Changes to our recorded deferred tax assets are reflected in the period in which a change in judgment occurred.
 
The accounting adjustments for equity-based compensation, leases, other accounting and income tax are more fully described in Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements and in Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.
 
Financial information and disclosures included in the reports on Form 10-K, Form 10-Q and Form 8-K filed by us prior to November 10, 2007, and the related opinions of any of our independent registered public accounting firms and all earnings, press releases and similar communications issued by us prior to November 10, 2007 should not be relied upon and are superseded in their entirety by this report and other reports on Form 10-Q and Form 8-K filed by us with the SEC on or after November 10, 2007.
 
NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES
 
In various places throughout this Form 10-K, we use certain financial measures to describe our performance that are not accepted measures under accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (non-GAAP financial measures). We believe such non-GAAP financial measures are informative to the users of our financial information because we use these measures to manage our business. We discuss non-GAAP financial measures in Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations of this Form 10-K under the heading Presentation of Non-GAAP Measurements.
 
CAUTIONARY NOTE ABOUT FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
 
This Annual Report on Form 10-K and the information incorporated by reference contains “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. In particular, we direct your attention to Item 1. Business, Item 3. Legal Proceedings, Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk and Item 9A. Controls and Procedures. We intend the forward-looking statements throughout this Form 10-K and the information incorporated by reference to be covered by the safe harbor provisions for forward-looking statements. All projections and statements regarding our expected financial position and operating results, our business strategy, our financing plans and the outcome of any contingencies are forward-looking statements. These statements can sometimes be identified by our use of forward-looking words such as “may,” “believe,” “plan,” “will,” “anticipate,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend” and other words and phrases of similar meaning. Known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors could cause the actual results to differ materially from those contemplated by the statements. The forward-looking information is based on information available as of the date of this Form 10-K and on numerous assumptions and developments that are not within our control. Although we believe these forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot assure you they will turn out to be correct. Actual results could be materially different from our expectations due to a variety of factors, including, but not limited to, the factors identified in this Form 10-K under the captions Item 1A. Risk Factors and Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation, our other SEC filings and our press releases. We assume no obligation to update: (i) forward-looking statements to reflect actual results or (ii) changes in factors affecting such forward-looking statements.


iv


Table of Contents

 
PART I
 
ITEM 1.  BUSINESS
 
Our Business
 
Over our 26-year history, we have become one of the largest global providers of onshore, offshore and work-from-home business process outsourcing (“BPO”) services with a customer management focus. We help Global 1000 companies enhance their strategic capabilities, improve quality and lower costs by designing, implementing and managing their critical front and back office processes. We provide a 24 x 7, 365 day fully integrated global solution that spans people, process, proprietary technology and infrastructure for governments and private sector clients in the automotive, broadband, cable, financial services, healthcare, logistics, media and entertainment, retail, technology, travel, wireline and wireless industries. As of December 31, 2007, our 53,000 employees provide services from 38,400 workstations across 89 delivery centers in 18 countries. We have approximately 100 global clients, many of whom are in the Global 1000. The Global 1000 is a ranking of the world’s largest companies based on market capitalization. We perform services for many of our clients’ subsidiaries and support approximately 250 unique BPO programs.
 
We believe BPO is a key enabler of improved business performance as measured by a company’s ability to consistently outperform peers through business and economic cycles. We believe the benefits of BPO include renewed focus on core capabilities, faster time-to-market, streamlined processes, movement from a fixed to variable cost structure, access to global sourcing capabilities, and creation of proprietary best operating practices and technology, all of which contribute to increased customer satisfaction and shareholder returns for our clients.
 
Industry studies indicate that companies with high customer satisfaction levels enjoy premium pricing in their industry, which we believe results in increased profitability and greater shareholder returns. Given the strong correlation between customer satisfaction and improved profitability, more and more companies are increasingly focused on selecting outsourcing partners, such as TeleTech, that can deliver strategic front and back office capabilities that improve the customer experience versus simply reducing costs.
 
Our Business History
 
We were founded in 1982 and reorganized as a Delaware corporation in 1994. We completed an initial public offering of our common stock in 1996 and since that time have grown our annual revenue from $183 million to $1.4 billion, representing a compounded annual growth rate (“CAGR”) of 20%.
 
Substantially all of our revenue comes from BPO services and is reported in our North American and International BPO segments. These services involve the transfer of our clients’ front and back office business processes to our 89 delivery centers or work-from-home associates. We also manage the operations of delivery centers for our clients. Front office services include helping clients acquire, grow, serve and retain their customers. Back office services include managing clients’ critical processes such as products or services provisioning; sales lead generation, fulfillment and sales support; expense, loyalty, reward and supply chain management; claims, collections, loans, payment and warranty processing; Tier 1 through 3, or basic through advanced, technical support; retirement plan administration; data analysis, intelligence and market research; network management; and workforce recruiting, training and scheduling.
 
Our strategy is to sell our services to clients in G-20 countries while performing an increasing amount of the work in emerging markets where there is a growing pool of high quality, lower cost labor with strong multilingual and technical skills. The G-20 represents 19 of the world’s largest economies, together with the European Union.
 
Of the 18 countries from which we provide BPO services, eight provide services, partially or entirely, for offshore clients including Argentina, Brazil, Canada, Costa Rica, Malaysia, Mexico, the Philippines and


1


Table of Contents

South Africa. The total workstations in these countries are 24,235, or 63%, of our total delivery capacity. Many of our clients choose a blended strategy whereby they offshore work with us in four to five locations as well as utilize our work-from-home offering. We believe our ability to offer one of the most geographically diverse offshore footprints improves clients’ expansion and servicing flexibility while reducing operational and delivery risk in the event of a service interruption at any one location.
 
Our offshore revenue is the fastest growing part of our business. In 2007, our offshore revenue grew 37% to $550 million and represented 40% of our total revenue. We believe this makes us one of the largest and most geographically diverse providers of BPO services. We recently expanded into two new emerging markets (Costa Rica and South Africa) and plan to selectively increase the number of offshore markets we operate in over time.
 
The other ten countries in which we operate provide services for onshore clients including the U.S., Australia, China, England, Germany, New Zealand, Northern Ireland, Scotland, Singapore and Spain. A key part of our future strategy is to perform more services for these clients in offshore locations.
 
Historical Performance
 
As summarized below, following our initial public offering in 1996, we experienced double-digit revenue growth through 2000, undertook a business transformation strategy in late 2001 and began realizing the benefits of this transformation in 2004 and going forward. Beginning in 1997, we were one of the first companies to provide BPO services to U.S. clients from delivery centers in Argentina, Canada and Mexico.
 
Although revenue growth continued at a CAGR of 4.7% from $913 million in 2001 to $1.0 billion in 2003, we experienced net losses during this time period. This was due primarily to the global economic downturn, the dot-com bubble, the September 11, 2001 terrorist attacks and the business transformation we undertook to further strengthen our industry position and future competitiveness. The business transformation redefined our delivery model, reduced our cost structure and improved our competitive and financial position by:
 
  •     Migrating from a decentralized holding company to a centralized operating company to enhance financial and operating disciplines;
 
  •     Centralizing our technology infrastructure and migrating to a 100% IP-based delivery platform;
 
  •     Standardizing our global operational processes and applications;
 
  •     Automating and virtualizing our human capital needs primarily around talent acquisition, training and performance optimization;
 
  •     Improving the efficiency of certain underperforming operations and reducing our selling, general and administrative expenses;
 
  •     Improving pricing or rationalizing the performance of certain underperforming client programs;
 
  •     Investing in sales and client account management;
 
  •     Investing in innovative new solutions to diversify revenue into higher margin offerings, including professional, learning and hosted services;
 
  •     Expanding delivery capabilities with expanded onshore, near-shore, offshore and work-from-home solutions;
 
  •     Reducing long-term debt by nearly $120 million from 2003 to 2004 with cash surpluses and borrowings under our revolving credit facility; and
 
  •     Approving and executing a stock repurchase program.
 
As a result of this business transformation, from 2005 to 2007, our revenue grew at a CAGR of 12.3% from $1.1 billion to $1.4 billion and diluted earnings per share grew at a CAGR of 42.4% from $0.36 to $0.73. Our operating margin more than doubled to 6.0% in 2007 from 2.9% in 2005.


2


Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2007, we had $91.2 million in cash and cash equivalents and a debt to equity ratio of 17.4%. We generated $42.4 million in free cash flow during 2007 and our cash flows from operations and borrowings under our revolving credit facility have enabled us to fund $61.1 million in capital expenditures. Approximately 80% of our capital expenditures were related to growth primarily in offshore markets with the remaining 20% used for the development and maintenance of our embedded infrastructure.
 
Our improved financial performance in 2007 resulted from strong growth with both new and existing clients across an expanding array of industry verticals, a 37% growth rate in offshore revenue and the ongoing benefit from our achievement of $120 million in cost reductions from mid-2003 through 2007.
 
On June 30, 2006, we acquired 100 percent of the outstanding common shares of Direct Alliance Corporation (“DAC”), a provider of e-commerce, professional sales and account management solutions primarily to Fortune 500 companies that sell into and maintain long-standing relationships with small and medium businesses. We acquired DAC for $46.4 million in cash and used borrowings under our revolving credit facility to finance the acquisition. See Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional discussion regarding this acquisition.
 
On September 27, 2007, Newgen Results Corporation and related companies (hereinafter collectively referred to as “Newgen”) and TeleTech entered into an asset purchase agreement to sell substantially all of the assets and certain liabilities associated with the Database Marketing and Consulting business. This transaction closed on September 28, 2007. The Database Marketing and Consulting business provided outsourced database management, direct marketing and related customer acquisition and retention services for automobile dealerships and manufacturers. See Note 4 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional discussion regarding this disposition.
 
On December 18, 2007, we completed the sale of our Customer Solutions Mauritius subsidiary that owned a 60% equity interest in TeleTech Services India Ltd., our Indian joint venture. See Note 4 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional discussion regarding this disposition.
 
In November 2001, our Board of Directors authorized a $5 million stock repurchase program with the objective of improving stockholder returns. Since then, the Board has steadily increased the amount of funds available to repurchase our common stock to $215 million. In early November 2007, we announced the suspension of repurchases under our stock repurchase program due to our review of historical equity-based compensation practices. During the first three quarters of the year ended December 31, 2007, we purchased 1.6 million shares for $47.0 million. From inception of the program through December 31, 2007, we purchased 14.8 million shares for $162.3 million, leaving $52.7 million remaining under the repurchase program as of December 31, 2007. The program does not have an expiration date.
 
Our Future Growth Goals and Strategy
 
We plan to achieve our growth objectives by:
 
  •     Capitalizing on the favorable trends in the global outsourcing environment, which we believe will include more companies that want to:
 
  -     Adopt or increase BPO services;
 
  -     Consolidate outsourcing providers with those that have a solid financial position, capital resources to sustain a long-term relationship and globally diverse delivery capabilities across a broad range of solutions;
 
  -     Modify their approach to outsourcing based on total value delivered versus the lowest priced provider; and
 
  -     Better integrate front and back office processes.
 
  •     Deepening and broadening relationships with existing clients;
 
  •     Winning business with new clients and focusing on targeted high growth industry verticals;


3


Table of Contents

 
  •     Continuing to diversify revenue into higher margin offerings such as professional services, talent acquisition, learning services and our hosted TeleTech OnDemandtm capabilities;
 
  •     Increasing capacity utilization during peak and non-peak hours;
 
  •     Scaling our work-from-home initiative to increase operational flexibility; and
 
  •     Completing select acquisitions that extend our core BPO capabilities or vertical expertise.
 
Our Market Opportunity
 
Companies around the world are increasingly realizing that the quality of their customer relationships are critical to maintaining their competitive advantage. This realization has driven companies to increase their focus on developing, managing, growing and continuously enhancing their customer relationships.
 
Additionally, globalization of the world’s economy continues to accelerate. Businesses are now competing on a global basis due to rapid advances in technology and telecommunications that permit cost-effective real-time global communications and ready access to a highly-skilled global labor force. As a result of these developments, companies have increasingly outsourced business processes to third-party providers in an effort to enhance or maintain their competitive position and increase shareholder value through improved productivity and profitability.
 
The global BPO industry is large and growing. Based on industry reports, we estimate that companies are spending approximately $6 trillion worldwide on internal and external business processes. International Data Corporation has reported that in 2007 companies outsourced $462 billion of business process services globally. This is projected to grow to $677 billion by 2011, representing a 10% CAGR.
 
We believe that the global demand for high quality third-party business process services is being fueled by the following trends:
 
  •     Integration of front- and back-office processes to provide an enhanced customer experience.  Companies have realized that integrated business processes allow customer needs to be resolved more accurately and efficiently, resulting in higher customer satisfaction, loyalty and sales. By providing a high-quality customer experience, companies can improve their competitive position and continue to grow and retain their customer base.
 
  •     Increasing percentage of company operations being outsourced to the most capable providers.  Having experienced success with outsourcing a portion of their business processes, companies are outsourcing a larger percentage of their business processes. Furthermore, companies are outsourcing more complex business processes, recognizing the importance of achieving continuous process improvements and enhanced productivity. To achieve these benefits, companies are consolidating their outsourcing by focusing on third-party providers that have an extensive operating history, global reach, world-class capabilities and an ability to scale and meet their evolving needs.
 
  •     Increasing adoption of outsourcing across a broader group of industries.  Early adopters of the BPO trend, such as the media and communications industries, are being joined by companies in the financial services, healthcare, retail and other industries. These companies are beginning to adopt outsourcing to improve their business processes and competitiveness.
 
  •     Focusing on speed-to-market by companies launching new products or entering new geographic locations.  As companies broaden their product offerings and seek to enter new emerging markets, they are looking for outsourcing providers that can give them speed-to-market while reducing their capital and operating risk. To achieve these benefits, companies are seeking service providers with an extensive operating history, an established global footprint and the financial strength to invest in innovation to deliver more strategic capabilities and the ability to scale and meet customer demands quickly.


4


Table of Contents

Our Business Overview
 
We help Global 1000 clients improve front and back office business processes while increasing customer satisfaction. We manage our clients’ outsourcing needs with the primary goal of delivering a high-quality customer experience while also reducing their total delivery costs.
 
Our solutions provide access to skilled people in 18 countries using standardized operating processes and a centralized delivery platform to:
 
  •     Design, implement and manage industry-specific end-to-end back office processes to achieve efficient and effective global service delivery for discrete or multiple back office requirements;
 
  •     Manage the customer lifecycle, from acquiring and on-boarding through support and retention;
 
  •     Support field sales teams and manage sales relationships with small and medium-sized businesses;
 
  •     Design, implement and manage e-commerce portals;
 
  •     Provide a suite of pre-integrated TeleTech OnDemandtm business process applications through a monthly license subscription;
 
  •     Offer infrastructure deployment, including the development of data and BPO delivery centers;
 
  •     License tools within our human capital suite including talent acquisition, learning services and performance optimization for use in clients’ internal operations; and
 
  •     Offer professional consulting services in each of the above areas.
 
Our Competitive Strengths
 
Entering a business services outsourcing relationship is typically a long-term strategic commitment for companies. The outsourced processes are usually complex and require a high degree of customization and integration with a client’s core operations. Accordingly, our clients tend to enter long-term contracts which provide us with a more predictable revenue stream. In addition, we have high levels of client retention due to our operational excellence and ability to meet our clients’ outsourcing objectives, as well as the significant transition costs required to exit the relationship. Our client retention in both 2007 and 2006 was 93%.
 
We believe that our clients select us because of our:
 
  •     Industry reputation and our position as one of the largest industry providers with 26 years of expertise in delivering complex BPO solutions across targeted industries;
 
  •     Ability to scale infrastructure and employees worldwide using globally deployed best practices to ensure a consistent, high-quality service;
 
  •     Ability to optimize the performance of our workforce through proprietary hiring, training and performance optimization tools; and
 
  •     Commitment to continued product and services innovation to further the strategic capabilities of our clients.
 
We believe that technological excellence, best operating practices and innovative human capital strategies that can scale globally are key elements to our continued industry leadership.
 
Technological Excellence
 
Over the past five years, we have measurably transformed our technology platform by moving to a secure, private, 100% internet protocol (“IP”) based infrastructure. This transformation has enabled us to centralize and standardize our worldwide delivery capabilities resulting in improved quality of delivery for our clients along with lower capital and information technology (“IT”) operating costs.


5


Table of Contents

The foundation of this platform is our four IP hosting centers known as TeleTech GigaPOPs®, which are located on three continents. These centers provide a fully integrated suite of voice and data routing, work force management, quality monitoring, storage and business analytic capabilities. This enables anywhere to anywhere, real-time processing of our clients’ business needs from any location around the globe and is the foundation for new, innovative offerings including TeleTech OnDemandtm, TeleTech@Home and our suite of human capital solutions. This hub and spoke model enables us to provide our services at the lowest cost while increasing scalability, reliability, redundancy, asset utilization and the diversity of our service offerings.
 
Prior to this technology transformation, each of our delivery centers had a significant investment in disparate hardware and software maintained by on-site IT staff, which was costly to operate and maintain and did not provide the level of reliability or redundancy we now provide.
 
To ensure high end-to-end security and reliability of this critical infrastructure, we monitor and manage the TeleTech GigaPOPs 24 x 7, 365 days per year from several strategically located state-of-the-art Global Command Centers.
 
Our technology innovations have resulted in the filing of more than 20 intellectual property patent applications.
 
Globally Deployed Best Operating Practices
 
Globally deployed best operating practices assure that we can deliver a consistent, scalable, high-quality experience to our clients’ customers from any of our 89 delivery centers or work-from-home associates around the world. Standardized processes include our approach to attracting, screening, hiring, training, scheduling, evaluating, coaching and maximizing associate performance to meet our clients’ needs. We provide real-time reporting on performance across the globe to ensure consistency of delivery. In addition, this information provides valuable insight into what is driving customer inquiries, enabling us to proactively recommend process changes to our clients to optimize their customers’ experience.
 
Innovative Human Capital Strategies
 
To effectively manage and leverage our human capital requirements, we have developed a proprietary suite of business processes, software tools and client engagement guidelines that work together to improve performance for our clients while enabling us to reduce time to hire, decrease employee turnover and improve time-to-service and quality of performance.
 
The three primary components of our human capital platform – Talent Acquisition, Learning Services and Performance Optimization – combine to form a powerful and flexible management system to streamline and standardize operations across our global delivery centers. These three components work to allow us to make better hires, improve training quality and provide real-time feedback and incentives for performance.
 
Several of our clients have licensed portions of the above components, thereby providing an additional opportunity to diversify our revenue into higher-margin offerings.
 
Innovative New Revenue Opportunities
 
We continue to develop other innovative services that leverage our investment in a centralized and standardized delivery platform to meet our clients’ needs, and we believe that these solutions will represent a growing percentage of our future revenue.
 
TeleTech OnDemandtm
 
TeleTech OnDemandtm delivers a fully-integrated suite of best-in-class business process applications on a hosted (software as a service) basis, providing streamlined delivery center technology, knowledge and services. This allows our clients to empower their associates with the same technology and best practices we use internally on a monthly subscription license model. With TeleTech OnDemandtm,


6


Table of Contents

there is no need for our clients to license software, purchase on-premise hardware, or staff up to provide ongoing technology support.
 
Our TeleTech OnDemandtm solutions are easy to implement and scale seamlessly to support business growth, encompassing the full breadth of business process operations including: Interaction Routing, Self-Service, Employee Desktop Management, Business Intelligence and Performance Management. Because they are based on our rigorous first-hand use, our hosted services are proven, reliable, scalable and continually refined and expanded.
 
TeleTech@Home
 
Our dispersed workforce solution enables employees to work out of their home while accessing the same proprietary training, workflow, reporting and quality tools as our delivery center associates. TeleTech@Home associates are TeleTech employees – not independent contractors – providing a strong cultural fit, seamless workforce control and high levels of job satisfaction. Our TeleTech@Home solution utilizes our highly scalable and centralized technical architecture and enables secure access, monitoring and reporting for our Global 1000 clients.
 
Features of the new TeleTech@Home offering include:
 
  •     Outstanding quality, low employee turnover, high call resolution and superior sales and customer management performance;
 
  •     Greater flexibility and scalability through the benefit of dispersed geography and proven processes;
 
  •     Ability to reach a new and talented employee pool that includes licensed and certified professionals in a variety of industries with multiple years of experience; and
 
  •     Access to a unique and flexible employee population that includes stay-at-home parents, workers with physical challenges that make office commuting undesirable, rural workers and workers in highly technical urban centers.
 
Clients
 
In 2007, we had one client that represented more than 10% of our total annual revenue. Sprint Nextel represented 15% of total revenue in 2007. Our top five and ten clients represented 40% and 59% of total revenue, respectively.
 
Certain of our communications clients, which represent approximately 20% of our total annual revenue, also provide us with telecommunication services through transactions that are negotiated at different times and with different legal entities. We believe each of these supplier contracts is negotiated on an arm’s-length basis and that the terms are substantially the same as those that have been negotiated with unrelated vendors. Expenditures under these supplier contracts represent less than one percent of total costs.
 
Competition
 
We compete with the in-house business process operations of our current and potential clients. We also compete with certain companies that provide BPO services including: Accenture Ltd.; APAC Customer Services, Inc.; Convergys Corporation; Computer Sciences Corp.; Electronic Data Systems Corporation; International Business Machines Corp.; Teleperformance; Sitel Corporation; Sykes Enterprises Incorporated and West Corporation, among others. We work with Accenture, Computer Sciences Corporation and IBM on a sub-contract basis and approximately 20% of our total revenue is generated from these system integrator relationships.
 
We compete primarily on the basis of our 26 years of experience, our global locations, our quality and scope of services, our speed and flexibility of implementation, our technological expertise, and our price and contractual terms. A number of competitors may have different capabilities and resources than ours.


7


Table of Contents

Additionally, niche providers or new entrants could capture a segment of the market by developing new systems or services that could impact our market potential.
 
Seasonality
 
Historically, we experience a seasonal increase in revenue in the fourth quarter related to higher volumes from clients primarily in the healthcare, package delivery, retail and other industries with seasonal businesses. Also, our operating margins in the first quarter are impacted by higher payroll-related taxes with our global workforce.
 
Periodically, we earn a significant amount of unanticipated quarterly revenue in conjunction with government-sponsored disaster relief programs. For example, we earned a significant amount of revenue during the third and fourth quarters of 2005 from a short-term U.S. Government program to provide disaster relief services to hurricane victims in the U.S.
 
Database Marketing and Consulting Business
 
This segment represented 1% of total revenue in 2007 and provided outsourced database and marketing services for primarily U.S.-based automotive dealerships and manufacturers to generate and qualify sales leads and to schedule, remind and follow up on customer service appointments. Other services included email campaign management, event marketing, Internet-based appointment setting, lead qualification and related customer acquisition and retention services utilizing email, direct mail and phone-based services.
 
On September 27, 2007, Newgen and TeleTech entered into an asset purchase agreement to sell substantially all of the assets and certain liabilities associated with the Database Marketing and Consulting business. This transaction closed on September 28, 2007. See Note 4 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding this disposition.
 
Employees
 
As of December 31, 2007, we had approximately 53,000 employees in 18 countries. Approximately 84% of these employees held full-time positions and 75% were located outside of the U.S. We have approximately 14,500 employees outside the U.S. and Canada covered by collective bargaining agreements. In most cases, the collective bargaining agreements are mandated under national labor laws, including our employees in the following countries:
 
  •     In Argentina, approximately 4,100 employees are covered by an industry-wide collective bargaining agreement with the Confederation of Commerce Employees that expires annually in March 2009;
 
  •     In Brazil, approximately 3,200 employees are covered by industry-wide collective bargaining agreements with Sintratel and SintelMark that expire in May 2009;
 
  •     In Mexico, we have approximately 3,700 employees covered by an industry-wide collective bargaining agreement with the Federacion Obrero Sindicalista that expires in December 2008; and
 
  •     In Spain, we have approximately 3,500 employees covered by industry-wide collective bargaining agreements with COMFIA-CCOO and FES-UGT that expire in December 2009.
 
We anticipate that these agreements will be renewed and that any renewals will not impact us in a manner materially different from all other companies covered by such industry-wide agreements. In New Zealand, we have approximately 150 employees that have identified themselves as members of the Engineering, Printing & Manufacturing Union, but there is no collective bargaining agreement in place covering these employees. In Australia and the United Kingdom, we have approximately 100 employees that have identified themselves as being members of unions, but there is no collective bargaining agreement in place covering these employees. We believe that our relations with our employees and


8


Table of Contents

unions are satisfactory. We have not experienced any significant work stoppages in our ongoing business.
 
Intellectual Property & Proprietary Technology
 
Our success is partially dependent upon certain proprietary technologies and core intellectual property. We have a number of pending patent applications in the U.S. and foreign countries. Our technology is also protected under copyright laws. Additionally, we rely on trade secret protection and confidentiality and proprietary information agreements to protect our proprietary technology. We have trademarks or registered trademarks in the U.S. and other countries, including TELETECH®, the TELETECH GLOBE Design, TELETECH GIGAPOP®, TELETECH GLOBAL VENTURES®, HIREPOINT®, VISAPOINT®, IDENTIFY!®, IDENTIFY! PLUS®, INCULTURE®, TOTAL DELIVERED VALUE® and YOUR CUSTOMER MANAGEMENT PARTNER®. We believe that several of our trademarks are of material importance. Some of our proprietary technology is licensed to others under corresponding license agreements. Some of our technology is licensed from others. While our competitive position could be affected by our ability to protect our intellectual property, we believe that we have generally taken commercially reasonable steps to protect our intellectual property.
 
Our Corporate Information
 
Our principal executive offices are located at 9197 South Peoria Street, Englewood, Colorado 80112 and the telephone number at that address is (303) 397-8100. Electronic copies of our Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q and Current Reports on Form 8-K are available free of charge by (i) visiting the “Investors” section of our website at http://www.teletech.com or (ii) sending a written request to Investor Relations at our corporate headquarters or to investor.relations@teletech.com. The public may read and copy any materials that we file with the SEC at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE, Room 1580, Washington, DC 20549. You may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC maintains an Internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC at www.sec.gov. Information on our website is not incorporated by reference into this report.
 
ITEM 1A.  RISK FACTORS
 
In evaluating our business, you should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties discussed in this section, in addition to the other information presented in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The risks and uncertainties described below may not be the only risks that we face. If any of these risks or uncertainties actually occurs, our business, financial condition or results of operation could be materially adversely affected and the market price of our common stock may decline.
 
Risks Relating to Our Business
 
A large portion of our revenue is generated from a limited number of clients, and the loss of one or more of our clients could cause a reduction in our revenue and operating results
 
We rely on strategic, long-term relationships with large, global companies in targeted industries. As a result, we derive a substantial portion of our revenue from relatively few clients. Our five largest clients collectively represented 40% of revenue in 2007 and 42% of revenue in 2006. Our ten largest clients represented 59% of revenue in 2007 and 61% of revenue in 2006. One of our clients, Sprint Nextel, represented 15% of our revenue in 2007 and 16% of our revenue in 2006. Sprint Nextel was the only client that represented over 10% of our revenue during these periods.
 
We believe that a substantial portion of our total revenue will continue to be derived from a relatively small number of our clients in the future. The contracts with our five largest clients expire between 2008 and 2011. We have historically renewed most of our contracts with our largest clients. However, there is no assurance that any contracts will be renewed or, if renewed, will be on terms as favorable as the existing contracts. The volumes and profit margins of our most significant programs may decline and we may not be able to replace such clients or programs with clients or programs that generate comparable revenue and profits. Although we do not believe that it is likely our entire relationship with Sprint Nextel or any other


9


Table of Contents

large client would terminate at one time, the loss of all or part of a major client’s business or a contract concession could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
 
Client consolidations could result in a loss of clients or contract concessions that would adversely affect our operating results
 
We serve clients in targeted industries that have historically experienced a significant level of consolidation. If one of our clients is acquired by another company (including another one of our clients), provisions in certain of our contracts allow these clients to cancel or renegotiate their contracts, or to seek contract concessions. Such consolidations may result in the termination or phasing out of an existing client contract, volume discounts and other contract concessions that could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
 
Our business may be affected by the performance of our clients and general economic conditions
 
In substantially all of our client programs, we generate revenue based, in large part, on the amount of time our employees devote to our clients’ customers. Consequently, the amount of revenue generated from any particular client program is dependent upon consumers’ interest in and use of our client’s products and/or services, which may be adversely affected by general economic conditions. Our clients may not be able to market or develop products and services that require their customers to use our services, especially as a result of the recent downturn in the U.S. and worldwide economy. Furthermore, a decline in our clients’ business or performance, including possible client bankruptcies, could impair their ability to pay for our services. Although we currently do not anticipate payment issues with our major clients, our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows would be adversely affected if any of them were unable or unwilling, for any reason, to pay for our services.
 
Unauthorized disclosure of sensitive or confidential client and customer data could expose us to protracted and costly litigation, penalties and cause us to lose clients
 
We are dependent on IT networks and systems to process, transmit and store electronic information and to communicate among our locations around the world and with our alliance partners and clients. Security breaches of this infrastructure could lead to shutdowns or disruptions of our systems and potential unauthorized disclosure of confidential information. We are also required at times to manage, utilize and store sensitive or confidential client or customer data. As a result, we are subject to numerous U.S. and foreign laws and regulations designed to protect this information, such as the European Union Directive on Data Protection and various U.S. federal and state laws governing the protection of health or other individually identifiable information. If any person, including any of our employees, negligently disregards or intentionally breaches our established controls with respect to such data or otherwise mismanages or misappropriates that data, we could be subject to monetary damages, fines and/or criminal prosecution. Unauthorized disclosure of sensitive or confidential client or customer data, whether through systems failure, employee negligence, fraud or misappropriation, could damage our reputation and cause us to lose clients. Similarly, unauthorized access to or through our information systems or those we develop for our clients, whether by our employees or third parties, could result in negative publicity, legal liability and damage to our reputation, business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.


10


Table of Contents

Our financial results depend on our capacity utilization, in particular our ability to forecast our clients’ customer demand and make corresponding decisions regarding staffing levels, investments and operating expenses
 
Our delivery center utilization rates have a substantial and direct effect on our profitability, and we may not achieve desired utilization rates. Our utilization rates are affected by a number of factors, including:
 
  •     Our ability to maintain and increase capacity in each of our delivery centers during peak and non-peak hours;
 
  •     Our ability to predict our clients’ customer demand for our services and thereby to make corresponding decisions regarding staffing levels, investments and other operating expenditures in each of our delivery center locations;
 
  •     Our ability to hire and assimilate new employees and manage employee turnover; and
 
  •     Our need to devote time and resources to training, professional development and other non-chargeable activities.
 
We attempt to maximize utilization. However, because the majority of our business is inbound from our clients’ customer-initiated encounters, we have significantly higher utilization during peak (weekday) periods than during off-peak (night and weekend) periods. We have experienced periods of idle capacity, particularly in our multi-client delivery centers. Historically, we experience idle peak period capacity upon opening a new delivery center or termination or completion of a large client program. On a quarterly basis, we assess the expected long-term capacity utilization of our delivery centers. We may consolidate or close under-performing delivery centers in order to maintain or improve targeted utilization and margins. In the event we close delivery centers in the future, we may be required to record restructuring or impairment charges, which could adversely impact our results of operations. There can be no assurance that we will be able to achieve or maintain desired delivery center capacity utilization. As a result of the fixed costs associated with each delivery center, quarterly variations in client volumes, many of which are outside our control, can have a material adverse effect on our utilization rates. If our utilization rates are below expectations in any given quarter, our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows for that quarter could be adversely affected.
 
Our business depends on uninterrupted service to clients
 
Our operations are dependent upon our ability to protect our facilities, computer and telecommunications equipment and software systems against damage or interruption from fire, power loss, cyber attacks, telecommunications interruption or failure, labor shortages, weather conditions, natural disasters and other similar events. Additionally, severe weather can cause our employees to miss work and interrupt the delivery of our services, resulting in a loss of revenue. In the event we experience a temporary or permanent interruption at one or more of our locations (including our corporate headquarters building), our business could be materially adversely affected and we may be required to pay contractual damages or face the suspension or loss of a client’s business. Although we maintain property and business interruption insurance, such insurance may not adequately compensate us for any losses we may incur.
 
Many of our contracts utilize performance pricing that link some of our fees to the attainment of various performance or business targets, which could increase the variability of our revenue and operating margin
 
A majority of our contracts include performance clauses that condition some of our fees on the achievement of agreed-upon performance standards or milestones. These performance standards can be complex and often depend in some measure on our clients’ actual levels of business activity or other factors outside of our control. If we fail to satisfy these measures, it could reduce our revenue under the contracts or subject us to potential damage claims under the contract terms.


11


Table of Contents

Our contracts provide for early termination, which could have a material adverse effect on our operating results
 
Most of our contracts do not ensure that we will generate a minimum level of revenue and the profitability of each client program may fluctuate, sometimes significantly, throughout the various stages of a program. Our objective is to sign multi-year contracts with our clients. However, our contracts generally enable the clients to terminate the contract or reduce customer interaction volumes. Our larger contracts generally require the client to pay a contractually agreed amount and/or provide prior notice in the event of early termination. There can be no assurance that we will be able to collect early termination fees.
 
We may not be able to offset increased costs with increased service fees under long-term contracts
 
Some of our larger long-term contracts allow us to increase our service fees if and to the extent certain cost or price indices increase. The majority of our expenses are payroll and payroll-related, which includes healthcare costs. Over the past several years, payroll costs, including healthcare costs, have increased at a rate much greater than that of general cost or price indices. Increases in our service fees that are based upon increases in cost or price indices may not fully compensate us for increases in labor and other costs incurred in providing services. There can be no assurance that we will be able to recover increases in our costs through increased service fees.
 
Our business may be affected by our ability to obtain financing
 
From time to time, we may need to obtain debt or equity financing for capital expenditures, for payment of existing obligations, to replenish cash reserves, or to fund acquisitions or joint ventures. Additionally, our existing credit facility requires us to comply with certain financial covenants. As a result of the voluntary, independent review of our historical equity-based compensation practices, we amended our credit facility with our lenders three times since November 2007 in order to ensure compliance with certain covenants. See Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations under the heading “Amendment of Credit Facility” for further discussion. Upon the filing of this Form 10-K and our Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q for the quarters ended September 30, 2007 and March 31, 2008, we believe that we will be in compliance with all financial covenants. However, if we do not file future quarterly or annual reports on a timely basis, there can be no assurance that we will be able to obtain waivers or additional amendments from our lenders. If our lenders refuse to waive or amend our existing credit facility in the future, we may be required to immediately repay the entire outstanding balance under our credit facility or to pay our lenders higher interest for past periods. Furthermore, there can be no assurance that we will be able to obtain additional debt or equity financing, or that any such financing would be on terms acceptable to us.
 
Our business may be affected by risks associated with international operations and expansion
 
An important component of our growth strategy is continued international expansion. There are certain risks inherent with conducting international business, including but not limited to:
 
  •     Management of personnel overseas;
 
  •     Longer payment cycles;
 
  •     Difficulties in accounts receivable collections;
 
  •     Foreign currency exchange rates;
 
  •     Difficulties in complying with foreign laws;
 
  •     Unexpected changes in regulatory requirements;


12


Table of Contents

  •     Political and social instability, as demonstrated by terrorist threats, regime change, increasing tension in the Middle East and other countries and the resulting need for enhanced security measures; and
 
  •     Potentially adverse tax consequences.
 
Any one or more of these or other factors could have a material adverse effect on our international operations and, consequently, on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. There can be no assurance that we will be able to manage our international operations successfully.
 
Our financial results may be impacted by foreign currency exchange risk
 
We serve an increasing number of our clients from delivery centers in other countries including Argentina, Brazil, Canada, Costa Rica, Malaysia, Mexico, the Philippines and South Africa. Contracts with these clients are typically priced, invoiced, and paid in U.S. dollars while the costs incurred to operate these delivery centers are denominated in the functional currency of the applicable non-U.S.-based contracting subsidiary. Therefore, fluctuations between the currencies of the contracting and operating subsidiary present foreign currency exchange risks.
 
While we enter into forward and option contracts to hedge against the effect of exchange rate fluctuations, the foreign exchange exposure between the contracting and operating subsidiaries is not hedged 100%. Since the operating subsidiary assumes the foreign exchange exposure, its operating margins could decrease if the contracting subsidiary’s currency devalues against the operating subsidiary’s currency.
 
For example, the U.S. dollar has weakened against many foreign currencies over the past two years. If the U.S. dollar continues to devalue, the financial results of certain operating subsidiaries (and hence TeleTech upon consolidation) will be negatively affected. While our hedging strategy effectively offset a portion of these foreign currency changes during 2006 and 2007, there can be no assurance that we will continue to successfully hedge this foreign currency exchange risk or that the value of the U.S. dollar will not materially weaken. If we fail to manage our foreign currency exchange risk, our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows could be adversely affected.
 
Our global operations expose us to numerous and sometimes conflicting legal and regulatory requirements
 
Because we provide services to clients in 50 countries, we are subject to numerous, and sometimes conflicting, legal regimes on matters as diverse as import/export controls, content requirements, trade restrictions, tariffs, taxation, sanctions, government affairs, immigration, internal and disclosure control obligations, data privacy and labor relations. Violations of these regulations could result in liability for monetary damages, fines and/or criminal prosecution, unfavorable publicity, restrictions on our ability to process information and allegations by our clients that we have not performed our contractual obligations. Due to the varying degrees of development of the legal systems of the countries in which we operate, local laws might be insufficient to protect our contractual and intellectual property rights, among other rights.
 
Changes in U.S. federal, state and international laws and regulations may adversely affect the sale of our services, including expansion of overseas operations. In the U.S., some of our services must comply with various federal and state regulations regarding the method and practices of placing outbound telephone calls. In addition, we could incur liability for failure to comply with laws or regulations related to the portions of our clients’ businesses that are transferred to us. Changes in these regulations and requirements, or new restrictive regulations and requirements, may slow the growth of our services or require us to incur substantial costs. Changes in laws and regulations could also mandate significant and costly changes to the way we implement our services and solutions, such as preventing us from using offshore resources to provide our services, or could impose additional taxes on the provision of our services and solutions. These changes could threaten our ability to continue to serve certain markets.


13


Table of Contents

Our financial results and projections may be impacted by our ability to maintain and find new locations for our delivery centers in countries with stable wage rates
 
Our industry is labor-intensive and the majority of our operating costs relate to wages, employee benefits and employment taxes. As a result, our future growth is dependent upon our ability to find cost-effective locations in which to operate, both domestically and internationally. Some of our delivery centers are located in countries that have experienced rising standards of living, which may in turn require us to increase employee wages. In addition, approximately 14,500 employees outside the U.S. and Canada are covered by collective bargaining agreements. Although we anticipate that the terms of agreements will not impact us in a manner materially different than other companies located in these countries, we may not be able to pass increased labor costs on to our clients. There is no assurance that we will be able to find cost-effective locations. Any increases in labor costs may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
 
The business process outsourcing markets are highly competitive, and we might not be able to compete effectively
 
Our ability to compete will depend on a number of factors, including our ability to:
 
  •     Initiate, develop and maintain new client relationships;
 
  •     Expand existing client programs;
 
  •     Staff and equip suitable delivery center facilities in a timely manner; and
 
  •     Develop new solutions and enhance existing solutions we provide to our clients.
 
Moreover, we compete with a variety of companies with respect to our offerings, including:
 
  •     Large multinational providers, including the service arms of large global technology providers;
 
  •     Offshore service providers in lower-cost locations that offer services similar to those we offer, often at highly competitive prices;
 
  •     Niche solution or service providers that compete with us in a specific geographic market, industry segment or service area; and
 
  •     Most importantly, the in-house operations of clients or potential clients.
 
Because our primary competitors are the in-house operations of existing or potential clients, our performance and growth could be adversely affected if our existing or potential clients decide to provide in-house business process services they currently outsource, or retain or increase their in-house business processing services and product support capabilities. In addition, competitive pressures from current or future competitors also could cause our services to lose market acceptance or put downward pressure on the prices we charge for our services and on our operating margins. If we are unable to provide our clients with superior services and solutions at competitive prices, our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows could be adversely affected.
 
We may not be able to develop our services and solutions in response to changes in technology and client demand
 
Our success depends on our ability to develop and implement systems technology and outsourcing services and solutions that anticipate and respond to rapid and continuing changes in technology, industry developments and client needs. Our continued growth and future profitability will be highly dependent on a number of factors, including our ability to develop new technologies that:
 
  •     Expand our existing solutions and offerings;
 
  •     Achieve cost efficiencies in our existing delivery center operations; and
 
  •     Introduce new solutions that leverage and respond to changing technological developments.


14


Table of Contents

We may not be successful in anticipating or responding to these developments on a timely basis. Our integration of new technologies may not achieve their intended cost reductions and services and technologies offered by current or future competitors may make our service offerings uncompetitive or obsolete. Our failure to maintain our technological capabilities or to respond effectively to technological changes could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
 
If we fail to recruit, hire, train and retain key executives or qualified employees, our business will be adversely affected
 
Our business is labor intensive and places significant importance on our ability to recruit, train, and retain qualified personnel. We generally experience high employee turnover and are continuously required to recruit and train replacement personnel as a result of a changing and expanding work force. Demand for qualified technical professionals conversant in multiple languages, including English, and/or certain technologies may exceed supply, as new and additional skills are required to keep pace with evolving technologies. In addition, certain delivery centers are located in geographic areas with relatively low unemployment rates, which could make it more costly to hire qualified personnel. Our ability to locate and train employees is critical to achieving our growth objective. Our inability to attract and retain qualified personnel or an increase in wages or other costs of attracting, training, or retaining qualified personnel could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
 
Our success is also dependent upon the efforts, direction and guidance of our executive management team. Although members of our executive team are subject to non-competition agreements, they can terminate their employment at any time. The loss of any member of our senior management team could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows and growth potential.
 
Our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer has practical control over all matters requiring action by our stockholders
 
Kenneth D. Tuchman, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, beneficially owns approximately 44.9% of our common stock. As a result, Mr. Tuchman has practical control over all matters requiring action by our stockholders, including the election of our entire Board of Directors. It is unlikely that a change in control of our company could be effected without his approval.
 
If we fail to integrate businesses and assets that we may acquire through joint ventures or acquisitions, we may lose clients and our liquidity, capital resources and profitability may be adversely affected
 
We may pursue joint ventures or strategic acquisitions of companies with services, technologies, industry specializations, or geographic coverage that extend or complement our existing business. Acquisitions and joint ventures often involve a number of special risks, including the following:
 
  •     We may encounter difficulties integrating acquired software, operations and personnel and our management’s attention could be diverted from other business concerns;
 
  •     We may not be able to successfully incorporate acquired technology and rights into our service offerings and maintain uniform standards, controls, procedures and policies;
 
  •     The businesses or assets we acquire may fail to achieve the revenue and earnings we anticipated, causing us to incur additional debt to fund operations and to write down the value of acquisitions on our financial statements;
 
  •     We may assume liabilities associated with the sale of the acquired company’s products or services;


15


Table of Contents

  •     Our resources may be diverted in asserting and defending our legal rights and we may ultimately be liable for contingent and other liabilities, not previously disclosed to us, of the companies that we acquire;
 
  •     Acquisitions may disrupt our ongoing business and dilute our ownership interest;
 
  •     Acquisitions may result in litigation from former employees or third parties; and
 
  •     Due diligence may fail to identify significant issues with product quality, product architecture, ownership rights and legal contingencies, among other matters.
 
We may pursue strategic alliances in the form of joint ventures and partnerships, which involve many of the same risks as acquisitions as well as additional risks associated with possible lack of control if we do not have a majority ownership position. Any of the factors identified above could have a material adverse effect on our business and on the market value of our common stock.
 
In addition, negotiation of potential acquisitions and the resulting integration of acquired businesses, products, or technologies, could divert management’s time and resources. Future acquisitions could cause us to issue dilutive equity or incur debt, contingent liabilities, additional amortization charges from intangible assets, asset impairment charges, or write-off charges for in-process research and development and other indefinite-lived intangible assets that could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
 
We face risks relating to our completed and continued actions to remediate the weaknesses in our financial reporting and disclosure controls, which could result in a material misstatement of our consolidated financial statements and have a material adverse effect on our operating results and stock price
 
As a result of issues identified during the recently completed Audit Committee Review and related accounting, as well as our internal review, management has identified deficiencies in our control environment that constitute material weaknesses and, consequently, has concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was not effective at December 31, 2007. As discussed below under the caption Item 9A. Controls and Procedures, we are currently in the process of remediating these material weaknesses which have not been completed. However, if the corrective actions we have already taken and continue to take do not successfully remediate these material weaknesses in a timely manner, our stock price may decline and we may be required to incur additional costs to improve our internal control systems and procedures.
 
Risks Relating to Our Common Stock
 
The market price for our common stock may be volatile
 
The trading price of our common stock has been volatile and may be subject to wide fluctuations in response to, among other factors, the following:
 
  •     Actual or anticipated variations in our quarterly results;
 
  •     Announcements of new contracts or contract cancellations;
 
  •     Changes in financial estimates by securities analysts;
 
  •     Our ability to meet the expectations of securities analysts;
 
  •     Conditions or trends in the business process outsourcing industry;
 
  •     Changes in the market valuations of other business process outsourcing companies;
 
  •     Developments in countries where we have significant delivery centers, GigaPOPs or operations;
 
  •     The ability of our clients to pay for our services;
 
  •     Other events or factors, many of which are beyond our control.


16


Table of Contents

In addition, the stock market in general, the NASDAQ Global Select Market and the market for BPO providers in particular have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of particular companies. These broad market and industry factors may materially and adversely affect our stock price, regardless of our operating performance.
 
You may suffer significant dilution as a result of our outstanding stock options and our equity incentive programs
 
We have adopted benefit plans for the compensation of our employees and directors under which options to purchase our stock and restricted stock units (“RSUs”) have been and may be granted. Options to purchase approximately 5.0 million shares of our common stock were outstanding at December 31, 2007 of which approximately 3.1 million shares were exercisable. RSUs representing approximately 2.2 million shares were outstanding at December 31, 2007 all of which were unvested. The large number of shares issuable upon exercise of our options and other equity incentive grants to our employees could have a significant depressing effect on the market price of our stock and cause dilution to the earnings per share of our common stock.
 
Risks Relating to the Review of Our Historical Equity-Based Compensation Practices
 
The review of our historical equity-based compensation practices, together with the preparation of the restated financial restatements, has consumed a considerable amount of Board member and management time and caused us to incur substantial expenses
 
The review conducted by our Audit Committee and related accounting and our own internal review of historical equity-based compensation practices and our preparation of restated Consolidated Financial Statements have required us to expend significant Board member and management time, and to incur significant accounting, legal and other expenses. These reviews and the preparation of our financial statements has required numerous meetings of the Audit Committee, the full Board and members of our senior management and diverted attention from the operation of our business. In addition, we have incurred substantial expenses in connection with these reviews, which have had and could continue to have a negative effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
 
The ongoing government inquiries relating to our historical equity-based compensation practices are time consuming and expensive and could result in fines and penalties
 
Government authorities, including the SEC and the IRS, may conduct ongoing inquiries into our historical equity-based compensation practices. We have fully cooperated with all government authorities and intend to continue to do so. The period of time necessary to resolve these inquiries is uncertain, and we cannot predict the outcome of these inquiries or whether we will face additional inquiries or other actions related to our historical equity-based compensation practices. These inquiries may require us to continue to expend significant management time and incur significant accounting, legal and other expenses, and could result in actions seeking, among other things, the payment of fines and penalties.
 
If we do not maintain compliance with the SEC reporting requirements and the NASDAQ Global Select Market listing requirements, our common stock could be delisted, which could, among other things, reduce the price and liquidity of our common stock
 
Due to the review of our historical equity-based compensation practices and related accounting, we were not able to file our periodic reports with the SEC on a timely basis and faced the possibility of delisting from NASDAQ. Upon the filing of this Form 10-K and our Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q for the quarters ended September 30, 2007 and March 31, 2008, we believe we will have returned to full compliance with SEC and NASDAQ filing requirements. However, if the SEC has comments on these reports (or other reports that we previously filed) that require us to file amended reports, or if we do not file future quarterly and annual reports on a timely basis, our common stock could be delisted from the NASDAQ Global Select Market and would subsequently be transferred to the National Quotation Service Bureau, or “Pink


17


Table of Contents

Sheets.” The trading of our common stock on the Pink Sheets could have a material adverse effect on the price and liquidity of our common stock, especially if investors sell our stock to comply with institutional ownership guidelines or to meet margin calls. Moreover, we would be subject to a number of restrictions regarding the registration of our stock under federal securities laws, and we would not be able to issue stock options or other equity awards to our employees or allow them to exercise their outstanding options or other equity awards, which could harm our ability to attract and retain key employees.
 
We and our officers and directors have been named as parties to a class action lawsuit relating to our historical equity-based compensation practices and resulting restatements, and additional lawsuits may be filed in the future
 
In connection with our historical equity-based compensation practices and resulting restatements, two securities class action lawsuits were filed against us, certain of our current directors and officers and others. These two class action lawsuits have since been consolidated. There may be additional lawsuits of this nature filed in the future. We cannot predict the outcome of this lawsuit, nor can we predict the amount of time and expense that will be required to resolve this lawsuit. Although we expect the majority of expenses related to the class action lawsuit to be covered by insurance, there can be no assurance that all such expenses will be reimbursed.
 
ITEM 1B.  UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
 
We have received no written comments regarding our periodic or current reports from the staff of the SEC that were issued 180 days or more preceding the end of our 2007 fiscal year that remain unresolved.
 
ITEM 2.  PROPERTIES
 
Our corporate headquarters are located in Englewood, Colorado. In February 2003, we purchased our corporate headquarters building, which consists of approximately 264,000 square feet of office space, including furniture and fixtures, for $38.3 million.
 
As of December 31, 2007, excluding delivery centers we have exited, we operated 89 delivery centers that are classified as follows:
 
  •     Multi-Client Center – We lease space for these centers and serve multiple clients in each facility;
 
  •     Managed Center – These facilities are leased or owned by our clients and we staff and manage these sites on behalf of our clients in accordance with facility management contracts; and
 
  •     Dedicated Center – We lease space for these centers and dedicate the entire facility to one client.


18


Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2007, our delivery centers were located in the following countries:
 
                                 
    Multi-Client
    Managed
    Dedicated
    Total Number of
 
    Centers     Centers     Centers     Delivery Centers  
 
Argentina
    6       2             8  
Australia
    5       2       1       8  
Brazil
    2       2             4  
Canada
    4       1       7       12  
China
    1       1             2  
Costa Rica
    1                   1  
England
          1             1  
Germany
          1             1  
Malaysia
    1                   1  
Mexico
    3                   3  
New Zealand
    1       2             3  
Northern Ireland
    1                   1  
Philippines
    10                   10  
Scotland
          3       1       4  
Singapore
          1             1  
Spain
    4       4       1       9  
U.S.
    6       9       5       20  
                                 
Total
     45        29        15        89  
                                 
 
The leases for all of our delivery centers have remaining terms ranging from one to 14 years and generally contain renewal options. We believe that our existing delivery centers are suitable and adequate for our current operations, and we have plans to build additional centers to accommodate future business.
 
ITEM 3.  LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
 
From time to time we have been involved in claims and lawsuits, both as plaintiff and defendant, which arise in the ordinary course of business. Accruals for claims or lawsuits have been provided for to the extent that losses are deemed both probable and estimable. Although the ultimate outcome of these claims or lawsuits cannot be ascertained, we believe that the ultimate resolution of these matters will not have a material adverse effect on our financial position, cash flows or results of operations.
 
Securities Class Action
 
On January 25, 2008, a class action lawsuit was filed in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York entitled Beasley v. TeleTech Holdings, Inc., et. al. against TeleTech, certain current directors and officers and others alleging violations of Sections 11, 12(a) (2) and 15 of the Securities Act, Section 10(b) of the Securities Exchange Act and Rule 10b-5 promulgated thereunder and Section 20(a) of the Securities Exchange Act. The complaint alleges, among other things, false and misleading statements in the Registration Statement and Prospectus in connection with (i) a March 2007 secondary offering of our common stock and (ii) various disclosures made and periodic reports filed by us between February 8, 2007 and November 8, 2007. On February 25, 2008, a second nearly identical class action complaint, entitled Brown v. TeleTech Holdings, Inc., et al., was filed in the same court. On May 19, 2008, the actions described above were consolidated under the caption In re: TeleTech Litigation and lead plaintiff and lead counsel were approved by the court. TeleTech and the other individual defendants intend to defend this case vigorously. Although we expect the majority of expenses related to the class action lawsuit to be covered by insurance, there can be no assurance that all of such expenses will be reimbursed.
 
NASDAQ Delisting Proceedings
 
We did not timely file with the SEC our Form 10-Q for the quarters ended September 30, 2007 and March 31, 2008 in addition to this Form 10-K as a result of the review of our historical equity-based


19


Table of Contents

compensation practices and the resulting restatements of previously issued financial statements. As a result, we received three NASDAQ Staff Determination notices, dated November 14, 2007, March 5, 2008 and May 15, 2008, stating that we are not in compliance with NASDAQ Marketplace Rule 4310(c)(14) and, therefore, we are subject to potential delisting from the NASDAQ Global Select Market. We appealed the NASDAQ Staff’s November 14, 2007 delisting notice and, ultimately, the NASDAQ Listing and Hearing Review Council requested that we provide an update on our efforts to file the delayed periodic reports by May 30, 2008. We provided that update on May 30, 2008.
 
Upon the filing of this Form 10-K and our Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q for the quarters ended September 30, 2007 and March 31, 2008, we believe we have returned to full compliance with SEC and NASDAQ filing requirements.
 
ITEM 4.  SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS
 
No matters were submitted to a vote of our stockholders during the fourth quarter of our year ended December 31, 2007.
 
PART II
 
ITEM 5.  MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER
MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES
 
Our common stock is traded on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “TTEC.” The following table sets fourth the range of the high and low sales prices per share of the common stock for the quarters indicated as reported on the NASDAQ Global Select Market:
 
                 
    High     Low  
 
Fourth Quarter 2007
  $ 27.43     $ 18.76  
Third Quarter 2007
  $ 35.24     $ 22.75  
Second Quarter 2007
  $ 40.41     $ 30.05  
First Quarter 2007
  $ 37.52     $ 23.34  
                 
Fourth Quarter 2006
  $ 24.12     $ 14.78  
Third Quarter 2006
  $ 16.14     $ 10.72  
Second Quarter 2006
  $ 13.88     $ 10.93  
First Quarter 2006
  $ 13.08     $ 10.90  
 
As of June 20, 2008, we had approximately 565 holders of record of our common stock. We have never declared or paid any dividends on our common stock and we do not expect to do so in the foreseeable future.
 
Stock Repurchase Program
 
In November 2001, our Board initially authorized a $5 million stock repurchase program with the objective of improving stockholder returns. Since then, the Board has steadily increased the amount of funds available to repurchase common stock to $215 million. In early November 2007, we announced the suspension of repurchases under our stock repurchase program due to our voluntary, independent review of historical equity-based compensation practices and related accounting. During the first three quarters of the year ended December 31, 2007, we purchased 1.6 million shares for $46.7 million. From inception of the program through 2007, we have purchased 14.8 million shares for $162.3 million, leaving $52.7 million remaining under the repurchase program as of December 31, 2007. The program does not have an expiration date. There were no purchases of equity securities during the fourth quarter of 2007.


20


Table of Contents

Stock Performance Graph
 
The graph depicted below compares the performance of TeleTech common stock with the performance of the NASDAQ Composite Index; the Russell 2000 Index; and a customized peer group over the period beginning on December 31, 2002 and ending on December 31, 2007. The peer group is composed of APAC Customer Services Inc., Convergys Corporation, Sykes Enterprises, Incorporated and Electronic Data Systems Corporation. In prior years, our peer group also included Sitel Corporation and West Corporation. These two companies are no longer included in our peer group because their common stock is no longer publicly traded. The graph assumes that $100 was invested on December 31, 2002 in our common stock and in each comparison index, and that all dividends were reinvested. We have not declared any dividends on our common stock. Stock price performance shown on the graph below is not necessarily indicative of future price performance.
 
COMPARISON OF 5-YEAR CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN
Based on investment of $100 on December 31, 2002
 
                                                 
    12/31/02     12/31/03     12/31/04     12/31/05     12/31/06     12/31/07  
 
TeleTech Holdings, Inc. 
  $ 100     $ 156     $ 133     $ 166     $ 329     $ 293  
NASDAQ Composite Index
    100       150       165       169       188       205  
Russell 2000 Index
    100       147       174       182       216       212  
Peer Group
    100       134       125       134       163       122  
 


21


Table of Contents

 
ITEM 6.  SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
 
 
The following selected financial data should be read in conjunction with Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, the Consolidated Financial Statements and the related notes appearing elsewhere in this Form 10-K.
 
We have restated the selected financial data presented in this report. The results of the restatement are described in the Explanatory Note to this Form 10-K, Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and Note 2 to our Consolidated Financial Statements in this Form 10-K.
 
                                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005     2004     2003  
          As restated     As restated     As restated     As restated  
 
Statement of Operations Data
                                       
Revenue
  $ 1,369,632     $ 1,210,753     $ 1,085,903     $ 1,052,690     $ 1,001,128  
Cost of services
    (1,001,459 )     (882,809 )     (809,059 )(5)     (772,573 )     (762,685 )
Selling, general and administrative
    (207,528 )     (199,995 )     (183,111 )     (165,533 )     (152,083 )
Depreciation and amortization
    (55,953 )     (51,989 )     (54,412 )     (61,147 )     (60,059 )
Other operating expenses
    (22,904 )(1)     (2,195 )(3)     (7,384 )(6)     (4,693 )(8)     (10,631 )(10)
                                         
Income from operations
    81,788       73,765       31,937       48,744       15,670  
Other income (expense)
    (6,437 )(2)     (4,442 )     (156 )     (15,250 )(9)     (13,021 )
Provision for income taxes
    (19,562 )     (16,474 )(4)     (3,953 )(7)     (9,124 )     (30,469 )(11)
Minority Interest
    (2,686 )     (1,868 )     (1,542 )     (738 )     (1,003 )
                                         
Net income (loss)
  $ 53,103     $ 50,981     $ 26,286     $ 23,632     $ (28,823 )
                                         
Weighed average shares outstanding
                                       
Basic
    70,228       69,184       72,121       74,751       74,206  
Diluted
    72,638       69,869       73,134       75,637       74,206  
Net income (loss) per share
                                       
Basic
  $ 0.76     $ 0.74     $ 0.36     $ 0.32     $ (0.39 )
Diluted
  $ 0.73     $ 0.73     $ 0.36     $ 0.31     $ (0.39 )
 
 
(1) Includes the following items: $13.4 million charge related to the impairment of goodwill in accordance with SFAS No. 142 “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets” (“SFAS 142”); $2.2 million charge related to the impairment of property and equipment in accordance with SFAS 144; $3.8 million charge related to reductions in force and $4.0 million charge related to facility exit charges in accordance with SFAS 146; $0.7 million benefit related to the revised estimates of restructuring charges; and $11.5 charge related to the costs of the Company’s review of its equity based compensation practices.
 
(2) Includes the following items: $6.1 million charge related to the sale of assets in accordance with SFAS 144, $7.0 million benefit related to the sale of assets in accordance with SFAS 144; and $2.2 million benefit related to the execution of a software and intellectual property license agreement.
 
(3) Includes the following items: $1.1 million charge related to reductions in force; $0.8 million related to facility exit costs in accordance with SFAS 146; $0.6 million charge related to the impairment of property and equipment in accordance with SFAS 144; and $3.6 million benefit due to revised estimates of self-insurance accruals.
 
(4) Includes the following items: $4.5 million benefit due to the reversal of income tax valuation allowance for Spain; $1.2 million benefit due to the reversal of income tax valuation allowance for Argentina; and $3.3 million benefit due to the EHI loss carryforward.
 
(5) Includes the following item: $2.0 million benefit due to revised estimates of self-insurance accruals.
 
(6) Includes the following items: $2.1 million charge related to the impairment of property and equipment in accordance with SFAS 144; $2.1 million charge related to reductions in force;


22


Table of Contents

$2.0 million charge related to facility exit charges in accordance with SFAS 146; $0.6 million impairment loss related to a decision to exit a lease early and to discontinue use of certain software; $1.0 million benefit due to revised estimates of self-insurance accrual; and $0.5 million benefit related to revised estimates of restructuring and impairment charges.
 
(7) Includes the following items: $1.4 million benefit due to the reversal of income tax valuation allowance for Argentina; $1.4 million benefit due to the reversal of income tax valuation allowance for Brazil; $9.9 million benefit due to the reversal of U.S. income tax valuation allowance; and $3.7 million charge related to the repatriation of foreign earnings under a Qualified Domestic Reinvestment Plan.
 
(8) Includes the following items: $2.6 million charge related to the impairment of property and equipment in accordance with SFAS 144; $2.1 million charge related to a reduction in workforce and facility exit charges under SFAS 146; and $1.9 million reversal of part of the sales and use tax liability.
 
(9) Includes the following items: $7.6 million one-time charge related to restructuring of our long-term debt; and $2.8 million one-time charge related to the termination of an interest rate swap agreement.
 
(10) Includes the following items: $7.0 million charge related to the impairment of property and equipment; $5.6 million charge related to a reduction in force and facility exit charges; and $1.9 million benefit related to revised estimates of restructuring charges.
 
(11) Includes the following item: $30.9 million charge primarily for the impairment of deferred tax assets.
 
The following Balance Sheet data as of December 31, 2007 and 2006, and the Statement of Operations data for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 are derived from our audited financial statements included in Part II, Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data. The data for the remaining periods are derived from our books and records for the respective periods.
 
The following is a summary of selected financial data as of and for the year ended December 31, 2007 and the impact of the restatement and a comparison to the amounts originally reported as of and for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively:
 
                                 
    Year Ended  
          December 31, 2006  
    December 31,
    As Previously
             
    2007     Reported     Adjustments     As restated  
 
Statement of Operations Data
                               
Revenue
  $ 1,369,632     $ 1,211,297     $ (544 )   $ 1,210,753  
Cost of services
    (1,001,459 )     (885,602 )     2,793       (882,809 )
Selling, general and administrative
    (207,528 )     (199,226 )     (769 )     (199,995 )
Depreciation and amortization
    (55,953 )     (51,429 )     (560 )     (51,989 )
Other operating expenses
    (22,904 )     (2,195 )           (2,195 )
                                 
Income from operations
    81,788       72,845       920       73,765  
Other income (expense)
    (6,437 )     (4,459 )     17       (4,442 )
Provision for income taxes
    (19,562 )     (14,676 )     (1,798 )     (16,474 )
Minority interest
    (2,686 )     (1,868 )           (1,868 )
                                 
Net income (loss)
  $ 53,103     $ 51,842     $ (861 )   $ 50,981  
                                 
Weighted average shares outstanding
                               
Basic
    70,228       69,184             69,184  
Diluted
    72,638       70,615       (746 )     69,869  
Net income (loss) per share
                               
Basic
  $ 0.76     $ 0.75     $ (0.01 )   $ 0.74  
Diluted
  $ 0.73     $ 0.73     $ (0.00 )   $ 0.73  


23


Table of Contents

                                 
    As of  
    December 31,
       
    2007     December 31, 2006  
          As Previously
             
          Reported     Adjustments     As Restated  
 
Balance Sheet Data
                               
Total assets
  $ 760,295     $ 658,716     $ 5,705     $ 664,421  
Total current liabilities
  $ 186,810     $ 182,015     $ 2,015     $ 184,030  
Total long-term liabilities
  $ 118,729     $ 107,417     $ 4,383     $ 111,800  
Total stockholders’ equity
  $ 451,201     $ 363,407     $ (693 )   $ 362,714  
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31, 2005  
    As Previously
             
    Reported     Adjustments     As Restated  
 
Statement of Operations Data
                       
Revenue
  $ 1,086,673     $ (770 )   $ 1,085,903  
Cost of services
    (812,174 )     3,115       (809,059 )
Selling, general and administrative
    (182,262 )     (849 )     (183,111 )
Depreciation and amortization
    (53,317 )     (1,095 )     (54,412 )
Other operating expenses
    (7,384 )           (7,384 )
                         
Income from operations
    31,536       401       31,937  
Other income (expense)
    680       (836 )     (156 )
Provision for income taxes
    (2,516 )     (1,437 )     (3,953 )
Minority interest
    (1,542 )           (1,542 )
                         
Net income (loss)
  $ 28,158     $ (1,872 )   $ 26,286  
                         
Weighted average shares outstanding
                       
Basic
    72,121             72,121  
Diluted
    73,631       (497 )     73,134  
Net income (loss) per share
                       
Basic
  $ 0.39     $ (0.03 )   $ 0.36  
Diluted
  $ 0.38     $ (0.02 )   $ 0.36  
 
                         
    As of December 31, 2005  
    As Previously
             
    Reported     Adjustments     As Restated  
 
Balance Sheet Data
                       
Total assets
  $ 522,172     $ 5,801     $ 527,973  
Total current liabilities
  $ 160,915     $ (3,194 )   $ 157,721  
Total long-term liabilities
  $ 61,339     $ 7,307     $ 68,646  
Total stockholders’ equity
  $ 293,374     $ 1,689     $ 295,063  
 


24


Table of Contents

                         
    Year Ended December 31, 2004  
    As Previously
             
    Reported     Adjustments     As Restated  
 
Statement of Operations Data
                       
Revenue
  $ 1,052,690     $     $ 1,052,690  
Cost of services
    (774,521 )     1,948       (772,573 )
Selling, general and administrative
    (165,630 )     97       (165,533 )
Depreciation and amortization
    (59,378 )     (1,769 )     (61,147 )
Other operating expenses
    (4,693 )           (4,693 )
                         
Income from operations
    48,468       276       48,744  
Other income (expense)
    (14,263 )     (987 )     (15,250 )
Provision for income taxes
    (9,464 )     340       (9,124 )
Minority interest
    (738 )           (738 )
                         
Net income (loss)
  $ 24,003     $ (371 )   $ 23,632  
                         
Weighted average shares outstanding
                       
Basic
    74,751             74,751  
Diluted
    76,109       (472 )     75,637  
Net income (loss) per share
                       
Basic
  $ 0.32     $     $ 0.32  
Diluted
  $ 0.32     $ (0.01 )   $ 0.31  
 
                         
    As of December 31, 2004  
    As Previously
             
    Reported     Adjustments     As Restated  
 
Balance Sheet Data
                       
Total assets
  $ 496,795     $ 2,772     $ 499,567  
Total current liabilities
  $ 136,192     $ (4,741 )   $ 131,451  
Total long-term liabilities
  $ 30,186     $ 6,619     $ 36,805  
Total stockholders’ equity
  $ 322,545     $ 894     $ 323,439  
 

25


Table of Contents

                         
    Year Ended December 31, 2003  
    As Previously
             
    Reported     Adjustments     As Restated  
 
Statement of Operations Data
                       
Revenue
  $ 1,001,128     $     $ 1,001,128  
Cost of services
    (764,687 )     2,002       (762,685 )
Selling, general and administrative
    (149,860 )     (2,223 )     (152,083 )
Depreciation and amortization
    (58,596 )     (1,463 )     (60,059 )
Other operating expenses
    (10,631 )           (10,631 )
                         
Income from operations
    17,354       (1,684 )     15,670  
Other income (expense)
    (11,996 )     (1,025 )     (13,021 )
Provision for income taxes
    (34,859 )     4,390       (30,469 )
Minority interest
    (1,003 )           (1,003 )
                         
Net income (loss)
  $ (30,504 )   $ 1,681     $ (28,823 )
                         
Weighted average shares outstanding
                       
Basic
    74,206             74,206  
Diluted
    74,206             74,206  
Net income (loss) per share
                       
Basic
  $ (0.41 )   $ 0.02     $ (0.39 )
Diluted
  $ (0.41 )   $ 0.02     $ (0.39 )
 
                         
    As of December 31, 2003  
    As Previously
             
    Reported     Adjustments     As Restated  
 
Balance Sheet Data
                       
Total assets
  $ 554,816     $ 20,198     $ 575,014  
Total current liabilities
  $ 139,751     $ 3,009     $ 142,760  
Total long-term liabilities
  $ 120,370     $ 15,892     $ 136,262  
Total stockholders’ equity
  $ 285,512     $ 1,298     $ 286,810  
 
ITEM 7.  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
Executive Summary
 
TeleTech is one of the largest and most geographically diverse global providers of business process outsourcing solutions. We have a 26-year history of designing, implementing and managing critical business processes for Global 1000 companies to help them improve their customers’ experience, expand their strategic capabilities and increase their operating efficiencies. By delivering a high-quality customer experience through the effective integration of customer-facing, front-office processes with internal back-office processes, we enable our clients to better serve, grow and retain their customer base. We have developed deep vertical industry expertise and support approximately 250 business process outsourcing programs serving 100 global clients in the automotive, broadband, cable, financial services, government, healthcare, logistics, media and entertainment, retail, technology, travel, wireline and wireless industries.
 
As globalization of the world’s economy continues to accelerate, businesses are increasingly competing on a worldwide basis due to rapid advances in technology and telecommunications that permit cost-effective real-time global communications and ready access to a highly-skilled global labor force. As a result of these developments, companies have increasingly outsourced business processes to third-

26


Table of Contents

party providers in an effort to enhance or maintain their competitive position and increase shareholder value through improved productivity and profitability.
 
We believe that the global demand for our services is being fueled by the following trends:
 
  •     Integration of front and back office business processes to provide an enhanced customer experience.  Companies have realized that integrated business processes allow customer needs to be met more quickly and efficiently. This integration results in higher customer satisfaction and brand loyalty and thereby improves their competitive position.
 
  •     Increasing percentage of company operations being outsourced to most capable third-party providers.  Having experienced success with outsourcing a portion of their business processes, companies are increasingly outsourcing a larger percentage of this work. To achieve these benefits, companies are consolidating their business processes with third-party providers that have an extensive operating history, global reach, world-class capabilities and an ability to scale to meet their evolving needs.
 
  •     Increasing adoption of outsourcing across broader groups of industries.  Early adopters of the business process outsourcing trend, such as the media and communications industries, are being joined by companies in other industries, including healthcare, retailing and financial services. These companies are beginning to adopt outsourcing to improve their business processes and competitiveness.
 
  •     Focus on speed-to-market by companies launching new products or entering new geographic locations.  As companies broaden their product offerings and seek to enter new emerging markets, they are looking for outsourcing providers that can provide speed-to-market while reducing their capital and operating risk. To achieve these benefits, companies are seeking BPO providers with an extensive operating history, an established global footprint and the financial strength to invest in innovation to deliver more strategic capabilities and the ability to scale and meet customer demands quickly.
 
Our Strategy
 
Our objective is to become the world’s largest, most technologically advanced and innovative provider of onshore, offshore and work-from-home BPO solutions. Companies within the Global 1000 are our primary client targets due to their size, focus on outsourcing and desire for the global, scalable integrated process solutions that we offer. We have developed, and continue to invest in, a broad set of capabilities designed to serve this growing client need. We aim to further improve our competitive position by investing in a growing suite of new and innovative business process services across our targeted industries.
 
Our business strategy includes the following elements:
 
  •     Deepen and broaden our relationships with existing clients.
 
  •     Win business with new clients and focus on targeted industries where we expect accelerating adoption of business process outsourcing.
 
  •     Continue to invest in innovative proprietary technology and new business offerings.
 
  •     Continue to improve our operating margins.
 
  •     Selectively pursue acquisitions that extend our capabilities and/or industry expertise.
 
Our 2007 Financial Results
 
In 2007, our revenue grew 13.1% over 2006 to $1,370 million. Our income from operations grew 10.9% to $81.8 million in 2007 from $73.8 million in 2006. Income from operations in 2007 included $22.9 million of asset impairment and restructuring charges primarily related to the disposal of our Database Marketing


27


Table of Contents

and Consulting business and $11.5 million of selling, general and administrative charges associated with the restatement of our historic financial statements. Excluding both of these charges which totaled $34.4 million, our income from operations in 2007 increased 57.5% to $116.2 million or 8.5% of revenue from $73.8 million or 6.1% of revenue in 2006.
 
Our improved profitability stems primarily from continued expansion into offshore markets, increased utilization of our delivery centers across a 24-hour period, leveraging our global purchasing power and diversifying revenue into higher margin opportunities.
 
We have experienced strong growth in our offshore delivery centers, which primarily serve clients located in other countries. Our offshore delivery capacity now spans eight countries and 24,235 workstations and currently represents 63% of our global delivery capabilities. Revenue in these offshore locations grew 37% in 2007 to $550 million and represented 40% of our total revenue. To meet continued client demand in 2007, we added 7,700 gross workstations primarily in offshore locations including the Philippines and Latin America. We plan to selectively expand into new offshore markets. We believe we are one of the first BPO providers to enter the African continent. As we grow our offshore delivery capabilities and our exposure to foreign currency fluctuations increase, we continue to actively manage this risk via a multi-currency hedging program designed to minimize operating margin volatility.
 
In the third quarter of 2007, Newgen Results Corporation and related companies (hereinafter collectively referred to as “Newgen”) and TeleTech entered into an asset purchase agreement to sell substantially all of the assets and certain liabilities associated with the Database Marketing and Consulting business which represented 1% of our consolidated revenue. This transaction closed on September 28, 2007. During 2007, our income from operations was reduced by $20.4 million related to asset impairment and restructuring charges for this business. During 2007, our income from operations before income taxes and minority interest was reduced by $24.3 million which includes the $20.4 million of asset impairment and restructuring charges discussed above along with a $3.9 million net charge related to the above disposal comprised of a loss on the sale of assets of $6.1 million partially offset by software license income of $2.2 million recorded in Other, net.
 
In the fourth quarter of 2007, we completed the sale of our Customer Solutions Mauritius subsidiary that owned a 60% interest in our TeleTech Services India Ltd. joint venture and represented less than 1% of our consolidated revenue. We recorded a $7.0 million gain on the sale which was recorded in Other, net.
 
Our strong financial position, cash flow from operations and low debt levels allowed us to finance a significant portion of our capital needs and stock repurchases through internally generated cash flows. At December 31, 2007, we had $91.2 million of cash and cash equivalents and a total debt to equity ratio of 17.4%. During 2007, we repurchased $47.0 million of our common stock throughout the year and since inception of the share repurchase program in 2001 have invested $162.3 million to acquire approximately 20% of our outstanding stock.
 
Restatement of Financial Statements
 
All of the financial information presented in Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, as well as elsewhere in this Form 10-K, has been adjusted to reflect the restatement of our financial results, as described in the Explanatory Note to this Form 10-K and Note 2 to our Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Form 10-K. The impact under Accounting Principles Board (“APB”) Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees (“APB 25”) and Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 123(R), Accounting for Share Based Payment (“SFAS 123(R)”), of recognizing additional equity-based compensation expense and related tax adjustments is summarized in the table below.


28


Table of Contents

As part of the restatement process resulting from the review of our historical equity-based compensation practices, we also assessed whether there were other matters which should be corrected in our previously issued financial statements and identified adjustments for leases and other items, including tax adjustments, which are also summarized in the table below.
 
                                                 
    Pre-Tax Accounting Adjustments                    
    Equity-Based
                Total Pre-Tax
    Provision for
    Total Accounting
 
Year Ended December 31,
  Compensation     Leases     Other     Adjustments     Income Tax(1)     Adjustments  
 
1996
  $ 763     $ 132     $     $ 895     $ (334 )   $ 561  
1997
    1,776       515             2,291       (862 )     1,429  
1998
    2,396       1,552             3,948       (1,412 )     2,536  
1999
    12,779       1,112             13,891       (5,022 )     8,869  
2000
    26,684       3,022             29,706       (9,004 )     20,702  
2001
    5,648       679       10       6,337       (2,354 )     3,983  
2002
    6,105       150       817       7,072       (1,479 )     5,593  
2003
    2,214       492       3       2,709       (4,390 )     (1,681 )
2004
    237       477       (3 )     711       (340 )     371  
                                                 
Cumulative effect at December 31, 2004
    58,602       8,131       827       67,560       (25,197 )     42,363  
2005
    965       (922 )     392       435       1,437       1,872  
2006
    611       (1,437 )     (111 )     (937 )     1,798       861  
First quarter 2007
    (209 )     (75 )     (863 )     (1,147 )     711       (436 )
Second quarter 2007
    (272 )     227       (559 )     (604 )     1,056       452  
                                                 
Total
  $ 59,697     $ 5,924     $ (314 )   $ 65,307     $ (20,195 )   $ 45,112  
                                                 
 
 
(1) In any given year, the Provision for Income Tax may not directly correlate with the amount of total pre-tax accounting adjustments. The provision as shown reflects the tax benefits of the pre-tax accounting adjustments, permanent tax differences, and rate differences for foreign jurisdictions. These benefits are offset in part by changes in deferred tax valuation allowances and other adjustments restating the amount or period in which income taxes were originally recorded.
 
Equity-Based Compensation
 
As a result of our Audit Committee’s voluntary, independent review of our historical equity-based compensation practices and management’s additional review, which has now been completed, we determined that pursuant to Accounting Principles Board No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees; Statement of Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 123 Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation, SFAS No. 123(R) Share-Based Payment, and related interpretations, mistakes were made in the accounting for our equity compensation grants during the period reviewed. As shown in the table above, we recorded pre-tax, non-cash adjustments to our equity-based compensation expense which were primarily driven by (i) 901 grants comprising 5.4 million shares requiring only changes to the original grant measurement date; (ii) 190 grants comprising 5.0 million shares for which the original grant terms were subsequently modified (44 of these grants comprising 1.2 million shares also required a change to their original measurement date); and (iii) 30 grants comprising 0.8 million shares made to consultants which were mistakenly accounted for as employee grants. As a result, we recorded additional equity-based compensation expense for financial accounting purposes under APB 25 and SFAS 123(R), resulting in a pre-tax, non-cash cumulative charge of $59.7 million ($38.3 million on an after tax basis) in our Consolidated Financial Statements through June 30, 2007. The majority of adjustments affected periods prior to 2001.
 
Background
 
On September 17, 2007, the Audit Committee of our Board of Directors initiated an independent review of our historical equity-based compensation practices and the related accounting (the “Review”). We commenced this Review on our own initiative and not in response to any governmental or regulatory investigation, shareholder lawsuit, whistleblower complaint or inquiries from the media.


29


Table of Contents

The Review, conducted by the Audit Committee over a period of approximately five months, included the following tasks, among others:
 
  •     Reviewing hard copy and electronic files obtained from us as well as other sources that totaled hundreds of thousands of pages of hard copy and electronic documents;
 
  •     Conducting interviews of 34 past and present employees, officers and directors, some of whom were interviewed more than once;
 
  •     Engaging outside consultants to conduct various statistical analyses of our equity awards;
 
  •     Reviewing Board and Committee minutes and related materials from 1996 through August 2007;
 
  •     Reviewing actions by unanimous written consent (“UWCs”) and other granting actions relating to equity awards from 1996 through August 2007;
 
  •     Reviewing our public filings and equity compensation plans;
 
  •     Frequent communications by the Chairman of the Audit Committee with the Audit Committee’s independent counsel and its accounting consultants; and
 
  •     Numerous telephonic and in-person meetings of the Audit Committee.
 
We placed no restrictions on the Audit Committee in connection with the Review, and we cooperated fully with the Review.
 
Under the oversight of the Audit Committee and in consultation with our current and former independent auditors, management conducted its own internal review of our historical equity-based compensation practices and related accounting over a period of approximately nine months. Our review covered 4,886 equity awards, including 4,347 equity awards from our IPO in 1996 through August 2007 and 539 pre-IPO grants for subsequent modifications, cancellations, and other accounting issues. The equity awards, which comprised approximately 37.9 million stock options and approximately 3.2 million restricted stock units, were granted as annual incentives to employees, in connection with hiring new employees, promotions, or whose performance warranted the award, and to directors and certain consultants. This internal review, which was a necessary step in the preparation of our restated Consolidated Financial Statements, included, among other things, evaluations of our previous accounting for grants of equity-based compensation as described more fully below.
 
Historical Equity-Based Compensation Practices
 
From 1996 through August 2007, we made the following types of equity-based compensation grants to directors, Section 16 Officers, employees and consultants:
 
  •     Annual pool grants in conjunction with our annual merit review process, which generally occurred within a few months following our year end (referred to as “annual grants”);
 
  •     Individual grants to newly hired or promoted Section 16 Officers and employees and, from time to time, grants in recognition of performance or as incentives;
 
  •     Options granted or assumed in connection with acquisitions; and
 
  •     Options granted to non-employee directors and, from time to time, consultants.
 
As previously disclosed in our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on February 20, 2008, the Audit Committee’s Review included the following findings, among others:
 
  •     There was no willful misconduct in connection with our equity compensation granting process.
 
  •     There was no evidence of improper conduct by the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, the Vice Chairman, any current member of senior management, any past or present member of the Compensation Committee, or any other outside director.


30


Table of Contents

  •     There was no regular or systematic practice of using hindsight to select grant dates and no pattern of consistently hitting “lows.”
 
Other findings, mostly related to periods prior to 2002, which we believe should be viewed within the context of the Report’s finding of no willful misconduct, include:
 
  •     Certain employees/officers involved in the administration of our stock options, none of which are actively employed by us, did not adequately meet all of the demands of their positions and/or did not adequately appreciate their responsibilities in the stock option granting process, particularly in the period prior to 2002.
 
  •     There were control and other deficiencies in our equity compensation granting process.
 
  •     Our policies were not sufficient to ensure compliance with all applicable accounting and disclosure rules relevant to equity compensation.
 
  •     There were episodic instances of selecting grant dates with some hindsight.
 
  -     There was some evidence that certain employees/officers involved in selecting grant dates, none of which are actively employed by us, had some understanding of the accounting implications of selecting dates with hindsight. However, there was no conclusive evidence demonstrating that those involved in selecting dates knowingly and/or purposely violated accounting or disclosure rules.
 
  •     There were instances where we failed to appreciate that certain required granting actions needed to be completed before a measurement date for a grant could be established under applicable equity compensation accounting rules.
 
  •     Certain stock option awards were not properly recorded under applicable equity compensation accounting rules, including in connection with:
 
  -     modification of grants;
 
  -     a recipient’s status as a consultant or an employee; and
 
  -     treatment of performance-based vesting conditions.
 
Delegation of Authority
 
The Audit Committee’s Review noted that, by the terms of our various stock option plans (as amended and restated from time to time), the Compensation Committee was vested with the authority to administer and grant stock options under the plans. The Review found that for the period from August 1996 to December 2000, no documentation existed delegating the authority to make grants from the Compensation Committee to management. For the period December 2000 through December 2004, although the Audit Committee found that there was a documented delegation of authority to management, there were variations in the practices utilized when management made awards and the Company regularly followed the practice of obtaining approval or ratification by the Compensation Committee of awards issued based on management actions. Given these circumstances, there was some uncertainty as to whether such awards were final and effective prior to the time when the Compensation Committee acted on the awards. The Audit Committee found that a change in the Company’s procedures including a formalization of the delegation to management was made in December 2004. As a result, for the period December 2004 through August 2007, this uncertainty was eliminated.
 
Management conducted a thorough review of how the delegation of authority operated in practice and as understood by those who were involved in the process during the period 1996 through 2004. For the period 1996 through 2004, management concluded that there was an implied delegation of authority from the Compensation Committee to management to grant stock options within certain pre-established parameters. These parameters were modified in December 2000 to require explicit Compensation


31


Table of Contents

Committee approval for all grants to Section 16 Officers and for all grants greater than 100,000 shares. These parameters remained unchanged through the remainder of the period reviewed. Management’s conclusions on delegation of authority are based on, among other things, information obtained from past and present officers and directors, including members of the Compensation Committee, indicating that they believed that management was provided with the authority within certain stated limitations to make grants, and management, in fact, in making grants acted consistently with such understanding. Our review of employee files, emails and other available and relevant information indicated that grants were generally approved by management through offer letters to new employees and through signed personnel forms or email communications for promotional grants. For annual pool grants, the Compensation Committee approved the total number of shares to be included in the pool while management was delegated the authority to allocate the pool to the individual grant recipients. This allocation was evidenced by a list of grant recipients provided by Human Capital who administered the process. In addition, our review noted that while it was our practice to provide the Compensation Committee with a quarterly monitoring report indicating grants of equity during the previous quarter and for the Compensation Committee to act on the grants, there were no instances where the Compensation Committee changed any grant that was approved by management. The Compensation Committee’s quarterly action was not considered by the Compensation Committee or the officers who acted on the grants as required for the grants to be given effect. As a result, we have concluded that the finalization of management approval generally represented the point in time when the number of options and the exercise price of the option were first known with finality and, therefore, was the appropriate date at which to establish a measurement date as required under APB 25. Upon further consideration based on the information provided in management’s review and analysis, the Audit Committee concurred with management’s conclusions that while explicit, documented delegation of authority did not exist for the entire period under review, an effective implied delegation of authority from the Compensation Committee to management did exist for the period 1996 through November 2004.
 
Measurement Dates
 
During all periods reviewed, we typically dated new hire or promotional grants on the first date of employment or the effective date of promotion. We did note that during the period August 1996 through December 2000, it was the occasional practice for offers of employment to include an exercise price based upon the date of the employee’s offer letter and the grant was dated on the same date as of the offer letter regardless of the employee’s first date of employment. The dating practices as outlined above applied to both employees and Section 16 Officers. For annual pool grants, the grants were dated on the date the pool was approved by the Compensation Committee or on a date selected by management within the parameters established by the Compensation Committee. Grants to our directors were dated typically on the automatic dates prescribed in the applicable stock option plan. Consultant grants were typically dated on the first date of their service to the company.
 
We found that the evidence available to determine the date on which final management approval for the grant was obtained sometimes varied. In cases where the evidence related to the grant was limited, we reviewed all of the available information including the date the grant record was created in our equity grant tracking system which was in some cases the only contemporaneous dating evidence available. In situations where there was only limited evidence as to the approval of the grant, we first reviewed grants made on the same date to assess whether the grant was part of another granting action and, if not, we reviewed the date that the grant was communicated to the employee. If there was no other information available, we assigned a measurement date to the grant as of the record creation date in our equity grant tracking system.


32


Table of Contents

Equity-Based Compensation Expense Adjustments
 
As presented in the table below and discussed more fully below, as a result of the findings in the Audit Committee’s Review and through management’s own review, we determined that material equity-based compensation expense adjustments were required primarily for the following reasons, among others:
 
  •     Measurement date mistakes were made in connection with annual pool grants where the allocation of the grants to individual recipients was not known with finality until after the stated grant date;
 
  •     Measurement date mistakes were made on new hire and promotional grants to Section 16 Officers, employees and non-employee directors as a result of delayed or missing approvals and grants made prior to the start date;
 
  •     Certain stock option awards were modified after the establishment of a measurement date to accelerate the vesting of the employees’ stock options or to allow the exercise of stock options beyond the standard 90-day period following termination of employment; and
 
  •     Certain grants previously accounted for as employee awards were determined to have been made for non-employee consulting services and should have been accounted for under SFAS No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation (“SFAS 123”).
 
The following table summarizes the impact of these adjustments for the accounting periods presented (amounts in thousands):
 
                                         
    Pre-Tax Equity Based Compensation Expense  
    Measurement
    Modifications to
    Non-Employee
             
Year Endend December 31,
  Date Changes     Employee Grants     Grants     Other     Total  
 
1996
  $ 21     $     $ 742     $     $ 763  
1997
    223       422       1,131             1,776  
1998
    454       199       1,743             2,396  
1999
    2,714       3,030       6,559       476       12,779  
2000
    7,380       13,411       4,069       1,824       26,684  
2001
    4,921       815       (135 )     47       5,648  
2002
    5,865       76       (10 )     174       6,105  
2003
    499       1,237       231       247       2,214  
2004
    357       82       (425 )     223       237  
                                         
Cumulative effect at December 31, 2004
    22,434       19,272       13,905       2,991       58,602  
2005
    276       303       311       75       965  
2006
    (15 )     425       49       152       611  
First quarter 2007
    28       859       (478 )     (618 )     (209 )
Second quarter 2007
    62       186       (13 )     (507 )     (272 )
                                         
Total
  $ 22,785     $ 21,045     $ 13,774     $ 2,093     $ 59,697  
                                         
 
Measurement Date Adjustments
 
For the years 1996 through 2005, we accounted for our equity-based compensation grants under APB 25 and determined the required disclosures pursuant to the provisions of SFAS 123. Under APB 25, it is necessary to recognize equity-based compensation expense for stock options having “intrinsic value” on the dates such options are granted. As used in this discussion, the “measurement date” for a particular option is the date all required granting actions for an option are completed and is therefore the date on which the value of the option should be determined for accounting purposes. The valuation is based on the closing stock price on such measurement date. We set the exercise price of our options at the closing price of our common stock on the grant date. If the grant date is not the same as the required measurement date for an option, intrinsic value can arise if the closing stock price on the grant date was less than the closing stock price on the measurement date. The difference between the exercise


33


Table of Contents

price established as of the grant date and the closing stock price on the measurement date is viewed as built-in gain in the value of the option that exists on the measurement date, for which an equity-based compensation expense is required to be recognized.
 
On January 1, 2006, we adopted SFAS 123(R) under the modified prospective method. For the measurement date revisions, we revised our historical pro forma footnote disclosures in accordance with SFAS 123. Additionally, we adjusted our 2006 Consolidated Financial Statements and the first two quarters of 2007 to reflect the impact of revised measurement dates on the compensation expense recognized in accordance with SFAS 123(R).
 
We identified 3,021 grants for which we used incorrect measurement dates for financial accounting purposes, of which 945 grants comprising approximately 6.6 million shares resulted in accounting adjustments related to revised measurement dates. For options accounted for under APB 25, if the exercise price was less than the closing price on the revised measurement date, we recorded an adjustment to recognize equity-based compensation expense for the intrinsic value of such equity awards over the vesting period of the award. For options accounted for under SFAS 123(R), we calculated the fair value of the award on the revised measurement date and recorded an adjustment for the revised fair value of each award over the vesting period.
 
To determine the correct measurement dates for these grants under applicable accounting principles, we followed the guidance in APB 25, which deems the measurement date to be the first date on which all of the following facts are known with finality: (i) the identity of the individual employee who is entitled to receive the option grant; (ii) the number of options that the individual employee is entitled to receive; and (iii) the option’s exercise price.
 
The documents and information considered in connection with our adjustments to measurement dates included, among other things:
 
  •     Board and Committee meeting minutes and related materials;
 
  •     evidence relating to the dates UWCs were prepared and circulated for signature and/or signed by Compensation Committee members;
 
  •     personnel files of employees who were granted options;
 
  •     e-mail communications and other electronic files from our computer system and in back-up media;
 
  •     documentation relating to the allocation of annual grants to individual employees;
 
  •     information as to the respective hire dates of employees receiving the option grants, including (if the grant was a new hire grant) the date of any offer letter;
 
  •     correspondence, memoranda and other documentation supporting option grants;
 
  •     information concerning the dates that stock options were entered into our (or our third-party administrator’s) stock option tracking systems; and
 
  •     information obtained from current and former officers, directors, employees and outside professionals.


34


Table of Contents

We reviewed each of the grant types described in the tables below to identify the required granting actions for each grant type and we determined, on a grant-by-grant basis, the appropriate measurement date based upon all of the relevant and available information associated with the grant. The discussion below reflects all grants made, both pre and post IPO. The following tables summarize the equity-based compensation expense by accounting period for each of the grant types described (expense amounts in thousands):
 
                                                                         
          New Hire, Promotional &
    New Hire, Promotional &
 
    Annual Pool Grants     Merit Grants to Employees     Merit Grants to Section 16 Officers  
                Total
                Total
                Total
 
    Grants
    Shares
    Compensation
    Grants
    Shares
    Compensation
    Grants
    Shares
    Compensation
 
    Issued in
    Granted in
    Expense by
    Issued in
    Granted in
    Expense by
    Issued in
    Granted in
    Expense by
 
    Period     Period     Period     Period     Period     Period     Period     Period     Period  
 
Pre-IPO through 1996
              $       542       5,047,544     $ 21                 $  
1997
                      50       997,000       511                    
1998
                      90       1,627,000       421                    
1999
    273       1,038,953       741       114       2,451,204       4,381       9       1,706,749       764  
2000
    327       895,478       1,167       346       2,485,887       11,636       5       600,000       8,681  
2001
    530       1,339,385       1,096       58       564,225       3,817       9       1,160,000       922  
2002
    569       1,108,100       1,250       65       999,300       4,088       8       735,000       686  
2003
    242       457,100       289       45       1,082,200       634       3       407,300       1,036  
2004
    256       1,091,000       145       83       1,408,000       379       5       550,000       107  
                                                                         
Cumulative effect at December 31, 2004
    2,197       5,930,016       4,688       1,393       16,662,360       25,888       39       5,159,049       12,196  
2005
                    53       79       1,002,500       410       4       1,220,000       191  
2006
    133       591,950       1,492       61       770,500       2,464                   2,957  
First quarter 2007
                313       89       1,210,000       1,551       6       635,000       730  
Second quarter 2007
                309       9       232,500       895       1       15,000       819  
                                                                         
Totals
    2,330       6,521,966     $ 6,855       1,631       19,877,860     $ 31,208       50       7,029,049     $ 16,893  
                                                                         
 
                                                                         
    Grants Made to Employees of Acquired Companies     Non-employee Director Grants     Grants to Consultants  
                Total
                Total
                Total
 
    Grants
    Shares
    Compensation
    Grants
    Shares
    Compensation
    Grants
    Shares
    Compensation
 
    Issued in
    Granted in
    Expense by
    Issued in
    Granted in
    Expense by
    Issued in
    Granted in
    Expense by
 
    Period     Period     Period     Period     Period     Period     Period     Period     Period  
 
Pre-IPO through 1996
    9       15,600     $       6       262,500     $       3       105,000     $ 742  
1997
    131       276,000       97       4       75,000       38                   1,130  
1998
    116       1,547,899       152       7       106,250       80       7       547,744       1,743  
1999
    177       1,491,785       320       6       133,750       14       1       10,000       6,559  
2000
    295       848,230       1,117       5       131,000       14       3       40,000       4,069  
2001
                1,203       5       155,000       14                   (135 )
2002
                77       6       95,000       14       11       55,000       (10 )
2003
                22       7       100,000       2       6       30,000       231  
2004
                30       6       80,000                         34  
                                                                         
Cumulative effect at December 31,2004
    728       4,179,514       3,018       52       1,138,500       176       31       787,744       14,363  
2005
                      4       60,000             1       5,000       20  
2006
    45       197,000       132       4       60,000       402                   85  
First quarter 2007
                86                                     2  
Second quarter 2007
                231       4       60,000       678                   (13 )
                                                                         
Totals
    773       4,376,514     $ 3,467       64       1,318,500     $ 1,256       32       792,744     $ 14,457  
                                                                         
 


35


Table of Contents

                                         
    Total Equity Grants  
                Total Pre-Tax
             
                Equity-Based
    Expense
       
    Grants
    Shares
    Compensation
    Previously
       
    Issued in
    Granted in
    Expense by
    Recorded by
    Net
 
    Period     Period     Period     Period     Adjustment  
 
Pre-IPO through 1996
    560       5,430,644     $ 763     $     $ 763  
1997
    185       1,348,000       1,776             1,776  
1998
    220       3,828,893       2,396             2,396  
1999
    580       6,832,441       12,779             12,779  
2000
    981       5,000,595       26,684             26,684  
2001
    602       3,218,610       6,917       1,269       5,648  
2002
    659       2,992,400       6,105             6,105  
2003
    303       2,076,600       2,214             2,214  
2004
    350       3,129,000       695       458       237  
                                         
Cumulative effect at December 31, 2004
    4,440       33,857,183       60,329       1,727       58,602  
2005
    88       2,287,500       674       (291 )     965  
2006
    243       1,619,450       7,532       6,921       611  
First quarter 2007
    95       1,845,000       2,682       2,891       (209 )
Second quarter 2007
    14       307,500       2,919       3,191       (272 )
                                         
Totals
    4,880       39,916,633     $ 74,136     $ 14,439     $ 59,697  
                                         
 
Annual Pool Grants – Annually during the years 1999 through 2006, with the exception of 2005, we made grants to employees (including Section 16 Officers) as part of an annual performance review process. During this period, 2,330 grants totaling approximately 6.5 million options were granted. The number of options authorized for any year was approved by the Compensation Committee generally in the first quarter of that year. The exercise prices of these grants were established utilizing various methods including the date of the Compensation Committee meeting during which the award pool was established. In some cases, however, the Compensation Committee specifically delegated to management the ability to set the grant date based upon an approved date range. In the majority of the grants, the evidence suggests that the allocation of the grants were not final until sometime in the third quarter of each respective year. All annual pool grants have been assigned revised measurement dates.
 
New Hire, Promotional and Merit Grants to Employees – We made 1,631 grants totaling approximately 19.9 million shares to non-Section 16 employees who were hired, promoted or whose performance warranted the award from 1996 through June 2007. We have determined that certain grants to employees were made prior to the completion of all of the required granting actions. Accordingly, we revised the measurement dates of 521 grants totaling approximately 6.4 million stock options.
 
New Hire, Promotional and Merit Grants to Section 16 Officers – We made 50 grants totaling approximately 7.0 million shares to Section 16 Officers who were hired, promoted or whose performance warranted the award from 1996 through June 2007. We have determined that certain grants to Section 16 Officers were granted prior to the completion of all of the required granting actions including as appropriate approval by the Compensation Committee or the Board. Furthermore, the delays in the completion of all required granting actions were often the result of the use of UWCs where the final approval was not received until after the stated grant date (the effective date of the UWC). Accordingly, we revised the measurement dates of 22 grants representing approximately 2.7 million options awarded to newly hired or promoted Section 16 Officers. Neither our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer nor our Vice Chairman have ever exercised any options granted to them.
 
Grants Made to Employees of Acquired Companies – From 1996 through 2006, we made 773 grants totaling approximately 4.4 million options to employees of companies we acquired. Grants made in conjunction with acquisitions were typically authorized at the time of the Board’s approval of the acquisition. The exercise price of such option grants was typically set at the closing stock price of our common stock on the closing date of the acquisition or in some cases approximately 90 days after the acquisition. We have concluded that in some cases, all of the required granting actions necessary for

36


Table of Contents

valid approval of these grants had not been completed as of the grant dates. As a result, we revised the measurement dates of 156 grants representing approximately 1.1 million options.
 
Non-Employee Director Grants – From 1996 through June 2007, we made 64 grants to non-employee directors totaling approximately 1.3 million options. We revised the measurement dates for certain of these grants because they were awarded on dates other than the automatic dates prescribed in the applicable stock option plan.
 
Grants to Consultants – We made 32 grants totaling approximately 0.8 million options to consultants, three of which were made to directors of the Board for services unrelated to their Board service. One grant to a consultant was modified after the initial grant date. To correctly account for these grants in accordance with SFAS 123 and EITF 96-18 Accounting for Equity Instruments That are Issued to Other Than Employees for Acquiring, or in Conjunction with Selling, Goods or Services, we recorded $14.5 million of compensation expense.
 
Modifications to Employee Grants – Our review also identified a number of instances where modifications to stock options were made on terms beyond the limitations specified in the original terms of the grants, resulting in additional compensation expense. Modifications were made to stock options issued in annual pool grants, new hire and promotional grants to Section 16 Officers and employees and grants made to employees of acquired companies. The modifications included the following, among others:
 
  •     Severance agreements offered to certain terminated employees that allowed for continued vesting and the right to exercise stock options beyond the standard time period permitted under the terms of the stock option agreement;
 
  •     Employment agreements that provided for the accelerated vesting of stock options;
 
  •     Continued vesting and the ability to exercise stock options for certain employees not terminated from our database in a timely manner following their departure from TeleTech due to administrative errors; and
 
  •     Options granted to certain employees that were not entered into our equity tracking system until after their dates of termination, primarily due to administrative delays in processing stock option requests and the lack of communication of employee termination dates to our third party plan administrator.
 
Impact of the Mistakes on our Financial Statements
 
We have determined that after accounting for forfeitures, the adjustments described above resulted in an understatement of equity-based compensation expense, which was allocated among the applicable accounting periods based on the respective vesting terms of the corrected option grants. Most of the adjusted measurement dates involved grants made prior to 2001.


37


Table of Contents

The following table reflects the impact of the equity-based compensation restatement adjustments on our consolidated statements of income for the periods presented below (amounts in thousands):
 
                         
    Pre-Tax
             
    Equity-Based
          Net Charge
 
    Compensation
    Income
    to Net
 
Year Ended December 31,
  Expense     Taxes     Income  
 
1996
  $ 763     $ (283 )   $ 480  
1997
    1,776       (659 )     1,117  
1998
    2,396       (888 )     1,508  
1999
    12,779       (4,739 )     8,040  
2000
    26,684       (9,895 )     16,789  
2001
    5,648       (2,094 )     3,554  
2002
    6,105       (2,264 )     3,841  
2003
    2,214       (822 )     1,392  
2004
    237       (235 )     2  
                         
Cumulative effect at December 31, 2004
    58,602       (21,879 )     36,723  
2005
    965       (164 )     801  
2006
    611       137       748  
First quarter 2007
    (209 )     316       107  
Second quarter 2007
    (272 )     213       (59 )
                         
Total
  $ 59,697     $ (21,377 )   $ 38,320  
                         
 
Tax Consequences Under Internal Revenue Code
 
As a result of the review of our equity-based compensation practices, we have determined that a number of our historical equity-based grants were issued with exercise prices that were below the quoted market price of the underlying stock on the date of grant. Under Internal Revenue Code Section 409A, grant recipients with stock options with exercise prices below the quoted market price of the underlying stock on the date of grant and that vest after December 31, 2004 are subject to unfavorable tax consequences that did not apply at the time of grant. Based on the review of our equity-based compensation practices, we have determined that certain option grants exercised by our employees in 2006 and 2007 or outstanding as of December 31, 2007, may be subject to the adverse tax consequences under Section 409A depending on the vesting provisions of each grant.
 
While the final regulations under Section 409A were not effective until January 1, 2008, transition rules published by the IRS in various notices and announcements make the principles of Section 409A applicable, to varying degrees, during the tax years 2006 and 2007.
 
In general, any exercise during 2006 and 2007 of a stock option vesting after December 31, 2004, granted with an exercise price less than the fair market value of the common stock on the measurement date is subject to the provisions of Section 409A. Additionally, in the one case of a stock option granted to an employee who was also a Section 16 officer at the time of grant, with an exercise price less than the fair market value on the measurement date, Section 409A treats all vested and unexercised stock options as exercised at December 31, 2007. The Section 16 officer realized gross income, subject to both regular income and employment taxes along with the taxes imposed under Section 409A, based on the difference between the fair market value of TeleTech stock on December 31, 2007 and the exercise price of the stock option.
 
In the fourth quarter of 2007, we identified that there would be adverse tax consequences for employees who exercised stock options from these grants during 2006 and 2007. In December of 2007, we committed to compensate our employees for the adverse tax consequences of Section 409A and who, as a result, incurred (or are otherwise subject to) taxes and penalties. In that regard, we have made, or will make, cash payments estimated at $2.9 million to or on behalf of these individuals for the incremental taxes imposed under Section 409A and an associated tax gross-up (as a result of the tax


38


Table of Contents

payment itself being taxable to the employee). This amount was recorded as Selling, General, and Administrative expense in our Consolidated Financial Statements in the fourth quarter of 2007 when we elected to reimburse our employees for their incremental taxes.
 
With the final Regulations effective January 1, 2008, employees holding unexercised stock options potentially subject to Section 409A will be treated the same as Section 16 Officers and lose the deferral of income typically associated with a stock option. Unexercised stock options potentially subject to Section 409A will violate the provisions on January 1, 2008 (if they are already vested) or upon their future vesting. An employee would then realize gross income, subject to income taxes and employment taxes as well as the taxes imposed under Section 409A, based on the difference between the fair market value of our common stock at December 31, 2008 (for unexercised options) or the actual gain realized (for options exercised in 2008). In 2008, we intend to provide all eligible employees with the opportunity to remedy their outstanding stock options that are subject to potential penalties under Section 409A. The resulting financial impact will be reflected in the period in which the remedial action is finalized.
 
We have also considered the impact of Section 162(m) on 2007 and prior periods. Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code imposes a $1 million annual limit on the compensation deduction permitted by a public company employer for compensation paid to its chief executive officer and its other officers whose compensation is required to be reported to stockholders under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 because they are among the four most highly compensated officers for the taxable year. (Generally, this will include the Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) and the three highest-paid officers other than the CEO, but will exclude the Chief Financial Officer). One significant exception is that compensation in excess of $1 million annually is deductible provided the compensation meets the “performance based” exception requirements. Typically, stock options awarded at fair market value under a shareholder approved plan meet the performance based exception in Regulation Section 1.162-27. Normally, stock options granted by us under our equity-based compensation plans meet the performance based compensation exception. However, any income realized under a misdated stock option (an option issued at less than fair market value on the relevant measurement date) is deemed (in whole) to be non-performance based compensation. We have accounted for nondeductible employee compensation as limited by Section 162(m) in 2007 and all prior periods in the restatement.
 
Where compensation expense has been recorded with respect to a misdated stock option in 2007 or prior periods and the employee’s compensation expense will likely be subject to Section 162(m) when deducted for tax purposes in 2008 or future accounting periods, we have recorded a valuation allowance against the deferred tax asset where we believe realization of the deferred tax asset does not meet the “more likely than not” standard of SFAS No. 109 Accounting for Income Taxes (“SFAS 109”). This valuation allowance was established in the first quarter of 2007 and is adjusted quarterly to reflect changes in the expected future deductibility of these expenses. Also, to the extent employees subject to Section 162(m), in 2007 and prior periods exercised misdated stock options, the amounts realized have been accounted for as non-performance based compensation expense subject to the $1 million limitation.
 
Judgments
 
As discussed above, some of the revised measurement dates could not be determined with certainty. As a result, we established revised measurement dates based on judgments that we made considering all of the available relevant information. Judgments different from ours regarding the timing of the revised measurement dates would have resulted in compensation expense charges different than those recorded by us in the restatement. Because of their potential variability, we prepared a sensitivity analysis to determine a hypothetical minimum and maximum compensation expense charge that could occur if different judgments were utilized to determine the revised measurement dates. In reviewing all available data including information, findings and conclusions from the Audit Committee’s Review and our own review, we considered other possible alternative measurement dates within a reasonable minimum and maximum range that might have been used in the preparation of a sensitivity analysis. In this process, we found nothing that we believed would have supported conclusions that any other form or


39


Table of Contents

content for a sensitivity analysis would be more appropriate or helpful than the sensitivity analysis that we have prepared.
 
We applied our sensitivity methodology on a grant-by-grant basis using the largest reasonably possible variations in equity-based compensation expense within a range of possible approval dates for each grant event. We developed this range by starting with the first available dating evidence through the earlier of final management approval or the record creation date of the grant in our equity accounting system. In some cases, the earliest possible date was the stated date of grant, while for others it was based on the documentary evidence, including, among other things, the employment offer letters, acquisition documents, Board or Board committee meeting dates, UWC dates, facsimile and e-mail dates, electronic and printed dating evidence on grant recommendation listings, and creation dates in our equity accounting system. Based upon all available evidence, we were unable to identify dates that would provide a more reasonable range of dates for this sensitivity analysis. While we believe the evidence and methodology used to determine the revised measurement dates to be the most appropriate, we also believe that illustrating differences in equity-based compensation expense using these alternative date ranges provides some insight into the extent to which hypothetical equity-based compensation expense would have fluctuated had we used other dates.
 
After developing the range for each grant event, we selected the highest closing price of our stock within the range and calculated the equity-based compensation expense to determine the maximum possible compensation expense. We then selected the lowest closing price within the range and calculated the equity-based compensation expense to determine the minimum possible compensation expense. We compared these aggregated amounts to the equity-based compensation expense that we recorded. If we had used the highest closing price of our stock within the range for each grant, our total restated equity-based compensation expense relating to the revision in measurement dates would have increased to approximately $87.1 million. Conversely, had we used the lowest closing price of our stock within the range for each grant, our total restated compensation expense would have decreased to approximately $62.7 million.
 
Our hypothetical ranges of equity-based compensation expense were affected by the high level of volatility in our stock price and the date ranges used in our sensitivity analysis, generally the time period between the original grant dates of certain stock options and the revised measurement dates. For example, in 1999 (the year in our restatement period with the largest sensitivity range based on option grant date), our stock price closed at a low of $5.56 per share and a high of $34.06 per share during the range of potential alternative measurement dates. Since we do not have evidence that the grant dates and exercise prices were selected on the date when our stock price was at its highest or lowest during each period, we concluded that selecting a revised measurement date on the “highest” or “lowest” closing price when measuring compensation expense would not have been consistent with the requirements of APB 25, which looks to the “first date” on which the terms of the grants were fixed with finality.


40


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth the effect on earnings before income taxes (net of estimated forfeitures) that would have resulted from using different alternate measurement dates as compared to the measurement dates selected in our evaluation and used for accounting purposes. The table below illustrates the actual amortization of the pre-tax equity-based compensation recognized in our Consolidated Financial Statements and the hypothetical equity-based compensation expense in the period that the options are earned.
 
                                         
    Pre-Tax Sensitivity Analysis (Amounts in Thousands)  
                      Hypothetical
    Hypothetical
 
    Equity-Based
                Equity-Based
    Equity-Based
 
    Compensation
    Equity-Based
    Total Equity-
    Compensation
    Compensation
 
    Expense
    Compensation
    Based
    Expense at
    Expense at
 
    Previously
    Expense
    Compensation
    Lowest
    Highest
 
    Recorded     Adjustments     Expense     Closing Price     Closing Price  
 
Pre-IPO through 1996
  $     $ 763     $ 763     $ 763     $ 772  
1997
          1,776       1,776       1,755       2,046  
1998
          2,396       2,396       2,346       3,117  
1999
          12,779       12,779       10,912       13,524  
2000
          26,684       26,684       22,940       32,661  
2001
    1,269       5,648       6,917       4,776       8,945  
2002
          6,105       6,105       3,075       7,834  
2003
          2,214       2,214       1,972       2,998  
2004
    458       237       695       641       1,152  
                                         
Cumulative effect at December 31, 2004
    1,727       58,602       60,329       49,180       73,049  
2005
    (291 )     965       674       584       789  
2006
    6,921       611       7,532       7,413       7,665  
First quarter 2007
    2,891       (209 )     2,682       2,665       2,689  
Second quarter 2007
    3,191       (272 )     2,919       2,901       2,925  
                                         
Totals
  $ 14,439     $ 59,697     $ 74,136     $ 62,743     $ 87,117  
                                         
 
Lease Accounting
 
As part of our internal audit process, we identified the incorrect recording of certain leases under SFAS No. 13 Accounting for Leases. In addition, we incorrectly applied SFAS No. 143 Accounting for Asset Retirement Obligations (“SFAS 143”) to certain leases when it became effective in 2003. Specifically, we did not correctly identify capital versus operating leases for certain of our delivery centers and improperly accounted for certain relevant contractual provisions, including lease inducements, construction allowances, rent holidays, escalation clauses, lease commencement dates and asset retirement obligations. The lease classification changes and recognition of other lease provisions resulted in an adjustment to deferred rent, the recognition of appropriate asset retirement obligations, and the amortization of the related leasehold improvement assets. We recorded a pre-tax, non-cash cumulative charge of $5.9 million in our Consolidated Financial Statements through June 30, 2007 to reflect these additional lease related expenses.
 
Other Accounting Adjustments
 
We made other corrections to accounts receivable and related revenue, accruals and related expense, as well as adjustments to reclassify restricted cash in a foreign entity to other assets. The adjustments resulted in a net reduction of other expenses of $0.3 million in our Consolidated Financial Statements through June 30, 2007.
 
Income Tax Adjustments and Income Tax Payables
 
The reduction of $20.2 million to the Provision for Income Taxes reflects a $23.6 million tax benefit from the pre-tax accounting changes and a $1.1 million tax benefit from permanent tax and foreign rate differences. These benefits are offset in part by a $3.0 million increase in the provision for income taxes


41


Table of Contents

due to changes in our deferred tax valuation allowances and a $1.5 million tax increase for other adjustments restating the amount or period in which income taxes were originally recorded.
 
There is no material change to our income taxes payable to the U.S. or any foreign tax jurisdiction nor will we be entitled to a tax refund due to the accounting adjustments recorded for equity-based compensation expense during this restatement. In accounting for equity-based compensation, we only record a tax deduction when a stock option is exercised. The tax returns filed during these periods correctly reported a “windfall” tax deduction on stock options exercised as measured by the gain realized on exercise of the stock option (exercise price less the strike price of the option) in excess of the book expense recorded with respect to the particular stock option exercised. An increase to the book expense recorded for a particular stock option will have a corresponding decrease to the “windfall” tax deduction realized on exercise of the stock option but result in no overall increase or decrease to the total tax deductions taken with respect to the stock options exercised.
 
The likelihood that deferred tax assets recorded during the restatement will result in a future tax deduction was evaluated under the “more-likely-than-not” criteria of SFAS 109. In making this judgment we evaluated all available evidence, both positive and negative, in order to determine if, or to what extent, a valuation allowance is required. Changes to our recorded deferred tax assets are reflected in the period in which a change in judgment occurred.
 
Cost of Restatement
 
We have incurred substantial expenses for accounting, legal, tax and other professional services in connection with the Audit Committee’s Review, our internal review, and preparation of our Consolidated Financial Statements and restated Consolidated Financial Statements and related matters. These third-party expenses, which are included in selling, general and administrative expenses, were $8.6 million in 2007, and are expected to be approximately $10 million in 2008. In addition, in the quarter ended December 31, 2007 we recorded additional compensation expense of $2.9 million for incremental federal, state and employment taxes, assessed upon employees under Section 409A, including penalties, interest and tax “gross-ups”. We have committed to make the employees whole for any adverse tax consequences arising as a result of the vesting or exercise of mispriced options in 2006 and 2007.
 
Cost of Securities Class Action Lawsuits
 
Two class action lawsuits, which have now been consolidated, have been filed against us, certain directors and officers and others, alleging violations of the federal securities laws. The complaints allege, among other things, false and misleading statements in (i) a Registration Statement and Prospectus relating to a March 2007 secondary offering of common stock; and (ii) various periodic reports filed with the SEC between February 8, 2007 and November 8, 2007. Although we expect the majority of expenses related to the class action lawsuits to be covered by insurance, there can be no assurance that all of such expenses will be reimbursed.
 
Regulatory Inquiries Related to Historical Equity-Based Compensation Practices
 
The Audit Committee’s independent counsel has met and discussed the results of the Review with the staff of the SEC. Furthermore, the IRS is conducting an inquiry of the tax implications of our historical equity-based compensation practices. The SEC and IRS are reviewing the Audit Committee’s findings and may pursue inquiries of their own, which could lead to further investigations and regulatory action. At this time, we cannot predict what, if any, actions by the SEC, the IRS or any other regulatory authority or agency may result from the Audit Committee’s Review. We can provide no assurances that there will be no additional inquiries or proceedings by the SEC, the IRS or other regulatory authorities or agencies.


42


Table of Contents

NASDAQ Delisting Proceedings
 
We did not timely file with the SEC our Form 10-Q for the quarters ended September 30, 2007 and March 31, 2008 in addition to this Form 10-K as a result of the Audit Committee’s and our own review of our historical equity-based compensation practices and the resulting restatements of previously issued financial statements. As a result, we received three NASDAQ Staff Determination notices, dated November 14, 2007, March 5, 2008 and May 15, 2008, stating that we are not in compliance with NASDAQ Marketplace Rule 4310(c)(14) and, therefore, we are subject to potential delisting from the NASDAQ Global Select Market. We appealed the NASDAQ Staff’s delisting notice dated November 14, 2007 and, ultimately, the NASDAQ Listing and Hearing Review Council requested that we provide an update on our efforts to file the delayed periodic reports by May 30, 2008. We provided that update on May 30, 2008. Upon the filing of this Form 10-K and our Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q for the quarters ended September 30, 2007 and March 31, 2008, we believe we will return to full compliance with SEC reporting requirements and NASDAQ listing requirements.
 
Amendment of Credit Facility
 
Since November 2007, we have entered into three amendments to our Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of September 28, 2006 (the “Credit Facility”), with our lenders. These amendments extended the time for us to deliver our financial statements for the quarter ended September 30, 2007, for the year ended December 31, 2007 and for the quarter ended March 31, 2008, until August 15, 2008. In the amendments, our lenders also consented to (i) the filing of our delayed periodic reports with the SEC by August 15, 2008; (ii) the restatement of our previously filed financial statements; and (iii) the NASDAQ Staff Determination notices with respect to the possible delisting of our common stock from the NASDAQ Global Select Market due to the delayed periodic reports. As a result of these amendments and the filing of the delayed periodic reports, there is presently no basis for our lenders to declare an event of default under our Credit Facility and we may continue to borrow funds thereunder.
 
For more information regarding the restatement of our financial statements, see the Explanatory Note to this Form 10-K and Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
Business Overview
 
We serve our clients through two primary businesses, BPO and Database Marketing and Consulting. Our BPO business provides outsourced business process and customer management services for a variety of industries through global delivery centers and represents approximately 99% of total annual revenue. In September 2007, we sold, through Newgen Results Corporation, our wholly-owned subsidiary, and related companies (hereinafter collectively referred to as “Newgen”), substantially all of the assets and certain liabilities of this business which represented our entire Database Marketing and Consulting business. As a result, in 2008, our BPO business will represent 100% of total annual revenue. When we begin operations in a new country, we determine whether the country is intended to primarily serve U.S. based clients, in which case we include the country in our North American BPO segment, or if the country is intended to serve both domestic clients from that country and U.S. based clients, in which case we include the country in our International BPO segment. This is consistent with our management of the


43


Table of Contents

business, internal financial reporting structure and operating focus. Operations for each segment of our BPO business are conducted in the following countries:
 
     
North American BPO
 
International BPO
 
United States   Argentina
Canada
  Australia
Philippines
  Brazil
    China
    Costa Rica
    England
    Germany
    Malaysia
    Mexico
    New Zealand
    Northern Ireland
    Scotland
    Singapore
    South Africa
    Spain
 
On June 30, 2006, we acquired 100 percent of the outstanding common shares of Direct Alliance Corporation (“DAC”), a provider of e-commerce, professional sales and account management solutions primarily to Fortune 500 companies that sell into and maintain long-standing relationships with small and medium businesses. This acquisition was consistent with our strategy to grow and focus on providing outsourced marketing, sales and BPO solutions to large multinational clients. DAC is included in our North American BPO segment. The acquisition of DAC contributed approximately $34.1 million of revenue to our consolidated results during the last six months of 2006 and $61.8 million during the year ended December 31, 2007. See Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion of this acquisition.
 
On December 18, 2007, we completed the sale of Customer Solutions Mauritius, an indirect subsidiary that owned a 60% interest in our TeleTech Services India Ltd. joint venture. See Note 4 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion of this disposition.
 
On September 27, 2007, Newgen Results Corporation and related companies (hereinafter collectively referred to as “Newgen”) and TeleTech entered into an agreement to sell substantially all of the assets and certain liabilities associated with our Database Marketing and Consulting business. The transaction was completed on September 28, 2007. This business, which only represented 1% of our revenue in 2007, provided outsourced database management, direct marketing and related customer acquisitions and retention services for automobile dealerships and manufacturers in North America. During 2007, our income from operations was reduced by $20.4 million related to asset impairment and restructuring charges for this business. During 2007, our income from operations before income taxes and minority interest was reduced by $24.3 million. This includes the $20.4 million of asset impairment and restructuring charges discussed above along with a $3.9 million net charge related to the above disposal. The disposal charge includes a loss on the sale of assets of $6.1 million partially offset by software license income of $2.2 million recorded in Other, net. See Note 8 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion on the impairment charges. See Note 4 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion of this disposition.
 
See Note 5 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional discussion regarding our preparation of segment information.
 
BPO Services
 
The BPO business generates revenue based primarily on the amount of time our associates devote to a client’s program. We primarily focus on large global corporations in the following industries: automotive, cable and communications, financial services, healthcare, logistics, media and entertainment, retail,


44


Table of Contents

technology, travel and wireline and wireless telecommunications. Revenue is recognized as services are provided. The majority of our revenue is from multi-year contracts and we expect it will continue to be. However, we do provide certain client programs on a short-term basis.
 
We have historically experienced annual attrition of existing client programs of approximately 7% to 15% of our revenue. Attrition of existing client programs during 2007 was 7%. However, we experienced annual net growth of existing client programs of 10% and 6% in 2007 and 2006, respectively (growth of existing client programs was greater than the attrition of existing client programs). We believe this trend is attributable to our investment in an account management and operations team focused on client service.
 
Our invoice terms with clients typically range from 30 to 60 days, with longer terms in Spain.
 
The BPO industry is highly competitive. We compete primarily with the in-house business processing operations of our current and potential clients. We also compete with certain companies that provide BPO on an outsourced basis. Our ability to sell our existing services or gain acceptance for new products or services is challenged by the competitive nature of the industry. There can be no assurance that we will be able to sell services to new clients, renew relationships with existing clients, or gain client acceptance of our new products.
 
We have improved our revenue and profitability in both the North American and the International BPO segments by:
 
  •     Capitalizing on the favorable trends in the global outsourcing environment, which we believe will include more companies that want to:
 
  -     Adopt or increase BPO services;
 
  -     Consolidate outsourcing providers with those that have a solid financial position, capital resources to sustain a long-term relationship and globally diverse delivery capabilities across a broad range of solutions;
 
  -     Modify their approach to outsourcing based on total value delivered versus the lowest priced provider; and
 
  -     Better integrate front and back office processes.
 
  •     Deepening and broadening relationships with existing clients;
 
  •     Winning business with new clients and focusing on targeted high growth industry verticals;
 
  •     Continuing to diversify revenue into higher-margin offerings such as professional services, talent acquisition, learning services and our hosted TeleTech OnDemandtm capabilities;
 
  •     Increasing capacity utilization during peak and non-peak hours;
 
  •     Scaling our work-from-home initiative to increase operational flexibility; and
 
  •     Completing select acquisitions that extend our core BPO capabilities or vertical expertise.
 
Our ability to renew or enter into new multi-year contracts, particularly large complex opportunities, is dependent upon the macroeconomic environment in general and the specific industry environments in which our clients operate. A weakening of the U.S. or the global economy could lengthen sales cycles or cause delays in closing new business opportunities.
 
Our potential clients typically obtain bids from multiple vendors and evaluate many factors in selecting a service provider, including, among other factors, the scope of services offered, the service record of the vendor and price. We generally price our bids with a long-term view of profitability and, accordingly, we consider all of our fixed and variable costs in developing our bids. We believe that our competitors, at times, may bid business based upon a short-term view, as opposed to our longer-term view, resulting in a lower price bid. While we believe our clients’ perceptions of the value we provide results in our being


45


Table of Contents

successful in certain competitive bid situations, there are often situations where a potential client may prefer a lower cost.
 
Our industry is labor-intensive and the majority of our operating costs relate to wages, employee benefits and employment taxes. An improvement in the local or global economies where our delivery centers are located could lead to increased labor-related costs. In addition, our industry experiences high personnel turnover, and the length of training time required to implement new programs continues to increase due to increased complexities of our clients’ businesses. This may create challenges if we obtain several significant new clients or implement several new, large-scale programs and need to recruit, hire and train qualified personnel at an accelerated rate.
 
As discussed above, our profitability is influenced, in part, by the number of new or expanded client programs. We defer revenue for the initial training that occurs upon commencement of a new client contract (“Start-Up Training”) if that training is billed separately to the client. Accordingly, the corresponding training costs, consisting primarily of labor and related expenses, are also deferred. In these circumstances, both the training revenue and costs are amortized straight-line over the life of the contract. In situations where Start-Up Training is not billed separately, but rather included in the production rates paid by the client over the life of the contract, there is no deferral as all revenue is recognized over the life of the contract and the associated training expenses are expensed as incurred. For the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, we incurred $0.7 million and $0.4 million, respectively, of training expenses for client programs for which we did not separately bill Start-Up Training.
 
For programs that we have billed the client separately for training, the net impact of deferred Start-up Training (new deferrals less recognition of previous amounts deferred) on our reported revenue for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006 was $0.0 million and a decrease of $4.0 million, respectively. Correspondingly, the net impact on our reported cost of services from these deferrals was an increase of $0.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 and a decrease of $1.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. The net impact of these deferrals on our reported income from operations for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006 was a decrease of $0.1 million and $2.4 million, respectively. The impact from these deferrals decreased significantly in 2007 as the new amounts deferred during the period were consistent with the revenue recognized from prior deferrals. In contrast, during 2006, new deferrals for Start-up Training were almost twice the revenue recognized from prior period deferrals due to growth in new client programs during the period and the clients’ agreement to pay for this training separately.
 
As of December 31, 2007, we had deferred Start-up Training revenue, net of deferred costs, of $7.3 million that will be recognized into our income from operations over the remaining life of the corresponding contracts (approximately 15 months).
 
We may have difficulties managing the timeliness of launching new or expanded client programs and the associated internal allocation of personnel and resources. This could cause slower than anticipated revenue growth and /or higher than expected costs primarily related to hiring, training and retaining the required workforce, either of which could adversely affect our operating results.
 
Quarterly, we review our capacity utilization and projected demand for future capacity. In conjunction with these reviews, we may decide to consolidate or close under-performing delivery centers, including those impacted by the loss of a major client program, in order to maintain or improve targeted utilization and margins. In addition, because clients may request that we serve their customers from international delivery centers with lower prevailing labor rates, in the future we may decide to close one or more of our delivery centers, even though it is generating positive cash flow, because we believe the future profits from conducting such work outside the current delivery center may more than compensate for the one-time charges related to closing the facility.
 
Our profitability is influenced by our ability to increase capacity utilization in our delivery centers. We attempt to minimize the financial impact resulting from idle capacity when planning the development and opening of new delivery centers or the expansion of existing delivery centers. As such, management


46


Table of Contents

considers numerous factors that affect capacity utilization, including anticipated expirations, reductions, terminations, or expansions of existing programs and the potential size and timing of new client contracts that we expect to obtain. As a result, we expanded our capacity in 2007 by approximately 7,700 gross workstations in primarily offshore locations including the Philippines and Latin America. These gross additions were partially offset by workstation reductions primarily related to the sale of our Indian joint venture and Database Marketing and Consulting business.
 
To respond more rapidly to changing market demands, to implement new programs and to expand existing programs, we may be required to commit to additional capacity prior to the contracting of additional business, which may result in idle capacity. This is largely due to the significant time required to negotiate and execute a client contract as we concentrate our marketing efforts toward obtaining large, complex BPO programs.
 
We internally target capacity utilization in our delivery centers at 85% to 90% of our available workstations. As of December 31, 2007, the overall capacity utilization in our Multi-Client Centers was 79%. The table below presents workstation data for our multi-client centers as of December 31, 2007 and 2006. Dedicated and Managed Centers (10,055 workstations) are excluded from the workstation data as unused workstations in these facilities are not available for sale. Our utilization percentage is defined as the total number of utilized production workstations compared to the total number of available production workstations. We may change the designation of shared or dedicated centers based on the normal changes in our business environment and client needs.
 
                                                 
    December 31, 2007     December 31, 2006  
    Total
                Total
             
    Production
          % In
    Production
          % In
 
    Workstations     In Use     Use     Workstations     In Use     Use  
 
North American BPO
    16,097       13,043       81 %     13,137       10,362       79 %
International BPO
    12,248       9,225       75 %     10,121       8,129       80 %
                                                 
Total
    28,345       22,268       79 %     23,258       18,491       80 %
                                                 
 
As shown above, there was an increase in the total production workstations resulting from our revenue growth in 2007. We added 2,400 new production workstations in the fourth quarter 2007 due to new business wins. These additional workstations were in process of being ramped for new client programs during the fourth quarter 2007 and resulted in a slight decrease in the total utilization percentage on a year-over-year basis.
 
Database Marketing and Consulting
 
On September 27, 2007, Newgen and TeleTech entered into an agreement to sell substantially all of the assets and certain liabilities associated with our Database Marketing and Consulting business. As a result of the transaction which was completed on September 28, 2007, Newgen received $3.2 million in cash and recorded a loss on disposal of $6.1 million. See Note 4 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion of this disposition.
 
The revenue from this business was generated utilizing a database and contact system to promote the sales and service business of automobile dealership customers using targeted marketing solutions through the phone, mail, email, and the Web. This business generated a loss from operations including additional impairment and restructuring charges of approximately $32.6 million after corporate allocations for the year ended December 31, 2007.
 
We entered into an agreement with the buyer of our Database Marketing and Consulting business to provide ongoing BPO services to that segment that were previously being performed by us. We reviewed the direct cash flows associated with this agreement and compared them to our estimates of the revenue associated with the Database Marketing and Consulting business. We concluded that these direct cash flows were significant. As a result, the operations included in the Database Marketing and Consulting


47


Table of Contents

business did not meet the criteria under SFAS No. 144 Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets (“SFAS 144”) and therefore was not classified as discontinued operations.
 
Prior to the sale and as a result of the business’ continued losses, during June 2007, we determined that it was “more-likely-than-not” that we would dispose of our Database Marketing and Consulting business. This triggered impairment testing on an interim basis for this segment under the guidance of SFAS No. 142 Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets (“SFAS 142”) as discussed in Note 8 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. As a result, the Database, Marketing and Consulting business recorded an impairment loss of $13.4 million during the second quarter of 2007 to reduce the carrying value of their goodwill to zero.
 
Overall
 
As shown below in the “Results of Operations,” we have improved income from operations due to a variety of factors, including the following: expansion of work on certain existing client programs, our multi-phased cost reduction plan, transitioning work on certain client programs to lower cost delivery centers, increased capacity utilization, improving individual client program profitability and/or eliminating certain underperforming client programs.
 
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
 
Management’s discussion and analysis of its financial condition and results of operations are based upon our Consolidated Financial Statements, which have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”). The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue and expenses as well as the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. We regularly review our estimates and assumptions. These estimates and assumptions, which are based upon historical experience and on various other factors believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Reported amounts and disclosures may have been different had management used different estimates and assumptions or if different conditions had occurred in the periods presented. Below is a discussion of the policies that we believe may involve a high degree of judgment and complexity.
 
Revenue Recognition
 
For each client arrangement, we determine whether evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery of our service has occurred, the fee is fixed or determinable and collection is reasonably assured. If all criteria are met, we recognize revenue at the time services are performed. If any of these criteria are not met, revenue recognition is deferred until such time as all of the criteria are met.
 
Our BPO segments recognize revenue under three models:
 
Production Rate – Revenue is recognized based on the billable time or number of transactions of each associate, as defined in the client contract. The rate per billable time or transaction is based on a pre-determined contractual rate. This contractual rate can fluctuate based on our performance against certain pre-determined criteria related to quality, performance and volume.
 
Performance-based – Under performance-based arrangements, we are paid by our clients based on the achievement of certain levels of sales or other client-determined criteria specified in the client contract. We recognize performance-based revenue by measuring our actual results against the performance criteria specified in the contracts. Amounts collected from clients prior to the performance of services are recorded as deferred revenue.
 
Hybrid – Hybrid models include production rate and performance-based elements. For these types of arrangements, the Company allocates revenue to the elements based on the relative fair value of each element. Revenue for each element is recognized based on the methods described above.


48


Table of Contents

Certain client programs provide for adjustments to monthly billings based upon whether we meet or exceed certain performance criteria as set forth in the contract. Increases or decreases to monthly billings arising from such contract terms are reflected in revenue as earned or incurred.
 
From time to time, we make certain expenditures related to acquiring contracts (recorded as Contract Acquisition Costs in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets). Those expenditures are capitalized and amortized in proportion to the initial expected future revenue from the contract, which in most cases results in straight-line amortization over the life of the contract. Amortization of these costs is recorded as a reduction of revenue.
 
Income Taxes
 
We account for income taxes in accordance with SFAS No. 109 Accounting for Income Taxes (“SFAS 109”), which requires recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future income tax consequences of transactions that have been included in the Consolidated Financial Statements or tax returns. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the difference between the financial statement and tax basis of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. When circumstances warrant, we assess the likelihood that our net deferred tax assets will more likely than not be recovered from future projected taxable income.
 
As required by SFAS 109, we continually review the likelihood that deferred tax assets will be realized in future tax periods under the “more-likely-than-not” criteria. In making this judgment, SFAS 109 requires that all available evidence, both positive and negative, should be considered to determine whether, based on the weight of that evidence, a valuation allowance is required.
 
In the future, our effective tax rate could be adversely affected by several factors, many of which are outside of our control. Our effective tax rate is affected by the proportion of revenue and income before taxes in the various domestic and international jurisdictions in which we operate. Further, we are subject to changing tax laws, regulations and interpretations in multiple jurisdictions in which we operate, as well as the requirements, pronouncements and rulings of certain tax, regulatory and accounting organizations. We estimate our annual effective tax rate each quarter based on a combination of actual and forecasted results of subsequent quarters. Consequently, significant changes in our actual quarterly or forecasted results may impact the effective tax rate for the current or future periods.
 
The Financial Accounting Standards Board recently issued Interpretation No. 48 Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes (“FIN 48”), an interpretation of SFAS 109. FIN 48 was effective for our 2007 year. See Note 1 and Note 12 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for a discussion of the impact FIN 48 has had on our Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
 
We have established an allowance for doubtful accounts to reserve for uncollectible accounts receivable. Each quarter, management reviews the receivables on an account-by-account basis and assigns a probability of collection. Management’s judgment is used in assessing the probability of collection. Factors considered in making this judgment include, among other things, the age of the identified receivable, client financial condition, previous client payment history and any recent communications with the client.
 
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets
 
We evaluate the carrying value of our individual delivery centers in accordance with SFAS 144, which requires that a long-lived asset group be reviewed for impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the long-lived asset group may not be recoverable. When the operating results of a delivery center have deteriorated to the point it is likely that losses will continue for the foreseeable future, or we expect that a delivery center will be closed or


49


Table of Contents

otherwise disposed of before the end of its estimated useful life, we select the delivery center for further review.
 
For delivery centers selected for further review, we estimate the probability-weighted future cash flows resulting from operating the delivery center over its useful life. Significant judgment is involved in projecting future capacity utilization, pricing, labor costs and the estimated useful life of the delivery center. We do not subject to the same test delivery centers that have been operated for less than two years or those delivery centers that have been impaired within the past two years (the “Two Year Rule”) because we believe sufficient time is necessary to establish a market presence and build a client base for such new or modified delivery centers in order to adequately assess recoverability. However, such delivery centers are nonetheless evaluated in case other factors would indicate an impairment had occurred. For impaired delivery centers, we write the assets down to their estimated fair market value. If the assumptions used in performing the impairment test prove insufficient, the fair market value estimate of the delivery centers may be significantly lower, thereby causing the carrying value to exceed fair market value and indicating an impairment had occurred.
 
We assess the realizable value of capitalized software development costs based upon current estimates of future cash flows from services utilizing the underlying software. No impairment had occurred as of December 31, 2007.
 
Goodwill
 
We assess the realizability of goodwill annually and whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate it may be impaired. Impairment occurs when the carrying amount of goodwill exceeds its estimated fair value. The impairment, if any, is measured based on the estimated fair value of the reporting unit. Fair value can be determined based on discounted cash flows, comparable sales, or valuations of other similar businesses. Our policy is to test goodwill for impairment in the fourth quarter of each year unless an indicator of impairment arises during a prior period.
 
The most significant assumptions used in these analyses are those made in estimating future cash flows. In estimating future cash flows, we generally use the financial assumptions in our internal forecasting model such as projected capacity utilization, projected changes in the prices we charge for our services and projected labor costs. We then use a discount rate we consider appropriate for the country where the business unit is providing services. If actual results are less than the assumptions used in performing the impairment test, the fair value of the reporting units may be significantly lower, causing the carrying value to exceed the fair value and indicating an impairment has occurred. Based on the analyses performed in the fourth quarter of 2007, there was no impairment to the December 31, 2007 goodwill balances of our reporting units. If projected revenue used in the analysis of goodwill was 10% less than forecast (the projections assumed average revenue growth rates ranging from 2% to 18% per annum over a three-year period), there would still be no impairment to goodwill.
 
Alternatively, our Database Marketing and Consulting business continued to incur operating losses through the second quarter of 2007. As we continued to consider strategic alternatives for this segment, we determined in June 2007 that it was “more likely than not” that we would dispose of our Database Marketing and Consulting business, which was then completed in September 2007. These two items triggered impairment testing on an interim basis for this reporting unit under SFAS 142.
 
The first step of the impairment testing indicated that the carrying value of the Database Marketing and Consulting business exceeded its fair value. We determined the fair value of the business by weighting discounted cash flow analyses based on the probability of the different outcomes. The decrease in the fair value as compared to the calculation in the step one test performed in prior quarters was due to two factors. The first factor was that the expectations regarding future results of the reporting unit used in the discounted cash flow analyses were below the expectations reflected in the analyses of the prior quarter. While the revenue declines and operating losses for this segment had generally stabilized, returning this business to profitability was expected to take longer than previously forecasted. The second factor was that the indications of fair market value received from interested third-parties were less than the carrying


50


Table of Contents

value of the reporting unit. Given these indications of a possible impairment, we performed the second step of the impairment testing.
 
The second step of the impairment testing indicated that the book value of the business’ goodwill exceeded the implied fair value of that goodwill. The implied fair value was determined by reviewing the current assets and liabilities; property, plant and equipment; and other identifiable intangible assets (both those recorded and not recorded) to determine the appropriate fair value of the business’ assets and liabilities in a hypothetical purchase accounting analysis. The fair value of these items based on the hypothetical analysis was then compared to the fair value used in the step one test (the hypothetical purchase price) to calculate the implied fair value of the business’ goodwill. The implied fair value of the goodwill was zero. As a result, an impairment charge of $13.4 million for the entirety of the Database Marketing and Consulting business’ goodwill was recorded during the second quarter of 2007. This was recorded in Impairment Losses in the accompanying Consolidated Statement of Operations and Comprehensive Income.
 
Restructuring Liability
 
We routinely assess the profitability and utilization of our delivery centers and existing markets. In some cases, we have chosen to close under-performing delivery centers and complete reductions in workforce to enhance future profitability. We follow SFAS 146, which specifies that a liability for a cost associated with an exit or disposal activity be recognized when the liability is incurred, rather than upon commitment to a plan.
 
A significant assumption used in determining the amount of the estimated liability for closing delivery centers is the estimated liability for future lease payments on vacant centers, which we determine based on our ability to successfully negotiate early termination agreements with landlords and/or our ability to sublease the facility. If our assumptions regarding early termination and the timing and amounts of sublease payments prove to be inaccurate, we may be required to record additional losses, or conversely, a reversal of previously reported losses.
 
Adoption of SFAS No. 123(R) and Equity-Based Compensation Expense
 
During the first quarter of 2006, we adopted SFAS 123(R) applying the modified prospective method. SFAS 123(R) requires all equity-based payments to employees to be recognized in the Consolidated Statement of Operations and Comprehensive Income based on the grant date fair value of the award. Prior to the adoption of SFAS 123(R), we accounted for equity-based awards under the intrinsic value method, which followed recognition and measurement principles of APB 25 and related interpretations, and equity-based compensation was included as pro-forma disclosure within the notes to the financial statements. We did not modify the terms of any previously granted options in anticipation of the adoption of SFAS 123(R).
 
Derivatives
 
We use forward and option contracts to manage risks generally associated with foreign exchange rate volatility. We enter into foreign exchange forward and option contracts to hedge against the effect of exchange rate fluctuations on cash flows denominated in foreign currencies. These transactions are designated as cash flow hedges in accordance with the criteria established in SFAS No. 133 Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities (“SFAS 133”).
 
SFAS 133 requires that changes in a derivative’s fair value be recognized currently in earnings unless specific hedge accounting criteria are met. SFAS 133 also requires that a company must formally document, designate and assess the effectiveness of transactions that receive hedge accounting treatment. Based on the criteria established by SFAS 133, all of our cash flow hedge contracts are deemed effective. Our cash flow hedges are recorded in our Consolidated Balance Sheets as either an asset or liability measured at its fair value, with changes in the fair value of qualifying hedges recorded in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income, a component of Stockholders’ Equity. The settlement of


51


Table of Contents

these derivatives will result in reclassifications from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income to earnings in the period during which the hedged transactions affect earnings and gains or losses will be recorded to Revenue.
 
While we expect that our derivative instruments will continue to meet the conditions for hedge accounting, if the hedges did not qualify as highly effective or if we do not believe that forecasted transactions would occur, the changes in the fair value of the derivatives used as hedges would be reflected currently in earnings.
 
Contingencies
 
We record a liability in accordance with SFAS No. 5 Accounting for Contingencies for pending litigation and claims where losses are both probable and reasonably estimable. Each quarter, management, with the advice of legal counsel, reviews all litigation and claims on a case-by-case basis and assigns probability of loss and range of loss based upon the assessments of in-house counsel and outside counsel, as appropriate.
 
Explanation of Key Metrics and Other Items
 
Cost of Services
 
Cost of services principally includes costs incurred in connection with our BPO operations and database marketing services, including direct labor, telecommunications, printing, postage, sales and use tax and certain fixed costs associated with delivery centers. In addition, cost of services includes income related to grants we may receive from time-to-time from local or state governments as an incentive to locate delivery centers in their jurisdictions which reduce the cost of services for those facilities.
 
Selling, General and Administrative
 
Selling, general and administrative expenses primarily include costs associated with administrative services such as sales, marketing, product development, legal settlements, legal, information systems (including core technology and telephony infrastructure) and accounting and finance. It also includes equity-based compensation expense, outside professional fees (i.e. legal and accounting services), building expense for non-delivery center facilities and other items associated with general business administration.
 
Restructuring Charges, Net
 
Restructuring charges, net primarily include costs incurred in conjunction with reductions in force or decisions to exit facilities, including termination benefits and lease liabilities, net of expected sublease rentals.
 
Interest Expense
 
Interest expense includes interest expense and amortization of debt issuance costs associated with our grants, debt and capitalized lease obligations.
 
Other Income
 
The main components of other income are miscellaneous receipts not directly related to our operating activities, such as foreign exchange transaction gains and income from the sale of a software and intellectual property license agreement.
 
Other Expenses
 
The main components of other expenses are expenditures not directly related to our operating activities, such as foreign exchange transaction losses and corporate legal settlements.


52


Table of Contents

Presentation of Non-GAAP Measurements
 
Free Cash Flow
 
Free cash flow is a non-GAAP liquidity measurement. We believe that free cash flow is useful to our investors because it measures, during a given period, the amount of cash generated that is available for debt obligations and investments other than purchases of property, plant and equipment. Free cash flow is not a measure determined by GAAP and should not be considered a substitute for “income from operations,” “net income,” “net cash provided by operating activities,” or any other measure determined in accordance with GAAP. We believe this non-GAAP liquidity measure is useful, in addition to the most directly comparable GAAP measure of “net cash provided by operating activities,” because free cash flow includes investments in operational assets. Free cash flow does not represent residual cash available for discretionary expenditures, since it includes cash required for debt service. Free cash flow also excludes cash that may be necessary for acquisitions, investments and other needs that may arise.
 
The following table reconciles free cash flow to net cash provided by operating activities for our consolidated results (amounts in thousands):
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005  
          As restated     As restated  
 
Free cash flow
  $ 42,431     $ 33,231     $ 7,328  
Purchases of property, plant and equipment
    61,083       66,016       37,606  
                         
Net cash provided by operating activities
  $ 103,514     $ 99,247     $ 44,934  
                         
 
We discuss factors affecting free cash flow between periods in the “Liquidity and Capital Resources” section below.


53


Table of Contents

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
Year Ended December 31, 2007 Compared to December 31, 2006
 
The following tables are presented to facilitate Management’s Discussion and Analysis. The following table presents results of operations by segment for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006 (dollar amounts in thousands):
 
                                                 
    Year Ended December 31,              
          % of
          % of
             
          Segment
          Segment
             
    2007     Revenue     2006     Revenue     $ Change     % Change  
                As restated     As restated              
 
Revenue
                                               
North American BPO
  $ 955,810       69.8 %   $ 814,419       67.3 %   $ 141,391       17.4 %
International BPO
    396,080       28.9 %     356,106       29.4 %     39,974       11.2 %
Database Marketing and Consulting
    17,742       1.3 %     40,228       3.3 %     (22,486 )     (55.9 )%
                                                 
    $ 1,369,632       100.0 %   $ 1,210,753       100.0 %   $ 158,879       13.1 %
Cost of services
                                               
North American BPO
  $ 689,793       72.2 %   $ 587,984       72.2 %   $ 101,809       17.3 %
International BPO
    299,927       75.7 %     271,986       76.4 %     27,941       10.3 %
Database Marketing and Consulting
    11,739       66.2 %     22,839       56.8 %     (11,100 )     (48.6 )%
                                                 
    $ 1,001,459       73.1 %   $ 882,809       72.9 %   $ 118,650       13.4 %
Selling, general and administrative
                                               
North American BPO
  $ 126,517       13.2 %   $ 112,688       13.8 %   $ 13,829       12.3 %
International BPO
    66,700       16.8 %     62,434       17.5 %     4,266       6.8 %
Database Marketing and Consulting
    14,311       80.7 %     24,873       61.8 %     (10,562 )     (42.5 )%
                                                 
    $ 207,528       15.2 %   $ 199,995       16.5 %   $ 7,533       3.8 %
Depreciation and amortization
                                               
North American BPO
  $ 31,964       3.3 %   $ 27,918       3.4 %   $ 4,046       14.5 %
International BPO
    20,076       5.1 %     16,569       4.7 %     3,507       21.2 %
Database Marketing and Consulting
    3,913       22.1 %     7,502       18.6 %     (3,589 )     (47.8 )%
                                                 
    $ 55,953       4.1 %   $ 51,989       4.3 %   $ 3,964       7.6 %
Restructuring charges, net
                                               
North American BPO
  $ 1,280       0.1 %   $ 103       0.0 %   $ 1,177       1142.7 %
International BPO
    1,050       0.3 %     1,420       0.4 %     (370 )     (26.1 )%
Database Marketing and Consulting
    4,785       27.0 %     107       0.3 %     4,678       4372.0 %
                                                 
    $ 7,115       0.5 %   $ 1,630       0.1 %   $ 5,485       336.5 %
Impairment losses
                                               
North American BPO
  $ 154       0.0 %   $ 87       0.0 %   $ 67       77.0 %
International BPO
          0.0 %     478       0.1 %     (478 )     (100.0 )%
Database Marketing and Consulting
    15,635       88.1 %           0.0 %     15,635       100.0 %
                                                 
    $ 15,789       1.2 %   $ 565       0.0 %   $ 15,224       2694.5 %
Income (loss) from operations
                                               
North American BPO
  $ 106,102       11.1 %   $ 85,639       10.5 %   $ 20,463       23.9 %
International BPO
    8,327       2.1 %     3,219       0.9 %     5,108       158.7 %
Database Marketing and Consulting
    (32,641 )     (184.0 )%     (15,093 )     (37.5 )%     (17,548 )     (116.3 )%
                                                 
    $ 81,788       6.0 %   $ 73,765       6.1 %   $ 8,023       10.9 %
                                                 
Other income (expense)
  $ (6,437 )     (0.5 )%   $ (4,442 )     (0.4 )%   $ (1,995 )     (44.9 )%
                                                 
Provision for income taxes
  $ (19,562 )     (1.4 )%   $ (16,474 )     (1.4 )%   $ (3,088 )     (18.7 )%
 
Revenue
 
Revenue for the North American BPO for 2007 compared to 2006 was $955.8 million and $814.4 million, respectively. The increase in revenue for the North American BPO between periods was due to new client programs, the expansion of existing client programs and the inclusion of a full-year of revenue from DAC.


54


Table of Contents

Revenue for the International BPO for 2007 compared to 2006 was $396.1 million and $356.1 million, respectively. The increase in revenue for the International BPO between periods was due to new client programs and the expansion of existing client programs in Latin America and Europe.
 
Revenue for Database Marketing and Consulting for 2007 compared to 2006 was $17.7 million and $40.2 million, respectively. The decrease is due primarily to a net decline in clients and the disposition of the business in September 2007.
 
Cost of Services
 
Cost of services for the North American BPO for 2007 compared to 2006 were $689.8 million and $588.0 million, respectively. Cost of services as a percentage of revenue in the North American BPO remained consistent as compared to the prior year. In absolute dollars, the increase in cost of services corresponds to revenue growth from the implementation of new and expanded client programs.
 
Cost of services for the International BPO for 2007 compared to 2006 were $299.9 million and $272.0 million, respectively. Cost of services as a percentage of revenue in the International BPO decreased due to rapid expansion of our offshore capacity in lower cost locations. In absolute dollars, the increase in cost of services corresponds to revenue growth from the implementation of new or expanded client programs.
 
Cost of services for Database Marketing and Consulting for 2007 compared to 2006 were $11.7 million and $22.8 million, respectively. The decrease from the prior year was primarily due to cost reductions and the disposition of the business in September 2007.
 
Selling, General and Administrative
 
Selling, general and administrative expenses for the North American BPO for 2007 compared to 2006 were $126.5 million and $112.7 million, respectively. The expenses increased in absolute dollars as a result of increased business volume and third-party legal, accounting, payroll tax and consulting expenses associated with our review of equity-based compensation practices which amounted to $8.2 million, and decreased as a percentage of revenue due to headcount reductions and greater economies of scale.
 
Selling, general and administrative expenses for the International BPO for 2007 compared to 2006 were $66.7 million and $62.4 million, respectively. These expenses for the International BPO increased in absolute dollars as a result of higher business volumes and legal, accounting, payroll tax and consulting expenses associated with our review of equity-based compensation practices which amounted to $3.2 million, and decreased as a percentage of revenue due to headcount reductions in our operations in Europe and Asia Pacific and greater economies of scale.
 
Selling, general and administrative expenses for Database Marketing and Consulting for 2007 compared to 2006 were $14.3 million and $24.9 million, respectively. The decrease was primarily due to cost reductions, the lower allocation of corporate-level operating expenses and the disposition of the business in September 2007.
 
Depreciation and Amortization
 
Depreciation and amortization expense on a consolidated basis for 2007 compared to 2006 was $56.0 million and $52.0 million, respectively. Depreciation and amortization expense in the North American BPO remained relatively consistent as a percentage of revenue with the prior year and increased in the International BPO segment due to the significant expansion of capacity in certain offshore markets.
 
Depreciation and amortization expense in Database Marketing and Consulting decreased compared to the prior year due to assets, primarily software development costs, reaching the end of their depreciable lives and the disposition of the business in September 2007.


55


Table of Contents

Restructuring Charges, Net
 
During 2007, we recognized restructuring charges of $7.1 million related to both a reduction in force across all three segments and a $4.0 million charge for certain facility exit costs in our Database Marketing and Consulting business.
 
Impairment Losses
 
During 2007, we recognized impairment losses of $15.8 million primarily related to the following items: (i) $15.6 million related to our Database Marketing and Consulting business comprised of $13.4 million related to the impairment of the business’ goodwill in June 2007 and $2.2 million related to leasehold improvement impairments; and (ii) $0.2 million related to the reduction of the net book value of long-lived assets in the North American BPO to their estimated fair values.
 
Other Income (Expense)
 
For 2007, interest income and expense were relatively unchanged from 2006. Gain on sale of assets of $0.9 million includes a $7.0 million gain on the sale of our 60% interest in our Indian joint venture partially offset by a $6.1 million loss on sale of our Database Marketing and Consulting business. Other, net, increased by $2.9 million primarily related to foreign currency transaction losses partially offset by a $2.2 million software license.
 
Income Taxes
 
The effective tax rate for 2007 was 26.0%. This compares to an effective tax rate of 23.8% in 2006. The 2007 effective tax rate is positively influenced by earnings in international jurisdictions currently enjoying an income tax holiday and the distribution of income between the U.S. and international tax jurisdictions. The effective tax rate for 2007 is lower than expected due to the second quarter impairment and third quarter restructuring and loss on the sale of subsidiary recorded for our Database Marketing and Consulting business as discussed in Note 13. These charges were all recorded in the U.S. tax jurisdiction and reduced income before taxes recorded in the U.S. and thereby increased the proportion of income before taxes earned in international tax jurisdictions. Finally, we realized a $2.4 million benefit related to a permanent difference in calculating the gain from disposition of our India joint venture in the fourth quarter as discussed in Note 4 and a $1.4 million benefit related to certain tax planning and corporate restructuring activities and the reversal of $0.9 million in deferred tax valuation allowance recorded against tax assets in prior years. Without these items, our effective tax rate in 2007 would have been 32.2%. This compares to an effective tax rate of 23.8% in 2006. In 2006 the effective tax rate includes the benefit from the reversal of a $4.0 million deferred tax valuation allowance recorded against tax assets recorded in prior years. In addition, we recorded new deferred tax assets of $3.3 million due to a corporate restructuring. Without these items, our effective tax rate in 2006 would have been 34.3%. Our effective tax rate could be adversely affected by several factors, many of which are outside of our control. Further, income taxes are subject to changing tax laws, regulations and interpretations in multiple jurisdictions, in which we operate, as well as the requirements, pronouncements and rulings of certain tax, regulatory and accounting organizations. In future years, our effective tax rate is expected to return to approximately 30% to 33%, principally because we expect our distribution of pre-tax income between the U.S. and our international tax jurisdictions to return to more typical levels seen in recent years.


56


Table of Contents

Year Ended December 31, 2006 Compared to December 31, 2005
 
The following table presents results of operations by segment for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005 (amounts in thousands):
 
                                                 
    Year Ended December 31,              
          % of
          % of
             
          Segment
          Segment
             
    2006     Revenue     2005     Revenue     $ Change     % Change  
    As restated     As restated     As restated     As restated              
Revenue
                                               
North American BPO
  $ 814,419       67.3 %   $ 678,768       62.5 %   $ 135,651       20.0 %
International BPO
    356,106       29.4 %     324,303       29.9 %     31,803       9.8 %
Database Marketing and Consulting
    40,228       3.3 %     82,832       7.6 %     (42,604 )     (51.4 )%
                                                 
    $ 1,210,753       100.0 %   $ 1,085,903       100.0 %   $ 124,850       11.5 %
Cost of services
                                               
North American BPO
  $ 587,984       72.2 %   $ 502,987       74.1 %   $ 84,997       16.9 %
International BPO
    271,986       76.4 %     261,798       80.7 %     10,188       3.9 %
Database Marketing and Consulting
    22,839       56.8 %     44,274       53.5 %     (21,435 )     (48.4 )%
                                                 
    $ 882,809       72.9 %   $ 809,059       74.5 %   $ 73,750       9.1 %
Selling, general and administrative
                                               
North American BPO
  $ 112,688       13.8 %   $ 83,553       12.3 %   $ 29,135       34.9 %
International BPO
    62,434       17.5 %     61,793       19.1 %     641       1.0 %
Database Marketing and Consulting
    24,873       61.8 %     37,765       45.6 %     (12,892 )     (34.1 )%
                                                 
    $ 199,995       16.5 %   $ 183,111       16.9 %   $ 16,884       9.2 %
Depreciation and amortization
                                               
North American BPO
  $ 27,918       3.4 %   $ 27,664       4.1 %   $ 254       0.9 %
International BPO
    16,569       4.7 %     17,192       5.3 %     (623 )     (3.6 )%
Database Marketing and Consulting
    7,502       18.6 %     9,556       11.5 %     (2,054 )     (21.5 )%
                                                 
    $ 51,989       4.3 %   $ 54,412       5.0 %   $ (2,423 )     (4.5 )%
Restructuring charges, net
                                               
North American BPO
  $ 103       0.0 %   $ 1,160       0.2 %   $ (1,057 )     (91.1 )%
International BPO
    1,420       0.4 %     1,242       0.4 %     178       14.3 %
Database Marketing and Consulting
    107       0.3 %     271       0.3 %     (164 )     (60.5 )%
                                                 
    $ 1,630       0.1 %   $ 2,673       0.2 %   $ (1,043 )     (39.0 )%
Impairment losses
                                               
North American BPO
  $ 87       0.0 %   $       0.0 %   $ 87       100.0 %
International BPO
    478       0.1 %     4,711       1.5 %     (4,233 )     (89.9 )%
Database Marketing and Consulting
          0.0 %           0.0 %           0.0 %
                                                 
    $ 565       0.0 %   $ 4,711       0.4 %   $ (4,146 )     (88.0 )%
Income (loss) from operations
                                               
North American BPO
  $ 85,639       10.5 %   $ 63,404       9.3 %   $ 22,235       35.1 %
International BPO
    3,219       0.9 %     (22,433 )     (6.9 )%     25,652       (114.3 )%
Database Marketing and Consulting
    (15,093 )     (37.5 )%     (9,034 )     (10.9 )%     (6,059 )     (67.1 )%
                                                 
    $ 73,765       6.1 %   $ 31,937       2.9 %   $ 41,828       131.0 %
                                                 
Other income (expense)
  $ (4,442 )     (0.4 )%   $ (156 )     0.0 %   $ (4,286 )     (2747.4 )%
                                                 
Provision for income taxes
  $ (16,474 )     (1.4 )%   $ (3,953 )     (0.4 )%   $ (12,521 )     (316.7 )%
 
Revenue
 
Revenue for the North American BPO for 2006 compared to 2005 was $814.4 million and $678.8 million, respectively. The increase in revenue for the North American BPO between periods was due to new client programs, expansion of existing client programs and $34.1 million resulting from the acquisition of DAC, partially offset by approximately $45.4 million of revenue related to a 2005 short-term government program.


57


Table of Contents

Revenue for the International BPO for 2006 compared to 2005 was $356.1 million and $324.3 million, respectively. The increase in revenue for the International BPO between periods was due to new client programs and the expansion of existing client programs in Latin America and Europe.
 
Revenue for Database Marketing and Consulting for 2006 compared to 2005 was $40.2 million and $82.8 million, respectively. The decrease is due primarily to significantly lower volumes from one of its largest clients.
 
Cost of Services
 
Cost of services for the North American BPO for 2006 compared to 2005 were $588.0 million and $503.0 million, respectively. Cost of services as a percentage of revenue in the North American BPO decreased compared to the prior year due to the expansion of offshore capacity with a lower cost structure. In absolute dollars, the increase in cost of services corresponds to revenue growth from the implementation of new and expanded client programs and $19.5 million attributable to the acquisition of DAC.
 
Cost of services for the International BPO for 2006 compared to 2005 were $272.0 million and $261.8 million, respectively. Cost of services as a percentage of revenue in the International BPO decreased due to higher capacity utilization that resulted from the expansion of offshore capacity with a lower cost structure. In absolute dollars, the increase in cost of services corresponds to revenue growth from the implementation of new or expanded client programs.
 
Cost of services for Database Marketing and Consulting for 2006 compared to 2005 were $22.8 million and $44.3 million, respectively. The decrease from the prior year was primarily due to the decrease in revenue and cost reductions.
 
Selling, General and Administrative
 
Selling, general and administrative expenses for the North American BPO for 2006 compared to 2005 were $112.7 million and $83.6 million, respectively. The expenses increased in both absolute dollars and as a percentage of revenue primarily due to higher stock option expense required by the adoption of SFAS 123(R) (see Note 20 to the Consolidated Financial Statements), the acquisition of DAC and increased allocation of corporate-level operating expenses.
 
Selling, general and administrative expenses for the International BPO for 2006 compared to 2005 were $62.4 million and $61.8 million, respectively. The decrease as a percentage of revenue reflects lower salaries and benefits expense resulting from headcount reductions in our operations in Europe and Asia Pacific.
 
Selling, general and administrative expenses for Database Marketing and Consulting for 2006 compared to 2005 were $24.9 million and $37.8 million, respectively. The decrease was primarily due to cost reductions and the lower allocation of corporate-level operating expenses.
 
Depreciation and Amortization
 
Depreciation and amortization expense on a consolidated basis for 2006 compared to 2005 were $52.0 million and $54.4 million, respectively. Depreciation and amortization expense in both the North American BPO and the International BPO were down as a percentage of revenue compared to the prior year.
 
Depreciation and amortization expense in Database Marketing and Consulting decreased compared to the prior year due to assets, primarily software development costs, reaching the end of their depreciable lives.
 
Restructuring Charges, Net
 
During 2006, we recognized restructuring charges in the amount of $1.6 million related to reductions in force across all three segments and facility exit charges in the amount of $0.8 million related to the International BPO. This was offset by the reversal of $0.2 million in excess accruals across both the


58


Table of Contents

North American BPO and the International BPO as the actual costs incurred were less than the estimated accrual.
 
Impairment Losses
 
During 2006, we recognized impairment losses of $0.6 million related to the reduction of the net book value of long-lived assets of $0.4 million in New Zealand, Malaysia and India to their then estimated fair values; and $0.2 million for the difference between the estimated and the actual value received for assets in the closed South Korea delivery center.
 
Other Income (Expense)
 
For 2006, interest income decreased by $0.6 million due to less average daily cash and cash equivalent balances during the year. Interest expense increased by $1.9 million due to increased borrowings compared to the prior year due primarily to the acquisition of DAC.
 
Income Taxes
 
The effective tax rate for 2006 was 23.8%. This compares to an effective tax rate of 12.4% in 2005. In 2006 the effective tax rate includes the benefit from the reversal of a $4.0 million deferred tax valuation allowance recorded against tax assets recorded in prior years. In addition, we recorded new deferred tax assets of $3.3 million due to a corporate restructuring. The effective tax rate is positively influenced by earnings in international jurisdictions currently enjoying an income tax holiday and the distribution of pre-tax income between the U.S. and our international tax jurisdictions. Without these items, our effective tax rate in 2006 would have also been 34.3%. The effective tax rate in 2005 included the reversal of $11.2 million of deferred tax valuation allowances and additional tax expenses of $3.7 million related to our Domestic Reinvestment Plan. Without these items, our effective tax rate in 2005 would have been 36.0%.
 
Liquidity and Capital Resources
 
Our principal source of liquidity is our cash, cash equivalents, cash generated from operations and borrowings under our $180 million Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated September 28, 2006 (the “Credit Facility”). In 2007, we generated positive operating cash flows of $103.5 million which fully funded our capital expenditures of $61.1 million. We believe that our existing cash, cash equivalents and cash generated from operations will be sufficient to meet expected operating and capital expenditure requirements for the next 12 months. Should we need additional long-term liquidity to fund organic growth, acquisitions or share repurchases we have the option to increase our Credit Facility to $225 million subject to approval by the lenders at any time up to 90 days prior to the maturity of the Credit Facility on September 27, 2011. We may also request a one year extension of the September 27, 2011 maturity date, subject to unanimous approval by the lenders. However, we may make acquisitions or enter into joint ventures and may need to raise additional capital through future debt or equity financing. There can be no assurance that additional financing will be available, at all, or on terms favorable to us.
 
The following discussion highlights our cash flow activities during the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005.
 
Cash and Cash Equivalents
 
We consider all liquid investments purchased within 90 days of their original maturity to be cash equivalents. Our cash and cash equivalents totaled $91.2 million and $58.4 million as of December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
 
Cash Flows from Operating Activities
 
We reinvest our cash flows from operating activities in our business or in the purchase of our outstanding stock. For the years 2007, 2006 and 2005, we reported net cash flows provided by operating activities of $103.5 million, $99.2 million and $44.9 million, respectively. The increase from 2006 to 2007 resulted


59


Table of Contents

primarily from increased net income. The increase from 2005 to 2006 resulted primarily from increased net income as well as favorable changes in working capital accounts.
 
Cash Flows from Investing Activities
 
We reinvest cash in our business primarily to grow our client base and to expand our infrastructure. For the years 2007, 2006 and 2005, we reported net cash flows used in investing activities of $49.1 million, $114.0 million and $43.0 million, respectively. The decrease from 2006 to 2007 resulted from not having the DAC acquisition which was a one-time event in 2006 and from a decrease in capital expenditures. The increase from 2005 to 2006 resulted from the acquisition of DAC and expanded capital expenditures for growth in our embedded client base as well as for new client contracts.
 
Cash Flows from Financing Activities
 
For the years 2007, 2006 and 2005, we reported net cash flows provided by (used in) financing activities of $(30.1) million, $38.4 million and $(37.0) million, respectively. The change from 2006 to 2007 is due to a decrease in net borrowings on the line of credit and proceeds from stock option exercises; in addition to increased payments to minority shareholders, and purchases of our outstanding stock. The change from 2005 to 2006 resulted from a decrease in the purchase of our outstanding stock and increased exercises of stock options.
 
Free Cash Flow
 
Free cash flow (see “Presentation of Non-GAAP Measurements” for definition of free cash flow) was $42.4 million, $33.2 million and $7.3 million for the years 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. The increase from 2006 to 2007 resulted primarily from higher cash flows from operations and lower purchases of property, plant and equipment. The increase from 2005 to 2006 resulted from higher cash flows from operations and the absence of the short-term government program discussed above.
 
Obligations and Future Capital Requirements
 
Future maturities of our outstanding debt and contractual obligations, which includes both on and off-balance sheet obligations, are summarized as follows (amounts in thousands):
 
                                         
    Less than
    1 to 3
    3 to 5
    Over 5
       
    1 Year     Years     Years     Years     Total  
Credit Facility
  $     $     $ 65,400     $     $ 65,400  
Capital lease obligations
    1,645       3,290       1,935             6,870  
Purchase obligations
    23,331       24,201       14,817       138       62,487  
Operating lease commitments
    32,790       55,588       35,557       31,437       155,372  
                                         
Total
  $ 57,766     $ 83,079     $ 117,709     $ 31,575     $ 290,129  
                                         
 
  •     Contractual obligations to be paid in a foreign currency are translated at the period end exchange rate.
 
  •     The contractual obligation table excludes our FIN 48 liabilities of $1.6 million because we cannot reliably estimate the timing of cash payments. See Note 12 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion.
 
Purchase Obligations
 
Occasionally we contract with certain of our communications clients (which currently represent approximately 20% of our annual revenue) to provide us with telecommunication services. We believe these contracts are negotiated on an arm’s-length basis and may be negotiated at different times and with different legal entities.
 
Future Capital Requirements
 
We expect total capital expenditures in 2008 to be approximately $60 - $70 million. Approximately 80% of the expected capital expenditures in 2008 are related to the opening and/or expansion of delivery centers


60


Table of Contents

and 20% relates to the maintenance capital required for existing assets and internal technology projects. The anticipated level of 2008 capital expenditures is primarily dependent upon new client contracts and the corresponding requirements for additional delivery center capacity as well as enhancements to our technological infrastructure.
 
We also expect to continue to incur outside legal, accounting and consulting expenses in conjunction with the class action lawsuit filed against us and certain current directors and officers and our review of historical equity-based accounting practices. Although we cannot predict the amount of such expenses in 2008, we have incurred $11.5 million of expenses in 2007 and an additional $5.0 million of expenses in the first quarter of 2008.
 
We may consider restructurings, dispositions, mergers, acquisitions and other similar transactions. Such transactions could include the transfer, sale or acquisition of significant assets, businesses or interests, including joint ventures or the incurrence, assumption, or refinancing of indebtedness and could be material to the consolidated financial condition and consolidated results of our operations.
 
The launch of large client contracts may result in short-term negative working capital because of the time period between incurring the costs for training and launching the program and the beginning of the accounts receivable collection process. As a result, periodically we may generate negative cash flows from operating activities.
 
Debt Instruments and Related Covenants
 
On September 28, 2006, we entered into our Credit Facility, which permits us to borrow up to $150 million, with an option to increase the borrowing limit to a maximum of $225 million (subject to approval by the lenders) at any time up to 90 days prior to maturity of the Credit Facility on September 27, 2011. On October 24, 2006, we exercised our option to increase the borrowing limit of the Credit Facility to $180 million. We may request a one year extension of the September 27, 2011 maturity date, subject to unanimous approval by the lenders. The Credit Facility is secured by the majority of our domestic accounts receivable and a pledge of 65% of the capital stock of specified material foreign subsidiaries. Our domestic subsidiaries are guarantors under the Credit Facility.
 
Since November 2007, we have entered into three amendments to our Credit Facility with our lenders. These amendments extended the time for us to deliver our financial statements for the quarter ended September 30, 2007, for the year ended December 31, 2007 and for the quarter ended March 31, 2008, until August 15, 2008. In the amendments, our lenders also consented to (i) the delayed filing of periodic reports with the SEC by August 15, 2008; (ii) the restatement of previously filed financial statements; and (iii) the NASDAQ Staff Determination notices with respect to the possible delisting of our common stock from the NASDAQ Global Select Market due to the delayed periodic reports. As a result of these amendments and the filing of the delayed periodic reports, there is presently no basis for our lenders to declare an event of default under our Credit Facility and we may continue to borrow funds thereunder.
 
The Credit Facility, which includes customary financial covenants, may be used for general corporate purposes, including working capital, purchases of treasury stock and acquisition financing. As of December 31, 2007, we were in compliance with all financial covenants. The Credit Facility accrues interest at a rate based on either (1) the Prime Rate, defined as the higher of the lender’s prime rate or the Federal Funds Rate plus 0.50%, or (2) the LIBOR plus an applicable credit spread, at our option. The interest rate will vary based on our leverage ratio as defined in the Credit Facility. As of December 31, 2007, interest accrued at the weighted-average rate of approximately 6.04%. In addition, we are obligated to pay commitment fees on the unused portion of the Credit Facility, at a rate of 0.125% per annum. As of December 31, 2007 and 2006, we had outstanding borrowings under the Credit Facility of $65.4 million and $65.0 million, respectively. Our borrowing capacity is reduced by $9.2 million as a result of the letters of credit issued under the Credit Facility. The unused commitment under the Credit Facility was $105.4 million as of December 31, 2007.


61


Table of Contents

Client Concentration
 
Our five largest clients accounted for 40%, 42% and 47% of our annual revenue for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. In addition, these five clients accounted for an even greater proportional share of our consolidated earnings. The profitability of services provided to these clients varies greatly based upon the specific contract terms with any particular client. In addition, clients may adjust business volumes served by us based on their business requirements. The relative contribution of any single client to consolidated earnings is not always proportional to the relative revenue contribution on a consolidated basis. We believe the risk of this concentration is mitigated, in part, by the long-term contracts we have with our largest clients. Although certain client contracts may be terminated for convenience by either party, this risk is mitigated, in part, by the service level disruptions that would arise for our clients.
 
The contracts with our five largest clients expire between 2008 and 2011. Additionally, a particular client can have multiple contracts with different expiration dates. We have historically renewed most of our contracts with our largest clients. However, there is no assurance that future contracts will be renewed or, if renewed, will be on terms as favorable as the existing contracts.
 
Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements
 
We discuss the potential impact of recent accounting pronouncements in Note 1 and Note 12 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
ITEM 7A.  QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
 
Market risk represents the risk of loss that may impact our consolidated financial position, consolidated results of operations, or consolidated cash flows due to adverse changes in financial and commodity market prices and rates. We are exposed to market risk in the areas of changes in U.S. interest rates, the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) and foreign currency exchange rates as measured against the U.S. dollar. These exposures are directly related to our normal operating and funding activities. As of December 31, 2007, we had entered into financial hedge instruments with several financial institutions to manage and reduce the impact of changes, principally the U.S./Canadian dollar and U.S./Philippine peso exchange rates.
 
Interest Rate Risk
 
The interest rate on our Credit Facility is variable based upon the Prime Rate and LIBOR and, therefore, is affected by changes in market interest rates. As of December 31, 2007, there was a $65.4 million outstanding balance under the Credit Facility. If the Prime Rate or LIBOR increased by 100 basis points, there would not be a material impact to our consolidated financial position or results of operations.
 
Foreign Currency Risk
 
We have operations in Argentina, Australia, Brazil, Canada, China, Costa Rica, England, Germany, Malaysia, Mexico, New Zealand, Northern Ireland, the Philippines, Scotland, Singapore, South Africa and Spain. Expenses from these operations, and in some cases revenue, are denominated in local currency, thereby creating exposures to changes in exchange rates. As a result, we may experience substantial foreign currency translation gains or losses due to the volatility of other currencies compared to the U.S. dollar, which may positively or negatively affect our results of operations. For the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, revenue from non – U.S. countries represented 68% and 64% of our consolidated revenue, respectively.
 
A global business strategy for us is to serve certain clients from delivery centers located in other foreign countries, including Argentina, Brazil, Canada, Costa Rica, Malaysia, Mexico, the Philippines, and South Africa, in order to leverage lower operating costs in these foreign countries. In order to mitigate the risk of these foreign currencies from strengthening against the functional currency of the contracting subsidiary, which thereby decreases the economic benefit of performing work in these countries, we may hedge a portion, though typically not 100%, of the foreign currency exposure related to client programs served


62


Table of Contents

from these foreign countries. While our hedging strategy can protect us from adverse changes in foreign currency rates in the short – term, an overall strengthening of the foreign currencies would adversely impact margins in the segments of the contracting subsidiary over the long – term.
 
The majority of this exposure is related to work performed from delivery centers located in Canada, the Philippines, Argentina, and Mexico. During the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, the Canadian dollar strengthened against the U.S. dollar by 15.2%, 0.1% and 3.3%, respectively. We have contracted with several financial institutions on behalf of our Canadian subsidiary to acquire a total of $136.8 million Canadian dollars through December 2010 at a fixed price in U.S. dollars not to exceed $123.0 million. However, certain contracts, representing $82.8 million in Canadian dollars, give us the right (but not the obligation) to purchase the Canadian dollars. If the Canadian dollar depreciates relative to the contracted exchange rate, we will elect to purchase the Canadian dollars at the then beneficial market exchange rate.
 
During the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, the Philippine peso strengthened against the U.S. dollar by 15.9%, 7.5% and 5.9%, respectively. We have contracted with several financial institutions on behalf of our Philippine subsidiary to acquire a total of 7.6 billion Philippine pesos through December 2009 at a fixed price of $166.5 million U.S. dollars.
 
During the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, the Argentine peso weakened against the U.S. dollar by 2.7%, 1.4% and 2.5%, respectively. We have contracted with several financial institutions on behalf of our Argentinean subsidiary to acquire a total of 126.7 million Argentine pesos through September 2009 at a fixed price of $37.8 million U.S. dollars.
 
During the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, the Mexican peso weakened against the U.S. dollar by 1.1% and 1.6% and strengthened against the U.S. dollar by 5.3%, respectively. We have contracted with several financial institutions on behalf of our Mexican subsidiary to acquire a total of 464.5 million Mexican pesos through December 2009 at a fixed price of $40.8 million U.S. dollars.
 
As of December 31, 2007, we had total derivative assets associated with foreign exchange contracts of $33.3 million. We use the discounted period-end forward rates methodology to determine market value of our forward and option contracts. The following table summarizes the amount by currency and the portion of the asset that settles within the next twelve months (amounts in thousands).
 
                     
          Percentage
     
    U.S. Dollar
    Settled Within
    Dates Contracts
Derivative Assets
  Amount     One Year     are Through
 
Canadian Dollar
  $ 14,841 (1)     59.0 %   December 2010
Philippine Peso
    17,186       74.7 %   December 2009
Argentine Peso
    865       79.5 %   September 2009
Mexican Peso
    360       75.3 %   December 2009
                     
    $ 33,252              
                     
 
 
(1) The Canadian dollar derivative asset amount excludes approximately $1.9 million in unamortized option premiums.
 
If the U.S./Canadian dollar, U.S. dollar/Philippine peso, U.S. dollar/Argentine peso, or U.S. dollar/Mexican peso exchange rate were to increase or decrease by 10% from current period – end levels, we would incur a material gain or loss on the contracts. However, any gain or loss would be mitigated by corresponding gains or losses in our underlying exposures.
 
Other than the transactions hedged as discussed above and in Note 11 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, the majority of the transactions of our U.S. and foreign operations are denominated in the respective local currency while some transactions are denominated in other currencies. For example, the inter – company transactions that are expected to be settled are denominated in the local currency of the billing subsidiary. Since the accounting records of our foreign operations are kept in the respective local


63


Table of Contents

currency, any transactions denominated in other currencies are accounted for in the respective local currency at the time of the transaction. Upon settlement of such a transaction, any foreign currency gain or loss results in an adjustment to income, which is recorded in Other, Net in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income.
 
At December 31, 2007 we had a cash flow hedge of U.S. dollar $19.2 million related to a short-term intercompany payable that one of our foreign subsidiaries owes to our U.S. parent pertaining to certain tax liabilities. We elected not to designate this as a hedge under FAS 133 and accordingly the change in the fair value of the hedge instrument is recorded as a component of Other, Net and offset by the change in the fair value of the underlying short-term intercompany payable.
 
Foreign Exchange Counterparty Exposure
 
The Company enters into foreign exchange forward and option contracts to hedge against the effect of exchange rate fluctuations denominated in foreign currencies. The Company diversifies its foreign exchange contract exposures among many U.S. investment grade financial institutions. We do not perceive any material risk that the counterparties’ creditworthiness will impact their ability to deliver in accordance with the terms of the contract.
 
Fair Value of Debt and Equity Securities
 
We did not have any investments in debt or equity securities as of December 31, 2007.
 
ITEM 8.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
 
The financial statements required by this item are located beginning on page F-1 of this report and incorporated herein by reference.
 
ITEM 9.  CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
 
Not applicable.
 
ITEM 9A.  CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
 
This Form 10-K includes the certifications of our Chief Executive Officer and Interim Chief Financial Officer required by Rule 13a-14 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”). See Exhibits 31.1 and 31.2. This Item 9A includes information concerning the controls and control evaluations referred to in those certifications.
 
Background
 
As described in the Explanatory Note to this Annual Report on Form 10-K, Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Note 2 to our Consolidated Financial Statements, the Audit Committee of our Board of Directors conducted a voluntary, independent review of our historical equity-based compensation practices and related accounting for the period 1996 through August 2007. The Audit Committee completed its review in the first quarter of 2008. In addition, management also reviewed all equity awards from 1996 through August 2007. Based on the results of the Audit Committee’s review, our review and our evaluation of disclosure controls and procedures in conjunction with the audit of our 2007 financial statements, we have identified deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting, which are discussed more fully below. The control deficiencies failed to prevent or detect certain accounting errors, which required a restatement of our previously issued financial statements. The control deficiencies represent material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting and require corrective and remedial actions.


64


Table of Contents

In light of these material weaknesses, we performed the following procedures in conjunction with our preparation of our consolidated financial statements in this Form 10-K:
 
  •     Completion of the Audit Committee’s Review and our own internal review of 100%, or 4,347, of the equity awards made from our IPO in 1996 through August 2007 and an additional 539 pre-IPO grants for subsequent modifications, cancellations, and other accounting issues;
 
  •     Our review of 100% of real estate lease arrangements entered into since our IPO in August 1996 to properly record asset retirement obligations and deferred rent, along with a review of all material lease agreements to properly identify capital versus operating leases;
 
  •     Our efforts to remediate the material weaknesses in internal control over financial reporting described below; and
 
  •     The performance of additional procedures by management designed to ensure the reliability of our financial reporting.
 
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
 
Disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act) are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in reports filed or submitted under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the time periods specified in SEC rules and forms and that such information is accumulated and communicated to management, including our Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) and Interim Chief Financial Officer (“Interim CFO”), as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosures.
 
In connection with the preparation of this Form 10-K, our management, under the supervision and with the participation of our CEO and Interim CFO, conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures as of December 31, 2007. Based on that evaluation, the restatement of previously issued financial statements described above, and the identification of certain material weaknesses in internal control over financial reporting described below, which we view as an integral part of our disclosure controls and procedures, our CEO and Interim CFO have concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were not effective as of December 31, 2007.
 
Based upon the procedures highlighted above, we believe that the consolidated financial statements in this Form 10-K fairly present, in all material respects, our financial position, results of operations and cash flows as of the dates, and for the periods, presented, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”).
 
Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
 
Management, under the supervision of our CEO and Interim CFO, is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d(f) under the Exchange Act) is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures which (a) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of assets, (b) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP, (c) provide reasonable assurance that receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with appropriate authorization of management and the Board of Directors, and (d) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the Company’s annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.


65


Table of Contents

In connection with the preparation of this Form 10-K, our management, under the supervision and with the participation of our CEO and Interim CFO, conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2007 based on the framework established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”). As a result of that evaluation, management identified the following control deficiencies as of December 31, 2007 that constituted material weaknesses:
 
Insufficient Complement of Personnel with Appropriate Accounting Knowledge and Training.  We did not maintain a sufficient complement of personnel with an appropriate level of accounting knowledge, experience and training in the application of U.S. GAAP and for effective preparation and review of all account reconciliations and analysis over the completeness and accuracy of account balances.
 
Equity-Based Compensation Accounting.  We did not maintain effective controls over the accounting for and disclosure of our equity-based compensation. Specifically, effective controls, including monitoring controls, were not designed to ensure the completeness, existence, valuation and presentation of stock-based compensation transactions related to the granting, pricing and accounting for certain equity-based compensation awards and the related financial reporting for these awards in accordance with U.S GAAP.
 
Lease Accounting.  We did not maintain effective controls over the completeness and accuracy of accounting for leases in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Specifically, effective controls, including period-end financial reporting controls, were not designed to ensure the identification and application of the appropriate accounting principles for the real estate lease arrangements for our delivery centers with respect to certain relevant contractual provisions, including lease inducements, construction allowances, rent holidays, escalation clauses, lease commencement dates and asset retirement obligations.
 
These material weaknesses resulted in the misstatement and audit adjustments of financial statement line items and related financial disclosures, as disclosed in Note 2 to our Consolidated Financial Statements, and resulted in the audit adjustments and the restatement of (i) our Consolidated Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2006 and our Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income, Statements of Stockholders’ Equity and Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005; and (ii) our unaudited quarterly financial information for the first and second quarters of 2007 and for all quarters in our year ended December 31, 2006. Additionally, these material weaknesses could result in misstatements of the accounts and disclosures that would result in a material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements that would not be prevented or detected.
 
Based on management’s evaluation and due to the material weaknesses described above, management has concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was not effective as of December 31, 2007. Our independent registered public accounting firm, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, has audited the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2007, and that report appears in this Form 10-K.
 
Remediation Plan
 
Our management has taken immediate action to begin remediating the material weaknesses identified. While certain remedial actions have been completed, we continue to actively plan for and implement additional control procedures. These remediation efforts, outlined below, are intended both to address the identified material weaknesses and to enhance our overall financial control environment.


66


Table of Contents

Insufficient Complement of Personnel with Appropriate Accounting Knowledge and Training.  Specifically, we are remediating this control deficiency by the following actions:
 
  •     In March 2008, we hired a new Assistant General Counsel with experience at major law firms, a public company, the SEC and a public accounting firm, who will provide advice with regard to the disclosures in our periodic reports and our equity-based compensation practices;
 
  •     In May 2008, we hired a new Vice President and Controller who is a licensed CPA with extensive experience in public accounting and public company accounting operations;
 
  •     We are actively seeking to hire two assistant corporate controllers who will report directly to the Vice President and Controller. One will be responsible for external/SEC reporting, technical accounting issues (in accordance with U.S. GAAP) and Sarbanes-Oxley compliance and the other will oversee general ledger operations and monthly/quarterly closing processes;
 
  •     We are also actively seeking to hire additional accounting personnel with knowledge of, and technical expertise in U.S. GAAP; and
 
  •     We are implementing personnel resource plans and training designed to ensure that we have sufficient personnel with knowledge, experience, and training in the application of U.S. GAAP.
 
Equity-Based Compensation Accounting.  We are in the process of enhancing our processes, procedures and controls in our equity-based compensation practices which we believe will remediate past deficiencies in our historical equity-based compensation practices, including, among other things:
 
  •     Making annual equity awards at a set time each year and allocating annual grants to recipients before the grant;
 
  •     Making all grants that require Compensation Committee approval, including new hire, promotion and special circumstance grants, at a duly convened meeting, absent extraordinary circumstances warranting action by unanimous written consent, and providing the Compensation Committee with information on the accounting treatment and any non-standard terms of each proposed grant;
 
  •     Designating a senior member of the Human Capital Department who, supported by designated members of the Legal, Tax and Accounting Departments, shall be responsible for ensuring that the accounting treatment, recipient notification requirements, and required disclosure have been determined for each equity award before the award is authorized by the Compensation Committee;
 
  •     Other than as approved under new grant procedures, prohibiting any changes to grants after their approval date, other than to withdraw a grant to an individual in its entirety because of a change in circumstances between approval and issuance of the grant (or to correct clear clerical errors);
 
  •     Undertaking a training program for pertinent personnel in the terms of the Company’s equity compensation plans and improved policies and procedures;
 
  •     Expanding internal audit procedures relating to grant approval and documentation;
 
  •     We are actively seeking to hire additional accounting personnel with specific education and experience in accounting for equity-based compensation; and
 
  •     In addition to implementation of on-going monitoring controls to ensure the above equity compensation grant practices are operating effectively, conduct a review of the new equity compensation grant practices after one year of operation on behalf of the Audit Committee.
 
Lease Accounting.  We are remediating this control deficiency by redesigning our accounting processes, procedures and controls over the complete and accurate recording of our real estate lease transactions. Specifically:
 
  •     We have instituted additional levels of managerial review over all lease agreements and the associated accounting;


67


Table of Contents

  •     We are establishing processes to evaluate all new or modified leases, including the preparation of a summary of key terms for each lease in order to ensure complete and accurate recording of real estate lease arrangements in accordance with U.S. GAAP; and
 
  •     We are actively seeking to hire additional accounting personnel with specific education and experience in lease accounting.
 
We believe the remediation measures described above will remediate the control deficiencies we have identified and strengthen our internal control over financial reporting. We are committed to continuing to improve our internal control processes and will continue to review our financial reporting controls and procedures. As we continue to evaluate and work to improve our internal control over financial reporting, we may determine to take additional measures to address control deficiencies or determine to modify, or in appropriate circumstances not to complete, certain of the remediation measures described above.
 
Inherent Limitations of Internal Controls
 
Our system of controls is designed to provide reasonable, not absolute, assurance regarding the reliability and integrity of accounting and financial reporting. Management does not expect that our disclosure controls and procedures or our internal control over financial reporting will prevent or detect all errors and all fraud. A control system, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system will be met. These inherent limitations include the following:
 
  •     Judgments in decision-making can be faulty, and control and process breakdowns can occur because of simple errors or mistakes.
 
  •     Controls can be circumvented by individuals, acting alone or in collusion with each other, or by management override.
 
  •     The design of any system of controls is based in part on certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions.
 
  •     Over time, controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions or deterioration in the degree of compliance with associated policies or procedures.
 
  •     The design of a control system must reflect the fact that resources are constrained, and the benefits of controls must be considered relative to their costs.
 
Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, have been detected.
 
Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting
 
Since December 31, 2007, we have begun the implementation of the remedial measures described above. However, there were no changes in our internal controls over financial reporting that occurred during the fiscal quarter ended December 31, 2007 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
 
ITEM 9B.  OTHER INFORMATION
 
None.


68


Table of Contents

PART III
 
ITEM 10.  DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE DIRECTORS
AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
 
Information concerning our directors, each of whom has been nominated for election to a one-year term at our 2008 stockholders’ meeting, and our executive officers is set forth below:
 
Kenneth D. Tuchman, 48, founded our predecessor company in 1982 and has served as the Chairman of the Board since our formation in 1994. Mr. Tuchman served as our President and Chief Executive Officer from our inception until October 1999. In March 2001, Mr. Tuchman resumed the position of Chief Executive Officer.
 
James E. Barlett, 64, was elected to our Board in February 2000 and has served as Vice Chairman of the Board since October 2001. Before joining TeleTech as Vice Chairman, Mr. Barlett served as the President and Chief Executive Officer of Galileo International, Inc. from 1994 to 2001, and in addition was elected to be Chairman of Galileo in 1997, a position in which he served until leaving in 2001. Prior to joining Galileo, Mr. Barlett served as Executive Vice President of Worldwide Operations and Systems for MasterCard International Corporation, where he was also a member of the MasterCard International Operations Committee. Other positions previously held by Mr. Barlett were Executive Vice President of Operations for NBD Bancorp and Vice Chairman of Cirrus, Inc., and he also was a partner with Touche Ross & Co., currently known as Deloitte & Touche LLP. Mr. Barlett currently serves on the Board of Directors of Korn/Ferry International and Celanese Corporation.
 
William A. Linnenbringer, 59, was elected to our Board in February 2003. In his 32-year career with PricewaterhouseCoopers (“PwC”), Mr. Linnenbringer held numerous leadership positions, including Managing Partner for the U.S. banking and financial services industry practice, Chairman of the global financial services industry practice, and member of the firm’s policy board and world council of partners. Mr. Linnenbringer retired as a partner of PwC in 2002.
 
Ruth C. Lipper, 57, was elected to our Board in May 2002. Ms. Lipper has spent more than 25 years working in various financial and philanthropic leadership roles. From 1987 to 2000, Ms. Lipper was Executive Vice President and Treasurer for Lipper Analytical Services, Inc. Founded in 1973, Lipper Analytical Services was analyzing nearly 40,000 mutual funds through offices in the U.S., London, and Hong Kong at the time of its sale to Reuters Group PLC in 1998. Ms. Lipper is currently a volunteer chairperson for the Lipper Family Foundation.
 
Shrikant Mehta, 64, was elected to our Board in June 2004. Mr. Mehta is President and Chief Executive Officer of Combine International, Inc., a wholesale manufacturer of fine jewelry since 1974. He also serves on the Board of Directors of Distinctive Devices, Inc., Caprius, Inc. and various private corporations.
 
Shirley Young, 72, was elected to our Board in August 2002. Ms. Young is President of Shirley Young Associates, LLC, a business advisory company, and serves as Senior Adviser to General Motors – Asia Pacific. She is a member of the board of governors of The Nature Conservancy and Governor and Founding Chairman of the Committee of 100, a national Chinese-American leadership organization, and Chair of its Cultural Associate, U.S.-China Cultural Institute. Previously, Ms. Young served as Corporate Vice President of General Motors responsible for China strategic development and as Executive Vice President of Grey Advertising and President of Grey Strategic Marketing. She also served on the Board of Directors for Verizon, Bank of America, Harrah’s, Dayton Hudson/Target and currently serves on the Board of Directors of SalesForce.com.
 
Brian J. Delaney, 50, joined TeleTech as Vice President of Technology in December 2002 and, in January 2004, moved to the position of Senior Vice President, North America Operations. In October 2005, Mr. Delaney was promoted to Executive Vice President of Global Service Delivery, a position he continues to hold, and in February 2008, Mr. Delaney was promoted to Chief Operations Officer.


69


Table of Contents

Gregory G. Hopkins, 53, joined TeleTech in April 2004 as Executive Vice President, Business Development. In 2004, he was promoted to his present position of Executive Vice President, Global Accounts. Before joining TeleTech, he was Vice President and General Manager of Global Markets at Telwares Communications, LLC. Prior to joining Telwares, Mr. Hopkins was Executive Vice President of Virtela Communications, where he developed a global sales and pre-sales engineering team. Other positions previously held by Mr. Hopkins included Western Region Vice President at AT&T Global Services, and Corporate Accounts Vice President at Inacom Information Systems.
 
Michael M. Jossi, 42, joined TeleTech in January 2005 as Vice President, Learning Services, and in December 2006, he was promoted to Senior Vice President of Human Capital. In April 2007, Mr. Jossi was promoted to Executive Vice President, Human Capital, a position he held on an interim basis until it was made permanent in August. The name of this position was subsequently changed to Executive Vice President of Global Human Capital. From 1998 until January 2005, Mr. Jossi was President and Chief Executive Officer of Active Education, Inc., a developer and provider of classroom and online computer training products for businesses.
 
Carol J. Kline, 43, joined TeleTech in June 2008 as Executive Vice President and Chief Information Officer. From February 2007 until joining TeleTech, Ms. Kline was Executive Vice President of Operations of EchoStar. Before joining EchoStar, Ms. Kline was Chief Information Officer and Executive Vice President for America Online from June 2003 to February 2006 and was the Senior Vice President for Worldwide Operations of Qwest Communications, Inc. from July 2000 to June 2003.
 
Alan Schutzman, 52, joined TeleTech in July 2006 as Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary. From September 2003 through March 2006, Mr. Schutzman was Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary of Concord Camera Corp. From January 2001 until September 2001, he served as Associate General Counsel of Jacuzzi Brands, Inc. (“Jacuzzi”) and Vice President, Associate General Counsel and Assistant Secretary of Jacuzzi from September 2001 through September 2003. During the Fall 2005 Semester, Mr. Schutzman served as an Adjunct Professor of Law at the Shepard Broad Law Center, Nova Southeastern University, in Fort Lauderdale, Florida where he taught a corporate workshop on mergers and acquisitions.
 
John R. Troka, Jr., 45, joined TeleTech in 2002 as Vice President of Global Finance. In August 2006, Mr. Troka was named Interim Chief Financial Officer, a position that he continues to hold, and in February 2008 he was promoted to the position of Senior Vice President of Global Finance. Before joining TeleTech, Mr. Troka was Vice President of Finance for Qwest Communications, formerly known as US West Communications. Mr. Troka is a licensed CPA in the state of Colorado.
 
Information Regarding the Board and Committees of the Board
 
During 2007, the Board held eight meetings, including four regularly scheduled quarterly meetings and four special meetings at which the Board met in executive session, during which only non-employee directors were present. The Board also took six actions by written consent. Each director attended more than 75% of the total number of meetings of the Board and Committees on which he or she served. We do not have a formal policy on a director’s attendance at the annual meeting of our stockholders, although we encourage members of the Board to attend. Last year, four of our directors (Kenneth D. Tuchman, James E. Barlett, William A. Linnenbringer and Shirley Young) attended the annual meeting of stockholders. The Board has determined that each of its non-employee directors (William A. Linnenbringer, Ruth C. Lipper, Shrikant Mehta and Shirley Young) is independent within the meaning of the NASDAQ Marketplace Rules.
 
The Board has three standing committees – the Audit Committee, the Compensation Committee, and the Nominating and Governance Committees. These committees assist the Board in the discharge of its responsibilities. The members of each committee are elected by the Board and typically serve for one-year terms.


70


Table of Contents

Audit Committee
 
The Audit Committee is responsible for, among other things:
 
  •     overseeing our accounting and financial reporting processes and the audits of our financial statements;
 
  •     the appointment of our independent registered public accounting firm;
 
  •     the scope and fees of the prospective annual audit and the results thereof;
 
  •     compensation, retention and oversight of the independent registered public accounting firm engaged to prepare and issue audit reports on our financial statements and to perform other audits;
 
  •     compliance with our accounting and financial policies and management’s procedures and policies relative to the adequacy of our internal accounting controls; and
 
  •     reviewing and approving related party transactions.
 
The current members of the Audit Committee are William A. Linnenbringer (Chairman), Ruth C. Lipper and Shirley Young, each of whom is independent within the meaning of the NASDAQ Marketplace Rules. Our Board determined that each of the members of the Audit Committee has accounting and related financial management expertise within the meaning of the NASDAQ Marketplace Rules. In addition, our Board has determined that Mr. Linnenbringer qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert” within the meaning of the SEC regulations based on his 32-year career with PricewaterhouseCoopers. During 2007, the Audit Committee held four regularly scheduled meetings, 18 special meetings and numerous other conferences related to the review of our historical equity-based compensation practices. A substantial portion of the Audit Committee’s responsibilities during 2007 involved the voluntary, independent review of our historical equity-based compensation practices and related accounting, as discussed in the Explanatory Note to this Form 10-K, in Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements and in Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations. The Audit Committee has a written charter adopted by our Board. No changes have been made to the written charter during the past year. The Audit Committee reviews and assesses the adequacy of its charter on an annual basis.
 
Compensation Committee
 
The Compensation Committee:
 
  •     reviews performance goals and determines or approves the annual salary, bonus and all other compensation for each executive officer (consistent with the terms of any applicable employment agreement);
 
  •     reviews, approves and recommends terms and conditions for all employee benefit plans (and changes thereto); and
 
  •     administers the TeleTech Holdings, Inc. Amended and Restated 1999 Stock Option and Incentive Plan, the TeleTech Holdings, Inc. 1995 Stock Option Plan, and other employee benefit plans as may be adopted by us from time to time.
 
The current members of the Compensation Committee are Shrikant Mehta (Chairman) and Ruth C. Lipper, each of whom is an “independent director” as defined under the NASDAQ. Marketplace Rules, a “non-employee director,” as defined under SEC Rule 16b-3, and “outside director,” as defined under Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code. During 2007, the Compensation Committee held four regularly scheduled meetings and took five actions by unanimous written consent. The Compensation Committee operates under the Compensation Committee charter adopted by our Board. No changes have been made to the written charter during the past year.


71


Table of Contents

Nominating and Governance Committee
 
The Nominating and Governance Committee is responsible for, among other things:
 
  •     identifying and recommending to the Board qualified candidates for election or appointment to the Board; and
 
  •     overseeing matters of corporate governance, including the evaluation of Board performance and processes, and assignment and rotation of Board committee members.
 
The Nominating and Governance Committee utilizes a variety of methods for identifying and evaluating nominees for director. The current members of the Nominating and Governance Committee are Ruth C. Lipper (Chairman) and William A. Linnenbringer, each of whom satisfies the independence requirements for nominating committee members pursuant to the NASDAQ Marketplace Rules. During 2007, the Nominating and Governance Committee held four regularly scheduled meetings. The Nominating and Governance Committee is governed by the Nominating and Governance Committee charter adopted by our Board. No changes have been made to the written charter during the past year.
 
Committee Composition
 
The following table provides the composition of each of our committees as of December 31, 2007.
 
                         
                Nominating and
 
    Audit
    Compensation
    Governance
 
Director
  Committee     Committee     Committee  
 
James E. Barlett
                       
William A. Linnenbringer
    ü               ü  
Ruth C. Lipper
    ü       ü       ü  
Shrikant Mehta
            ü          
Kenneth D. Tuchman
                       
Shirley Young
    ü                  
 
Code of Conduct and Committee Charters
 
We have adopted a Code of Conduct applicable to all of our directors, officers (including our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Controller and any person performing similar functions) and employees which includes the prompt disclosure of any waiver of the code, approved by our Board, for executive officers or directors. The Code of Conduct is available on our website, and we intend to disclose any waivers of, or amendments to, the code on our website. The Code of Conduct, Audit Committee charter, Compensation Committee charter, and Nominating and Governance Committee charter may be viewed on our website at http://www.teletech.com under “Investors”, “Corporate Governance.” You may also obtain a copy of any of these documents without charge by writing to: TeleTech Holdings, Inc., at 9197 S. Peoria Street, Englewood, Colorado 80112, Attention: corporate secretary.
 
Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance
 
Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act requires our executive officers, our directors, and persons who own more than ten percent of a registered class of our equity securities, to file changes in ownership on Form 4 or Form 5 with the SEC. These executive officers, directors, and ten-percent stockholders are also required by SEC rules to furnish us with copies of all Section 16(a) reports they file. Based solely on our review of the copies of these forms, we believe that all Section 16(a) reports applicable to our executive officers, directors, and ten-percent stockholders with respect to reportable transactions during the year ended December 31, 2007 were filed on a timely basis, with the exception of the following: John Simon, formerly Executive Vice President of Human Capital, Kamalesh Dwivedi, formerly Executive Vice President and Chief Information Officer, Brian J. Delaney, Chief Operations Officer, John R. Troka, Jr., Senior Vice President and Interim Chief Financial Officer and Alan Schutzman, Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary, each filed a Form 4 on January 25, 2007 to report a grant of RSUs on January 22, 2007; Doug Clemmans, formerly our Chief Marketing Officer, filed a Form 4 on February 8, 2007 to report a


72


Table of Contents

grant of RSUs on February 5, 2007, Mr. Dwivedi filed a Form 4 on February 22, 2007 to report three exercises of stock options, along with the concurrent sale of the common stock received on exercise of the options, that occurred on February 16, 2007; Mr. Delaney filed a Form 4 on March 1, 2007 to report two exercises of stock options that had occurred on February 26, 2007; Shirley Young, a member of the Board, filed a Form 4 on February 22, 2007 to report an option exercise that occurred on February 15, 2007, and on August 22, 2007 she filed a Form 4 to report a common stock purchase that occurred on August 17, 2007; and Shrikant Mehta, a member of the Board, filed a Form 4 on February 26, 2007 to report three exercises of stock options that occurred on February 21, 2007, and he filed a Form 4 on June 1, 2007 to report a common stock sale that occurred on May 29, 2007.
 
ITEM 11.  EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
 
Report of the Compensation Committee
 
The following report of the Compensation Committee shall not be deemed to be “soliciting material” or to otherwise be considered “filed” with the SEC, nor shall such information be incorporated by reference into any future filing under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 except to the extent that we specifically incorporate it by reference into such filing.
 
The Compensation Committee consists of two non-employee directors: Mr. Mehta and Mrs. Lipper, both of whom the Board has determined are independent as defined by the NASDAQ Marketplace Rules. The Compensation Committee has certain duties and powers as described in its written charter adopted by the Board. A copy of the charter can be found on our website at http://www.teletech.com/teletech/ Compensation Committee.pdf.
 
The Compensation Committee has reviewed and discussed with management the disclosures included under the caption “Compensation Discussion and Analysis” below. Based upon this review and discussion, the Compensation Committee recommended to the Board that the section entitled “Compensation Discussion and Analysis” be included in this Form 10-K.
 
Members of the Compensation Committee
 
Shrikant Mehta, Chair
Ruth C. Lipper
 
Compensation Discussion and Analysis
 
Executive Summary
 
This section explains our executive compensation programs as it relates to the following named executive officers:
 
     
Kenneth D. Tuchman
  Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer
James E. Barlett
  Vice Chairman of the Board
Brian J. Delaney
  Executive Vice President of Global Service Delivery and Chief Operations Officer
John R. Troka, Jr. 
  Interim Chief Financial Officer and Senior Vice President of Global Finance
Gregory G. Hopkins
  Executive Vice President of Global Accounts
 
Our executive compensation programs for the named executive officers consist of (i) long-term equity awards in the form of restricted stock units (“RSUs”), which include time-in-service vesting and performance-based vesting elements; (ii) cash compensation in the form of performance-based cash incentives under the Management Incentive Plan (“MIP”); (iii) discretionary cash bonuses to recognize exceptional individual achievements and contributions to our overall financial performance; and (iv) cash compensation in the form of base salaries. We also provide certain perquisites, but they do not constitute a significant portion of executive compensation. Each year, the Compensation Committee, which is made up entirely of independent directors, determines the compensation of the CEO and, after reviewing the


73


Table of Contents

CEO’s recommendations, the other named executive officers. Compensation tables summarizing the compensation of our named executive officers appear toward the end of this Compensation Discussion and Analysis, beginning with the Summary Compensation Table.
 
Funding of Incentive Benefit Pool
 
Funding for the MIP, discretionary cash bonuses, 401(k) profit sharing plans and other employee benefit programs, comes from our incentive benefit pool. We make contributions to the incentive benefit pool periodically throughout the year based on our achievement of revenue and operating income objectives in our internal business plan (excluding extraordinary, unusual or infrequently occurring events or changes in accounting principles). We then fund the MIP, discretionary cash bonus, 401(k) profit sharing plans and other employee benefit programs according to the terms of the respective programs. The Compensation Committee, however, has discretion to distribute less than the total amount of funds available in the incentive benefit pool.
 
Executive Compensation Objectives
 
Our goal for executive compensation is to attract, motivate and retain highly qualified executives focused on delivering superior executive performance that creates long-term investor value. Under the supervision of the Compensation Committee, we have developed and implemented compensation policies, plans and programs intended to closely align the financial interests of the named executive officers with those of our stockholders in order to enhance our long-term growth and profitability and therefore create long-term stockholder value.
 
Executive Compensation Overview
 
Five Overarching Principles
 
We have designed our executive compensation program around five overarching principles:
 
  •     Structure compensation programs with a significant portion of variable, or at-risk, compensation to ensure that the actual compensation realized by named executive officers directly and demonstrably links to individual and companywide performance;
 
  •     Offer market competitive compensation opportunities that will allow us to attract and retain named executive officers capable of leading us to the fulfillment of our business objectives;
 
  •     Ensure that our named executive officers remain focused on individual operational goals to build the foundation for our long-term success;
 
  •     Align the interests of named executive officers and stockholders to achieve long-term stock price performance; and
 
  •     Maintain an egalitarian culture with respect to compensation programs, such that, generally, certain management employees may generally participate in the same equity-based and cash-based incentive programs as the named executive officers.
 
Four Components
 
To achieve the five overarching principles, the compensation program for the named executive officers consists of the following four components, in order of their importance:
 
  •     Equity awards in the form of RSUs under our 1999 Amended and Restated Stock Option Plan, as amended and restated (the “1999 Plan”);
 
  •     Annual performance-based cash incentives under the MIP (although the CEO and the Vice Chairman are eligible for performance-based cash incentives under the MIP, they elected not to participate in 2007);
 
  •     Discretionary cash bonuses to recognize exceptional individual achievement and contributions to our overall financial performance; and
 
  •     Base salary.


74


Table of Contents

The named executive officers are also eligible to participate in our general health and welfare programs, 401(k) Plan, insurance program and other employee programs on substantially the same basis as other employees. We pay all or a portion of the named executive officers’ premiums for certain of these plans.
 
Mix of Equity, Cash Incentives/Bonuses and Salary
 
We rely heavily on long-term equity awards because the Compensation Committee believes they are the most effective compensation element for attracting entrepreneurial, hard working executives and promoting long-term commitment. Equity awards also help to ensure a strong connection between executive compensation and our financial performance because the value of RSUs depends on our future share price. Although the Compensation Committee reviews the compensation practices of certain companies as described in the section entitled “Executive Compensation Program Design and Implementation – The Role of Peer Groups, Surveys and Benchmarking” below, the Compensation Committee does not adhere to strict formulas or survey data to determine the mix of compensation elements. Instead, the Compensation Committee considers various factors in exercising its discretion to determine compensation, including the experience, responsibilities and performance of each named executive officer as well as our overall financial performance. This flexibility is particularly important in designing compensation arrangements to attract new executives in our highly competitive, rapidly changing markets.
 
CEO Compensation
 
The independent members of the Board, at the recommendation of the Compensation Committee, determine adjustments to the CEO’s compensation and evaluate the performance of the CEO. For 2007, Mr. Tuchman’s base salary was $350,000, and he elected not to participate in the MIP or receive any other form of cash compensation or discretionary cash bonuses. In recognition of Mr. Tuchman’s contribution to our strong performance and his relatively low base salary and performance-based incentives since he returned as CEO in March 2001, on June 22, 2007 the Compensation Committee awarded 500,000 RSUs to Mr. Tuchman, as follows: (i) 250,000 time-in-service RSUs vesting in five equal annual installments (50,000 RSUs per year) beginning on January 22, 2008 provided Mr. Tuchman is continuously employed through the vesting date; and (ii) 250,000 performance-based RSUs vesting in five equal annual installments (50,000 RSUs per year) beginning on March 1, 2008 if we achieve the RSU operating income objectives in our internal business plan. Operating income is the sole performance objective for vesting of performance-based RSUs because the Compensation Committee believes that operating income directly drives stockholder value by impacting earnings per share and is the element over which management can exert the greatest degree of short-term control. Adjusted operating income is determined by adjusting reported earnings to eliminate restructuring and restructuring related expenses. For 2007, the RSU operating income objective was set at $138 million. We did not achieve the RSU operating income objectives for 2007 and the first 50,000 of Mr. Tuchman’s performance-based RSUs did not vest. Fifty thousand of Mr. Tuchman’s time-in-service RSUs vested on January 22, 2008. Mr. Tuchman’s RSUs also provide for accelerated vesting on the effective date of a change in control. A full breakdown of the CEO’s compensation for services rendered during 2007 is included in the Summary Compensation Table below.
 
Vice Chairman Compensation
 
The Compensation Committee determines adjustments to the Vice Chairman’s compensation and evaluates the performance of the Vice Chairman. For 2007, Mr. Barlett’s base salary was $350,000, and he elected not to participate in the MIP or receive any other form of performance-based cash compensation or discretionary cash bonuses. In recognition of our strong performance and Mr. Barlett’s relatively low base salary and performance-based incentives since he became Vice Chairman in October 2001, on June 22, 2007 the Compensation Committee awarded 500,000 RSUs to Mr. Barlett. The Compensation Committee provided that all of Mr. Barlett’s RSUs would vest in ten equal annual instalments (50,000 RSUs per year) beginning on January 22, 2008, provided that Mr. Barlett is continuously employed through the vesting date. Mr. Barlett’s RSUs also provide for accelerated vesting on the effective date of a change in control. As discussed above in the section entitled


75


Table of Contents

“Effects of Equity-Based Compensation Review – Impact on Compensation of Executive Officers,” we also paid certain Incremental Adverse Taxes on behalf of Mr. Barlett in conjunction with awards of stock options made in years prior to 2007 which were later determined to have been issued with stated exercise prices that were lower than the fair market value on the appropriate measurement dates. A full breakdown of the Vice Chairman’s compensation for services rendered during 2007, including the payment of “Incremental Adverse Taxes,” is included in the Summary Compensation Table below.
 
Compensation Committee’s View on CEO and Vice Chairman Compensation
 
The Compensation Committee believes that the grant of RSUs to Messrs. Tuchman and Barlett (as well as other members of the management team) is justified by our performance over the last five years. Due in large part to the leadership of our CEO and Vice Chairman, our stock price has increased from $7.26 per share on December 31, 2002 to $21.27 per share on December 31, 2007, a 193% increase in five years (as indicated in the Stock Performance Graph, which is included in Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities of this Form 10-K). The RSU awards to the CEO and Vice Chairman, however, exceeded an annual individual award limit of 300,000 shares contained in the Company’s 1999 Stock Option and Incentive Plan (the “Plan”). After consulting with counsel, and as previously reported in a Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on February 20, 2008, the Compensation Committee concluded that the authorization of the awards was effectively an amendment of the Plan limit.
 
Executive Compensation Program Design and Implementation
 
Team-Based Compensation
 
Our compensation program for named executive officers rests on two assumptions. First, each officer must demonstrate exceptional individual performance. Second, each officer must contribute as a member of the team to our overall success rather than merely achieve specific objectives within that officer’s area of responsibility.
 
Independent Compensation Committee Determines All Executive Compensation
 
The independent Compensation Committee determines all compensation for the named executive officers. Annually, the Compensation Committee conducts an evaluation of each named executive officer to determine if any changes in the officer’s compensation are appropriate. The CEO does not participate in the Compensation Committee’s deliberations or decision with regard to his compensation. At the Compensation Committee’s request, however, the CEO and the Executive Vice President of Global Human Capital review with the Compensation Committee the performance of the other four named executive officers. The Compensation Committee gives considerable weight to the CEO’s evaluation of the other named executive officers because of his direct knowledge of each officer’s performance and contributions. For each named executive officer, the Compensation Committee members independently determine each component of compensation based on their collective assessment of the officer’s performance using the success factors, as well as our overall financial performance.
 
The Role of Equity Awards
 
RSUs Minimize Dilution and Support Long-Term Focus
 
We rely on long-term equity awards to attract and retain an outstanding executive team and to motivate the executive team to improve our financial performance. In 2007, we suspended our prior practice of granting stock options to named executive officers as a means of providing long-term equity awards and implemented a program of awarding RSUs that include time-in-service and performance-based vesting elements. Unlike a stock option, the compensation value of an RSU does not depend solely on future stock price increases; at grant, its value is equal to our stock price. Although its value may increase or decrease with changes in the stock price during the period before vesting, an RSU will have value in the long term, encouraging retention. By contrast, the entire value of a stock option depends on future stock price appreciation. Accordingly, RSUs deliver significantly greater share-for-share compensation value at


76


Table of Contents

grant than stock options, and we can offer comparable grant date compensation with fewer shares and less dilution for our stockholders.
 
The Compensation Committee believes that the combination of performance-based and time-in-service RSU awards are the most effective way to align the named executive officers’ interests with the interests of our stockholders and to attract and retain talented executives. The Compensation Committee believes that this provides a strong incentive to continue employment. The Compensation Committee believes that substantial equity ownership by individual executive officers helps to assure that these individuals will remain focused on building stockholder value. In this regard, the compensation of the CEO and the Vice Chairman has been heavily weighted toward equity compensation. The Compensation Committee reviews annually the outstanding, unvested equity awards of the CEO and, after receiving input from the CEO, the other named executive officers to determine whether additional awards are warranted in light of the officer’s performance, the competitive environment and the other factors discussed in the section entitled “Executive Compensation Program Design and Implementation – The Role of Equity Awards” below.
 
Vesting Conditions
 
The RSU vesting provisions applicable to our CEO and Vice Chairman are discussed above in the sections entitled “Executive Compensation Overview – CEO Compensation” and “– Vice Chairman Compensation.” All RSU awards to our other named executive officers give the officer the right to receive a specified number of common shares at no cost to the officer, if the officer is continuously employed through the vesting date. The named executive officer is generally not eligible to receive the shares if employment is terminated before the RSUs vest. A grant of performance-based RSUs gives the officer the right to receive a specified number of common shares at no cost to the officer, but only if the officer remains employed through the vesting date and we achieve the RSU operating income objectives in our internal business plan. Operating income is the sole performance objective for vesting of performance-based RSUs because the Compensation Committee believes that operating income directly drives stockholder value by impacting earnings per share and is the element over which management can exert the greatest degree of short-term control. Adjusted operating income is determined by adjusting reported earnings to eliminate restructuring and restructuring related expenses. For 2007, the RSU operating income objective was set at $138 million. In addition, the vesting of RSUs may be affected by a change in control. RSUs granted in 2007 to our executives (other than Messrs. Tuchman and Barlett) provide that any time-in-service or performance-based RSUs that are scheduled to vest more than 12 months from the effective date of a change in control will vest on the one-year anniversary of the change in control. Any time-in-service or performance-based RSUs that are scheduled to vest less than 12 months from the effective date of a change in control will continue to vest pursuant to the original vesting provisions, provided that if the executive’s employment is terminated by TeleTech “without cause” or by the executive for “good reason” (as those terms are defined in the applicable award agreement) within this 12-month period, the unvested RSUs will vest in full. Notwithstanding the above, the Compensation Committee has the discretion to accelerate the vesting of any RSU or stock option.
 
2007 RSU Awards
 
The RSU awards to our CEO and Vice Chairman are discussed above in the sections entitled “Executive Compensation Overview – CEO Compensation” and “– Vice Chairman Compensation.” In 2007, two additional named executive officers received RSU awards. Mr. Delaney, our Chief Operations Officer and Executive Vice President of Global Service Delivery, received 250,000 RSUs and Mr. Troka, our Interim Chief Financial Officer and Senior Vice President of Global Finance, received 75,000 RSUs. Mr. Hopkins, our Executive Vice President, Global Accounts, did not receive any RSUs because he had already received a significant stock option grant, relative to the other executive officers, in years prior to 2007. With regard to the RSUs awarded to Messrs. Delaney and Troka, the Compensation Committee provided that (i) one-third are time-in-service RSUs that vest in five equal annual installments beginning on January 22, 2008 and (ii) two-thirds are performance-based RSUs that are be eligible for vesting in three


77


Table of Contents

equal annual installments beginning on March 1, 2008, provided that we achieve the RSU operating income objectives in our internal business plan. We did not achieve the operating income objectives required for vesting of performance-based RSUs for 2007 and thus the first year’s worth of performance-based RSUs expired in March 2008. Twenty percent of the time-in-service RSUs held by Messrs. Delaney and Troka vested on January 22, 2008.
 
The Role of Cash Compensation
 
Cash compensation consists of (1) performance-based cash incentives under the MIP; (2) discretionary cash bonuses; and (3) base salaries.
 
Performance-Based Cash Incentives
 
Pursuant to the MIP, which is established each year by the Compensation Committee, we pay performance-based cash incentive compensation to participating named executive officers based on their achievement of individual goals and their contribution to our overall success. During 2007, only Messrs. Delaney and Troka participated in the MIP. Our CEO, Vice Chairman, and Executive Vice President of Global Accounts did not participate in the MIP. The Compensation Committee targets the MIP for participating named executive officers at the 75th percentile based on data from competitors and similarly sized companies (as described in the section entitled “Executive Compensation Program Design and Implementation – The Role of Peer Groups, Surveys and Benchmarking” below). Specifically, the Compensation Committee subjectively considers each named executive officer’s impact on our overall performance by examining the following “success factors”: (i) contribution to our overall operating effectiveness, strategic success and profitability; (ii) role in developing and maintaining key client relationships; (iii) level of responsibility, scope, and complexity of such named executive officer’s position relative to other named executive officers; (iv) leadership growth and management development over the past year; (v) completion of strategic projects; (vi) innovations to continuously improve performance and improve open communications; (vii) ability to provide hands-on business problem solving and wise business decisions; and (viii) demonstration of business ownership. The Compensation Committee selected these success factors because they are important indicators of increased stockholder value. The success factors are not qualified or weighted for importance. The MIP does not provide for the adjustment or recovery of an award paid to a named executive officer if the results in a previous year are subsequently restated or adjusted in a manner that would have originally resulted in a smaller award.
 
The Compensation Committee believes that the MIP forms an important component of executive compensation as it provides recognition to named executive officers who meet their performance goals. It is, however, a less significant factor in attracting new executive talent than equity compensation, and it promotes retention only in the short-term, over the performance period. The secondary significance of the MIP is evidenced by the fact that the CEO and the Vice Chairman have not historically received performance-based cash incentives.
 
At the end of each year, the Compensation Committee uses the success factors to determine the amount of the award to be paid to each named executive officer under the MIP. The range of each participant’s award can vary depending on the officer’s title and responsibilities. The range of Mr. Delaney’s MIP award was from zero to 150% of his base salary, and he received a MIP award equal to approximately 68% of his base salary. The range of Mr. Troka’s MIP award was from zero to 45% of his base salary, and he received a MIP award equal to approximately 38% of his base salary. The Compensation Committee believes that Messrs. Delaney and Troka contributed greatly to our overall success as measured by their achievement of the individual and companywide success factors identified above. In this regard, the Compensation Committee believes that the teamwork and individual accomplishments of our named executive officers have resulted in a substantial return to our investors, as evidenced by our Stock Performance Graph, which is included in Item 5. of this Form 10-K. Specific payment amounts to Messrs. Delaney and Troka under the 2007 MIP are shown in the Summary Compensation Table below under the column heading “Non-Equity Incentive Plan.”


78


Table of Contents

Discretionary Cash Bonuses
 
At the end of each year, the Compensation Committee also has the authority to pay discretionary cash bonuses (in addition to performance-based cash incentives under the MIP) to any executive, including any of the named executive officers. Although we have not relied heavily on discretionary cash bonuses, the Compensation Committee believes that discretionary cash bonuses are an important component of executive compensation because they provide the Committee with the ability to recognize exceptional individual achievement and contributions to TeleTech’s overall financial performance. It is, however, a less significant factor than equity compensation and the MIP. Its secondary significance is evidenced by the fact that the CEO and the Vice Chairman have not historically received discretionary cash bonuses. During 2007, only Messrs. Hopkins and Troka received discretionary cash bonuses.
 
In 2007, the Compensation Committee approved discretionary cash bonuses of $375,000 for Mr. Hopkins and $160,000 for Mr. Troka in recognition of their exceptional individual achievements and contributions to TeleTech’s overall financial performance. In particular, Mr. Hopkins was primarily responsible for TeleTech’s revenue growth, which increased by approximately $159 million in 2007. Mr. Troka’s award was attributable to his expanded role and responsibilities; he served as Interim Chief Financial Officer for all of 2007.
 
Base Salaries
 
The Compensation Committee believes that base salaries are less important than performance-based cash incentives and long-term equity awards in meeting our compensation objectives. This is evidenced by the fact that based on data from a peer group of competitors and similarly sized companies (as described in the section below entitled “The Role of Peer Groups, Surveys and Benchmarking”), the base salaries of our CEO and Vice Chairman are in the bottom quartile, considerably lower than those received by their counterparts. Furthermore, the Compensation Committee generally targets the base salaries of other named executive officers in a midrange between the 25th and 75th percentiles of the peer group.
 
In 2007, the Compensation Committee approved a base salary increase for Mr. Delaney from $250,000 to $300,000 and a base salary increase for Mr. Troka from $180,000 to $200,000. The Compensation Committee believes that these adjustments were appropriate and consistent with our compensation objectives, especially in light of their respective responsibilities and achievements.
 
The Role of Consultants
 
In November 2004, we selected and retained the services of Compensia, Inc., an executive compensation consulting firm, and in April 2008 we selected and retained the services of Latham & Watkins, LLP, a law firm. From time to time, Compensia and Latham & Watkins provide executive compensation advice to the Compensation Committee and us. No member of the Compensation Committee or any named executive officer has any affiliation with either Compensia or Latham & Watkins. The Compensation Committee either directly, or indirectly through our human capital department, periodically seeks input from Compensia on a range of issues, including evolving compensation trends, appropriate comparison companies and market survey data. In the past, Compensia has also provided recommendations on the structure of our equity incentive plan, but it does not determine the amount or form of compensation for any named executive officers. We do not use Compensia for services outside of executive compensation. The Compensation Committee, either directly or indirectly through our legal or human capital departments, periodically seeks advice from Latham & Watkins on various legal issues.
 
The Role of Peer Groups, Surveys and Benchmarking
 
With the assistance of our human capital department, the Compensation Committee identified peer companies for 2007 that compete with us in the labor and capital markets and that follow similar pay models. The peer group that the Compensation Committee reviewed to ensure that our total compensation is within a reasonably competitive range consisted of the following companies: Affiliated Computer Services, Inc. APAC Customer Services Inc., Autobytel Inc., Convergys Corporation, ICT Group Inc., Paychex Inc., Reynolds & Reynolds Company, Sitel Corporation,


79


Table of Contents

Spherion Corp., Sykes Enterprises Incorporated and West Corporation. Although the data obtained using peer groups, surveys and benchmarking is one factor the Compensation Committee uses in determining executive compensation, it is not a definitive factor.
 
The Role of Employment Agreements
 
From time to time, we enter into employment agreements with senior officers, including some of the named executive officers, when the Compensation Committee determines that an employment agreement is desirable to obtain a measure of assurance as to the executive’s continued employment or to attract an executive in light of market conditions. Based on an evaluation of these factors, we have entered into employment agreements with Messrs. Tuchman, Barlett and Hopkins. Pursuant to these agreements, Messrs. Tuchman and Barlett are entitled to receive an annual base salary. Messrs. Tuchman and Barlett are also entitled to participate in all other employee benefit plans, in each case, on terms and conditions no less favorable than the terms and conditions generally applicable to their peers. Mr. Hopkins is entitled to receive a base salary and is eligible to receive additional incentive compensation and discretionary cash bonuses, as may be determined by the Compensation Committee from time to time. Employment agreement provisions relating to severance/termination and changes-in-control are discussed below in the section entitled “Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control – Employment Agreements.”
 
Tax and Accounting Considerations
 
Limitations on the Deductibility of Compensation
 
Under Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended and applicable treasury regulations, unless certain exceptions apply, no tax deduction is allowed for annual compensation in excess of $1 million paid to our principal executive officer and three most highly compensated executive officers other than our chief financial officer. One notable exception is performance-based compensation that has been disclosed to and approved by stockholders, by a majority of the vote in a separate stockholder vote before the payment of such compensation if, among other requirements, the compensation is payable only upon attainment of pre-established, objective performance goals and the Board committee that establishes such goals consists only of “outside directors” as defined for purposes of Section 162(m). Each of the members of the Compensation Committee qualifies as “outside directors.” Typically stock options granted by the compensation committee at fair market value under a shareholder approved plan typically meet the performance-based exception to Section 162(m). However, certain individual stock option grants to executive officers, whose tax deductible compensation is limited under Section 162(m), were issued with a strike price less than fair market value on the date of grant. Income realized from the exercise of these individual stock option grants does not meet the exception for performance-based compensation. In addition, RSUs and MIP payments typically do not meet the requirements for exempt performance-based compensation under Section 162(m). In the future, the Compensation Committee intends to maximize the extent of tax deductibility of executive compensation under the provisions of Section 162(m) so long as doing so is compatible with its determinations as to the most appropriate methods and approaches for the design and delivery of compensation to named executive officers. In this regard, we intend to consider adopting stockholder approved cash incentive plans that permit us to maximize the deductibility of our incentive compensation under Section 162(m).
 
Tax Implications for Officers
 
Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code imposes an excise tax on payments to executives of severance or change-in-control compensation that exceed the levels specified in Section 280G. The named executive officers could receive the amounts shown on the table in the section entitled “Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control” below as severance or change-in-control payments, but the Compensation Committee does not consider their potential impact in compensation program design.
 
Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code imposes additional income taxes on executive officers for certain types of deferred compensation that do not comply with Section 409A. We provide certain


80


Table of Contents

executives, including our named executive officers, with the opportunity to contribute all or a portion of their salaries, performance-based cash incentives or discretionary cash bonuses to a deferred compensation plan. We do not provide deferred compensation to the named executive officers in excess of their individual contributions and therefore, this limitation does not affect the structure of our compensation program for the officers. However, as described below in the section entitled “Effect of Equity-Based Compensation Review on Compensation of Named Executive Officers,” we paid certain federal, state and employment taxes (which included taxes and penalties under Section 409A) assessed upon three of our named executive officers (Messrs. Barlett, Delaney and Hopkins) that resulted from stock options issued with stated exercise prices that were lower than the fair market value on the appropriate measurement dates.
 
Effect of Equity-Based Compensation Review on Compensation of Named Executive Officers
 
As described in Item 9A of this Form 10-K, management has concluded that as of December 31, 2007, we had a material weakness with respect to our equity-based compensation practices. As a result, we have made changes to our equity-granting practices, processes and controls that we believe will remediate past deficiencies. However, our Board determined that in the case of stock options issued with stated exercise prices that were lower than the fair market value on the appropriate measurement dates, we would pay any incremental federal, state and employment taxes assessed upon employees, including penalties and interest and tax “gross-ups” under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code, to make the employees whole for any adverse tax consequences arising as a result of the vesting or exercise (or, in the case of an employee who was an executive officer on the date of the relevant stock option award, a “deemed” exercise) of such options in 2006 and 2007 (collectively, the “Incremental Adverse Taxes”). We paid Incremental Adverse Taxes for three named executive officers in 2007: Messrs. Barlett, Delaney and Hopkins. The aggregate amount of Incremental Adverse Taxes paid or to be paid on behalf of the three named executive officers for stock options vested, exercised or deemed exercised in 2006 and 2007 are included in the “Other Compensation” column of the Summary Compensation Table below.
 
Accounting Considerations
 
The Compensation Committee also considers the accounting and cash flow implications of various forms of executive compensation. In our financial statements, we record salaries and performance-based compensation incentives as expenses in the amount paid, or to be paid, to the named executive officers. Accounting rules also require us to record equity awards as an expense in our financial statements even though equity awards are not paid as cash to employees. The accounting expense of equity awards to employees is calculated in accordance with SFAS 123(R). The Compensation Committee believes, however, that the advantages of equity compensation programs, as discussed above, outweigh the non-cash compensation expense associated with them.


81


Table of Contents

Summary Compensation Table
 
The following table presents information regarding compensation earned by or awarded to each of our named executive officers for services rendered during 2007. The primary elements of each named executive officer’s total compensation reported in the table are base salary, a MIP payment, a discretionary cash bonus, long-term equity incentives consisting of RSUs, stock options and other compensation benefits.
 
                                                                         
                                        Change in
             
                                        Value of
             
                                        Nonqualified
             
                                  Non-Equity
    Deferred
             
                      Stock
    Option
    Incentive Plan
    Compensation
    All Other
       
          Salary
    Bonus(1)
    Awards(2)
    Awards(2)
    Compensation(3)
    Earnings(4)
    Compensation(5)
    Total
 
Name and Principal Position(a)
  Year(b)     ($)(c)     ($)(d)     ($)(e)     ($)(f)     ($)(g)     ($)(h)     ($)(i)     ($)(j)  
 
Kenneth D. Tuchman
    2007       350,000             1,384,193       1,344,908                   53,778       3,132,879  
(Chief Executive Officer)
    2006       350,000                   1,344,908             252,321       60,986       2,008,215  
      2005       350,000                         500,000       148,322       55,294       1,053,616  
James E. Barlett
    2007       350,000             1,384,193       306,104             21,751       339,535       2,401,583  
(Vice Chairman)
    2006       350,000                   340,263             20,409       42,347       753,019  
      2005       350,000                   17,784             7,746       44,613       420,143  
Brian J. Delaney
    2007       298,077             412,919       227,081       300,000             411,155       1,649,231  
(Chief Operations
    2006       250,000                   228,971       400,000             15,039       894,010  
Officer)
    2005       246,154                   6,195       250,000             7,835       510,184  
John R. Troka, Jr. 
    2007       196,923       160,000       121,570       40,992       75,000             5,392       599,877  
(Interim Chief
    2006       180,000                   48,136       75,000       11,326       5,390       319,852  
Financial Officer)
    2005       180,000       33,000                   13,000       2,815       2,632       231,447  
Gregory G. Hopkins
    2007       275,000       375,000             440,780                   632,007       1,722,787  
(Executive Vice President
    2006       275,000                   431,450       550,000             22,246       1,278,696  
Global Accounts)
    2005       275,000                   170,425       275,000             15,839       736,264  
 
 
(1) Amounts set forth in column (d) are discretionary cash bonus payments outside of the MIP that are not subject to pre-established and communicated performance measures. Bonuses are paid in the first quarter of the year following the year for which such bonus was awarded.
 
(2) Amounts set forth in columns (e) and (f) were calculated pursuant to SFAS 123(R) for 2007 and 2006 and APB 25 for 2005. For a discussion of the assumptions and methodologies used to calculate the amounts referred to above, please see Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Adoption of SFAS No. 123(R) and Equity-Based Compensation Expense in this Form 10-K.
 
(3) Amounts set forth in column (g) are annual MIP payments that are subject to the pre-established and communicated performance measures (specifically, the success factors described above in the section entitled “Executive Compensation Program Design and Implementation – The Role of Cash Compensation – Performance-Based Cash Incentives”) and are paid during the first quarter of the year following the year for which such bonus was awarded.
 
(4) Amounts set forth in column (h) are summarized below in the section entitled “Nonqualified Deferred Compensation.” Pursuant to Instruction 3 to Item 402(c)(viii) of Regulation S-K, negative amounts are disclosed in the Nonqualified Deferred Compensation table below, but are excluded from the Summary Compensation Table.
 
(5) Amounts set forth in column (i) are summarized below in the section entitled “All Other Compensation.”
 
The Summary Compensation Table should be read in conjunction with additional tables and narrative descriptions that follow. The Grants of Plan-Based Awards table, and the accompanying description of the material terms of the stock options and RSU awards granted in 2007, provides information regarding the long-term equity incentives awarded to named executive officers in 2007. The Outstanding Equity Awards at Year-End and Option Exercises and Stock Vested tables provide further information on the named executive officers’ potential realizable value and actual value realized with respect to their equity awards.


82


Table of Contents

Nonqualified Deferred Compensation
 
Named executive officers have the opportunity to contribute all or a portion of their salaries, discretionary cash bonuses or performance-based cash incentives to a deferred compensation plan. We do not provide deferred compensation to the named executive officers in excess of their individual contributions. The following table summarizes activity in our deferred compensation plan during 2007 for our named executive officers:
 
                                         
                      Aggregate
       
    Executive
    Registrant
    Aggregate
    Withdrawals/
    Aggregate
 
    Contributions
    Contributions
    Earnings in
    Distributions
    Balance at
 
    in Last
    in Last
    Last Fiscal
    in Last
    Last Fiscal
 
    Fiscal Year(1)
    Fiscal Year
    Year(2)
    Fiscal Year
    Year End(3)
 
Name(a)
  ($)(b)     ($)(c)     ($)(d)     ($)(e)     ($)(f)  
 
Kenneth D. Tuchman
                (63,194 )           1,655,450  
James E. Barlett
                21,751             583,531  
Brian J. Delaney
                             
John R. Troka, Jr. 
    15,215             (272 )           98,146  
Gregory G. Hopkins
                             
 
 
(1) Amounts set forth in column (b) are included in “Salary,” “Bonus” and/or “Non-Equity Incentive Plan” compensation columns of the Summary Compensation Table above for the named executive officers.
 
(2) With the exception of negative amounts for Messrs. Tuchman and Troka, amounts set forth in column (d) are included in the in the “Change in Value of Non-qualified Deferred Compensation Earnings” column of the Summary Compensation Table above for the named executive officers.
 
(3) Amounts set forth in column (f) were reported as compensation to the named executive officers in the Summary Compensation Table for 2007 and previous years.
 
All Other Compensation Table
 
The following table describes the perquisites and other compensation received by the named executive officers during 2007:
 
                                         
    Mr.
    Mr.
    Mr.
    Mr.
    Mr.
 
Perquisite
  Tuchman     Barlett     Delaney     Troka     Hopkins  
 
Personal Use of Company Aircraft(1)
  $ 14,169     $ 15,237     $     $     $  
Automobile(1)
    33,952       15,474                    
Executive Health/Dental/Vision Premiums
    4,879       3,741       2,885             5,104  
Group Term/Executive Life Premiums
    108       475       6,917       111       5,868  
Deferred Death Benefit
    670       9,080             129        
401(k) Plan Matching Contributions
                6,750       5,152       6,750  
409A Payments(2)
          295,528       394,603             614,285  
                                         
Total
  $ 53,778     $ 339,535     $ 411,155     $ 5,392     $ 632,007  
                                         
 
 
(1) Automobile and personal use of the company aircraft are generally limited to Messrs. Tuchman and Barlett, the CEO and Vice Chairman, respectively.
 
(2) We believe perquisites for executive officers should be extremely limited in scope and value. As a result, we have historically given nominal perquisites. However, as previously disclosed above in the section entitled “Executive Compensation Program Design and Implementation – Tax and Accounting Considerations – Tax Implications for Officers,” in 2007 our Board determined that in the case of stock options issued with stated exercise prices that were lower than the fair market value on the appropriate measurement dates, we would pay for all Incremental Adverse Taxes (as defined above) on behalf of any employees (including named executive officers). We have already paid


83


Table of Contents

Incremental Adverse Taxes on behalf of Messrs. Barlett, Delaney and Hopkins with respect to options exercised (or, under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code, “deemed exercised” with respect to Mr. Barlett) during 2007. We have estimated the amount of Incremental Adverse Taxes that will be made on behalf of Messrs. Barlett, Delaney and Hopkins with respect to stock options vested, exercised or, with respect to Mr. Barlett, “deemed exercised” during 2006.
 
Grants of Plan-Based Awards
 
The following table sets forth information regarding each grant of stock awards, which were all in the form of RSUs, to each named executive officer in the year ended December 31, 2007 as well as estimated future payouts related to the MIP.
 
                                                                         
                Estimated
                         
                Future
                         
                Payouts
                         
                            Under
                         
                            Equity
    All Other
    All Other
             
                            Incentive
    Stock
    Option
             
                            Plan
    Awards:
    Awards:
          Grant Date
 
          Estimated Future Payouts Under Non-Equity Incentive Plan Awards(1)     Awards(2)     Number of
    Number of
    Exercise or
    Fair Value
 
                            Threshold,
    Shares of
    Securities
    Base Price
    of Stock
 
                            Target &
    Stock or
    Underlying
    of Option
    and Option
 
          Threshold
    Target
    Maximum
    Maximum
    Units(3)
    Options
    Awards
    Awards(4)
 
Name(a)
  Grant Date(b)     ($)(c)     ($)(d)     ($)(e)     ($)(f)     (#)(g)     (#)(h)     ($ / Sh)(i)     ($)(j)  
 
Kenneth D. Tuchman
    6/22/2007                         250,000 (5)     250,000                   8,300,000  
James E. Barlett
    6/22/2007                               500,000                   16,600,000  
Brian J. Delaney
    1/22/2007       200,000       400,000       600,000       166,667 (6)     83,333                   2,192,491  
John R. Troka, Jr. 
    1/22/2007       93,750       187,500       281,250       50,000 (6)     25,000                   645,500  
Gregory G. Hopkins
          150,000       300,000       450,000                                
 
 
(1) Amounts set forth in columns (c), (d) and (e) are based on estimated future payouts under the 2008 Management Incentive Plan (the “2008 MIP”), assuming that the 2008 MIP is funded by the incentive benefit pool and the Compensation Committee elects to award performance-based cash incentives. Messrs. Tuchman and Barlett have elected not to participate in Management Incentive Plans in prior years and it is anticipated that they will not participate in the 2008 MIP. However, Messrs. Tuchman and Barlett are still eligible to receive payments under the 2008 MIP.
 
(2) Amounts set forth in column (f) represent the number of shares underlying performance-based RSU awards. The threshold, target and maximum amounts are the same for each award.
 
(3) Amounts set forth in column (g) represent the number of shares underlying time-in-service based RSU awards.
 
(4) Amounts set forth in column (j) represent the grant date fair value as determined pursuant to SFAS 123(R). See Note 20 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for a discussion of the relevant assumptions used in this determination.
 
(5) This performance-based RSU award is scheduled to vest in five equal annual installments beginning on March 1, 2008. Subsequent to year end, the first 50,000 RSUs did not vest because we did not meet the RSU operating income objectives in our internal business plan. No performance objectives have been established for the vesting scheduled to vest on March 1, 2011 and 2012.
 
(6) This performance-based RSU award is scheduled to vest in three equal annual installments beginning on March 1, 2008. Subsequent to year end, the first annual installment of RSUs did not vest because we did not meet the RSU operating income objectives in our internal business plan.
 
Description of Plan-Based Awards
 
Each of the Non-Equity Incentive Plan Awards reported in the Grants of Plan-Based Awards table was granted under the MIP. The material terms of these incentive awards are described in the section entitled “Compensation Discussion and Analysis” above.


84


Table of Contents

Outstanding Equity Awards at Year-End
 
The following tables present information regarding the outstanding equity awards held by each of the named executive officers as of December 31, 2007, including the vesting dates for the portions of these awards that had not vested as of that date. All equity awards listed below were issued from our 1995 Stock Plan, 1999 Plan or Directors Stock Option Plan.
 
                                         
          Option Awards (as of December 31, 2007)  
          Number of Securities Underlying
    Option
       
    Option
    Unexercised Options     Exercise
    Option
 
    Grant
    Exercisable
    Unexercisable
    Price
    Expiration
 
Name(a)
  Date(b)     (#)(c)     (#)(d)     ($)(e)     Date(f)  
 
Kenneth D. Tuchman
    10/1/2001       420,000             6.98       10/1/2011  
      2/25/2002       420,000             11.83       2/25/2012  
      11/4/2005       400,000       400,000 (1)     11.35       11/4/2015  
James E. Barlett
    1/31/2000       25,000             24.06       1/31/2010  
      5/3/2000       31,000             31.63       5/3/2010  
      5/24/2004       31,000             9.42       5/24/2011  
      10/15/2001       400,000             7.84       10/15/2011  
      2/25/2002       100,000             11.83       2/25/2012  
      5/13/2005       125,000       125,000 (1)     7.34       5/13/2015  
Brian J. Delaney
    12/2/2002       3,000             8.86       12/2/2012  
      6/7/2004             12,000 (1)     7.78       6/7/2014  
      6/23/2004             7,500 (2)     8.36       6/23/2014  
      9/9/2005             50,000 (1)     8.59       9/9/2015  
John R. Troka, Jr. 
    1/14/2002       35,000             13.10       1/14/2012  
      2/28/2002       7,500             11.63       2/28/2012  
      3/3/2003       3,000             5.01       3/3/2013  
      6/23/2004       15,000       5,000 (2)     8.36       6/23/2014  
      2/15/2006       2,500       7,500 (3)     12.75       2/15/2016  
Gregory G. Hopkins
    4/12/2004             75,000 (2)     6.24       4/12/2014  
 
 
(1) The unvested portion of this option award is scheduled to vest in two equal installments beginning on the next anniversary of the option grant date.
 
(2) The unvested portion of this option award is scheduled to vest in its entirety on June 23, 2008.
 
(3) The unvested portion of this option award is scheduled to vest in three equal installments beginning on the next anniversary of the option grant date.
 
                                         
          Stock Awards (as of December 31, 2007)  
                            Equity Incentive
 
                      Equity Incentive
    Plan Awards:
 
                      Plan Awards:
    Market or Payout
 
                      Number of
    Value of
 
          Number of
    Market Value of
    Unearned
    Unearned
 
          Shares or
    Shares or
    Shares,
    Shares,
 
          Units of
    Units of
    Units or
    Units or
 
          Stock
    Stock
    Other Rights
    Other Rights
 
          That Have
    That Have
    That Have
    That Have
 
    Award
    Not Vested
    Not Vested(1)
    Not Vested
    Not Vested(2)
 
Name(a)
  Grant Date(g)     (#)(h)     ($)(i)     (#)(j)     ($)(k)  
 
Kenneth D. Tuchman
    6/22/2007       250,000 (3)     5,317,500       250,000 (4)     5,317,500  
James E. Barlett
    6/22/2007       500,000 (5)     10,635,000              
Brian J. Delaney
    1/22/2007       83,333 (6)     1,772,500       166,667 (7)     3,545,000  
John R. Troka, Jr. 
    1/22/2007       25,000 (6)     531,750       50,000 (7)     1,063,500  
Gregory G. Hopkins
                             


85


Table of Contents

 
(1) The dollar amounts set forth in column (i) are determined by multiplying (x) the number of shares or units reported in column (h) by (y) $21.27 (the closing price of our common stock on December 31, 2007, the last trading day of 2007).
 
(2) The dollar amounts set forth in column (k) are determined by multiplying (x) the number of shares or units reported in column (j) by (y) $21.27 (the closing price of our common stock on December 31, 2007, the last trading day of 2007).
 
(3) The unvested portion of this time-in-service RSU award is scheduled to vest in five equal annual installments beginning on January 22, 2008.
 
(4) The unvested portion of this performance-based RSU award is scheduled to vest in five equal annual installments beginning on March 1, 2008. Subsequent to year end, the first 50,000 RSUs did not vest because we did not meet the RSU operating income objectives in our internal business plan. No performance objectives have been established for the RSUs scheduled to vest on March 1, 2011 and 2012.
 
(5) The unvested portion of this time-in-service-based RSU award is scheduled to vest in ten equal annual installments beginning on January 22, 2008.
 
(6) The unvested portion of this time-in-service RSU award is scheduled to vest in three equal annual installments beginning on January 22, 2008. Subsequent to year end, the first annual installment RSUs did not vest because we did not meet the RSU operating income objectives in our internal business plan.
 
(7) The unvested portion of this performance-based RSU award is scheduled to vest in three equal annual installments beginning on March 1, 2008. Subsequent to year end, the first annual installment of RSUs did not vest because we did not meet the RSU operating income objectives in our internal business plan.
 
Option Exercises and Stock Vested
 
The following table presents information regarding the exercise of stock options by named executive officers during 2007, and on the vesting during 2007 of RSUs granted to the named executive officers.
 
                                 
    Option Awards     Stock Awards  
    Number of
          Number of
       
    Shares
    Value
    Shares
    Value
 
    Acquired on
    Realized on
    Acquired on
    Realized on
 
    Exercise
    Exercise(1)
    Vesting
    Vesting
 
Name(a)
  (#)(b)     ($)(c)     (#)(d)     ($)(e)  
 
Kenneth D. Tuchman
                       
James E. Barlett
                       
Brian J. Delaney
    67,250       1,411,858              
John R. Troka, Jr. 
                       
Gregory G. Hopkins
    75,000       1,809,683              
 
 
(1) The dollar amounts set forth in column (c) above for option awards are determined by multiplying (i) the number of shares of common stock to which the exercise of the option related by (ii) the excess of the per-share closing price of our common stock on the date of exercise over the exercise price of the options.
 
Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control
 
Employment Agreements
 
Other than the employment agreements described below with respect to Messrs. Tuchman, Barlett and Hopkins, none of the named executive officers is entitled to receive compensation or benefits upon termination other than as generally provided to all of our U.S. employees under our Severance Pay Plan approved by the Board in 2007.


86


Table of Contents

Agreement with Kenneth D. Tuchman.  TeleTech entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Tuchman, our Chairman and CEO, in October 2001. If, during the term, we terminate Mr. Tuchman’s employment other than for cause, death or disability or if Mr. Tuchman resigns for “good cause” (as this term is defined in the employment agreement), we will pay Mr. Tuchman as severance a sum equal to 24 months of Mr. Tuchman’s then current base salary payable in 24 equal monthly installments. During Mr. Tuchman’s employment and for a period of three years thereafter, Mr. Tuchman is subject to non-competition, non-solicitation and confidentiality provisions.
 
Agreement with James E. Barlett.  TeleTech entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Barlett, our Vice Chairman, in October 2001. If, during the term, we terminate Mr. Barlett’s employment other than for cause, death or disability or if Mr. Barlett resigns for “good cause” (as this term is defined in the employment agreement), we will pay to Mr. Barlett as severance a sum equal to 24 months of Mr. Barlett’s then current base salary payable in 24 equal monthly installments. During Mr. Barlett’s employment and for a period of three years thereafter, Mr. Barlett is subject to non-competition, non-solicitation and confidentiality provisions.
 
Agreement with Gregory G. Hopkins.  TeleTech entered into a letter agreement with Gregory Hopkins, our Executive Vice President, Global Accounts in April 2004. If we terminate Mr. Hopkins’s employment without “cause” (as this term is defined in the employment agreement), we will pay to Mr. Hopkins as severance a sum equal to six months of Mr. Hopkins’ then current base salary, either in a lump sum or in bi-weekly payments as mutually agreed upon at the time. Mr. Hopkins is also subject to non-competition, non-solicitation and confidentiality provisions.
 
Change in Control
 
The stock option and RSU agreements with the named executive officers have provisions for accelerated vesting if there is a change in control of TeleTech or if, after the change in control, the holder’s employment is terminated for certain reasons. The RSU agreements for Messrs. Tuchman and Barlett provide for accelerated vesting on the effective date of a change in control. The RSU agreements for Messrs. Delaney and Troka generally provide as follows:
 
  •     Any RSUs scheduled to vest more than 12 months from the effective date of a change in control will vest on the one-year anniversary of the change in control; and
 
  •     Any RSUs scheduled to vest less than 12 months from the effective date of a change in control will continue to vest pursuant to the original vesting provisions, provided that if the executive’s employment is terminated by TeleTech “without cause” or by the executive for “good reason” (as those terms are defined in the applicable award agreement), the unvested RSUs will vest in full.
 
Our standard option agreement for the named executive officers (as well as all individuals who are employed at the vice president level or higher) contains a provision whereby the vesting of such stock options (which typically have a four or five year vesting period) would accelerate by a period of two years immediately upon the occurrence of a change in control. The following table lists the named executive officers and the estimated amounts they would have become entitled to under the terms of employment, stock option and RSU agreements had a change in control occurred on December 31, 2007 and if the named executive officer’s employment was terminated upon the change in control:
 
                         
                Total
 
    Employment
    Estimated Total
    Change in
 
    Agreement
    Value of Equity
    Control
 
Name
  Payout     Acceleration(1)     Value  
 
Kenneth D. Tuchman
  $ 807,557     $ 14,603,000     $ 15,410,557  
James E. Barlett
  $ 788,015     $ 12,376,250     $ 13,164,265  
Brian J. Delaney
  $     $ 6,210,205     $ 6,210,205  
John R. Troka, Jr. 
  $     $ 1,723,700     $ 1,723,700  
Gregory G. Hopkins
  $ 137,500     $ 1,127,250     $ 1,264,750  


87


Table of Contents

 
(1) Dollar amounts set forth in this column represent the aggregate of: (i) the number of unvested RSUs that would vest upon a change in control multiplied by $21.27, the closing price of our common stock on December 31, 2007; and (ii) the number of unvested stock options that would vest upon a change in control multiplied by the excess of $21.27 over the exercise price of such stock options.
 
Director Compensation
 
Non-employee directors received (i) an annual retainer of $40,000 (paid $10,000 per quarter); (ii) a meeting fee of $1,000 for each Board or committee meeting attended; and (iii) a meeting fee of $500 for each telephonic Board or committee meeting attended. The Chair of the Compensation Committee and the Chair of the Nominating and Governance Committee each received an additional fee of $5,000 per year and the Chair of the Audit Committee received an additional fee of $20,000 per year.
 
Non-employee directors also received stock options pursuant to the 1999 Plan. Stock options granted to Directors vest immediately upon date of grant and are exercisable into restricted stock for which restrictions shall lapse one year after the date of grant. Each non-employee director who is first elected or appointed to the Board receives an option to purchase 20,000 shares of common stock. Each non-employee director also receives an option to purchase 15,000 shares of common stock on the day of each annual meeting of stockholders subsequent to his or her election or appointment to the Board, provided that he or she continues in office after the annual meeting. In 2007, each non-employee director received an option to purchase 15,000 shares of common stock under the 1999 Plan.
 
2007 Non-Employee Director Compensation
 
The following table presents information regarding the compensation paid during 2007 to non-employee directors.
 
                                                         
                            Change in
             
                            Pension
             
                            Value and
             
    Fees
                      Non-qualified
             
    Earned or
                Non-Equity
    Deferred
             
    Paid in
    Stock
    Option
    Plan
    Compensation
    All Other
       
    Cash
    Awards(1)
    Awards(1)
    Compensation
    Earnings
    Compensation
    Total
 
Name(a)
  ($)(b)     ($)(c)     ($)(d)     ($)(e)     ($)(f)     ($)(g)     ($)(h)  
 
William A. Linnenbringer
    88,000             169,383                         257,383  
Ruth C. Lipper
    73,000             169,383                         242,383  
Shrikant Mehta
    56,000             169,383                         225,383  
Shirley Young
    61,000             169,383                         230,383  
 
 
(1) The amounts set forth in columns (c) and (d) of the table above reflect the aggregate dollar amounts recognized for stock awards and option awards, respectively, for financial statement reporting purposes with respect to 2007. The dollar amount set forth in column (d) for each director is based on the fair market value of the stock at the time of the grant (June 1, 2007), which was $35.81, the closing market price on that date. For a discussion of the assumptions and methodologies used to calculate the amounts referred to above, please see Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations Adoption of SFAS No. 123(R) and Equity-Based Compensation Expense in this Form 10-K.


88


Table of Contents

 
Equity Interests of Non-Employee Directors
 
The following table presents the number of outstanding and unexercised option awards and the number of unvested stock awards held by each of the non-employee directors as of December 31, 2007.
 
                 
    Number of
       
    Shares Subject
    Number of
 
    to Outstanding
    Unvested Stock
 
    Options as of
    Awards as of
 
    12/31/07(1)     12/31/07  
 
William A. Linnenbringer
    35,000        
Ruth C. Lipper
    100,000        
Shrikant Mehta
    15,000        
Shirley Young
    45,000        
 
 
(1) As described above, we granted each of our non-employee directors an option to purchase 15,000 shares of common stock on June 1, 2007, and each award had a fair value of $169,383 on that date.
 
Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation in Compensation Decisions
 
Shrikant Mehta and Ruth C. Lipper served on the Compensation Committee of the Board. There were no Compensation Committee interlocks during 2007.
 
ITEM 12.  SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT
AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT
 
The following table sets forth information, as of July 1, 2008, concerning, except as indicated by the footnotes below:
 
  •     Each person whom we know beneficially owns more than five percent of our common stock;
 
  •     Each of our directors and nominees for the Board;
 
  •     Each of our named executive officers; and
 
  •     All of our directors and executive officers as a group.
 
The address of each beneficial owner listed in the table is c/o TeleTech Holdings, Inc., 9197 Peoria Street, Englewood, Colorado 80112.
 
We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the rules of the SEC. Except as indicated by the footnotes below, we believe, based on the information furnished to us, that the persons and entities named in the table below have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of common stock that they beneficially own, subject to applicable community property laws.
 
Applicable percentage ownership is based on 69,976,836 shares of common stock outstanding at July 1, 2008. In computing the number of shares of common stock beneficially owned by a person and the percentage ownership of that person, we deemed outstanding shares of common stock subject to stock options held by that person that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of July 1, 2008, and common stock issuable upon the vesting of RSUs within 60 days of July 1, 2008, ignoring future withholding of shares of common stock to cover applicable taxes. We did not deem these shares outstanding, however, for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person.


89


Table of Contents

The information provided in the table is based on our records, information filed with the SEC and information provided to us, except where otherwise noted.
 
                         
    Shares Beneficially Owned  
          Options and
       
          RSUs Vesting
       
          Within 60 Days of
    Percent of
 
Name
  Common Stock     7/1/2008     Class  
 
Kenneth D. Tuchman
    30,736,626 (1)     1,240,000       44.9 %
James E. Barlett
    234,136 (2)     774,500       1.4 %
William A. Linnenbringer
    50,100 (3)     35,000       *  
Ruth C. Lipper
    25,000       100,000       *  
Shrikant C. Mehta
    15,000       15,000       *  
Shirley Young
    7,000       45,000       *  
Brian J. Delaney
    11,156 (4)     16,500       *  
John R. Troka, Jr. 
    3,136 (5)     70,500       *  
Gregory G. Hopkins
          75,000       *  
All directors and executive officers as a group (12 persons)
    31,089,329       2,409,700       46.3 %
 
 
Less than 1%.
 
(1) Consists of 30,709,872 shares subject to sole voting and investment power and 26,754 shares with shared voting and investment power. The shares with sole voting and investment power consist of (i) 5,743,066 shares held by Mr. Tuchman, (ii) 14,766,806 shares held by a limited liability limited partnership controlled by Mr. Tuchman, (iii) 10,000,000 shares held by a revocable trust controlled by Mr. Tuchman and (iv) 200,000 shares held by another limited liability limited partnership controlled by Mr. Tuchman. The shares with shared voting and investment power consist of (i) 16,754 shares owned by a trust for the benefit of Mr. Tuchman’s nieces and nephews, for which Mr. Tuchman’s spouse is the sole trustee and (ii) 10,000 shares owned by Mr. Tuchman’s spouse.
 
(2) Includes 34,136 shares received in connection with vesting of RSUs, consisting of 50,000 RSUs that vested less 15,864 shares surrendered in satisfaction of the estimated income tax liability.
 
(3) Includes 50,100 shares beneficially owned through a family trust.
 
(4) Includes 3,136 shares received in connection with vesting of RSUs, consisting of 5,000 RSUs that vested less 1,864 shares surrendered in satisfaction of the estimated income tax liability.
 
(5) Includes 11,156 shares received in connection with vesting of RSUs, consisting of 16,667 RSUs that vested less 5,511 shares surrendered in satisfaction of the estimated income tax liability.


90


Table of Contents

 
Equity Compensation Plan Information
 
The following table sets forth, as of December 31, 2007, the number of shares of our common stock to be issued upon exercise of outstanding options, warrants and rights, the weighted-average exercise price of outstanding options, warrants and rights, and the number of securities available for future issuance under equity-based compensation plans.
 
                         
                Number of
 
                Securities
 
                Remaining
 
    Number of
          Available for
 
    Securities to be
          Future Issuance
 
    Issued Upon
          Under Equity
 
    Exercise of
    Weighted-Average
    Compensation
 
    Outstanding
    Exercise Price of
    Plans (Excluding
 
    Options, RSUs,
    Outstanding
    Securities
 
    Warrants and
    Options, Warrants
    Reflected in
 
Plan Category
  Rights(a)     and Rights(b)     Column (a))(c)  
 
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders
    7,084,107 (1)   $ 11.45 (2)     3,722,994  
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders
                 
                         
Total
    7,084,107               3,722,994  
                         
 
 
(1) Includes options to purchase 4,860,074 shares and 2,224,033 RSUs issued under our equity incentive plans.
 
(2) Weighted average exercise price of outstanding stock options; excludes RSUs, which have no exercise price.
 
ITEM 13.  CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS
 
The Audit Committee of the Board of Directors, pursuant to its written charter, is charged with the responsibility of reviewing and approving or ratifying any transaction required to be disclosed as a “related party” transaction under applicable law, rules, or regulations, including the rules and regulations of the SEC. The Audit Committee has not adopted any specific procedures for conducting such reviews and considers each transaction in light of the specific facts and circumstances presented.
 
During 2007, we entered into agreements pursuant to which Avion, LLC and AirMax, LLC provide certain aviation flight services to us as requested. Such services include the use of an aircraft and flight crew. Kenneth D. Tuchman, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, owns 100% of Avion. For 2007, we recorded $1.1 million of expense for services provided to us by Avion. For 2007, we recorded $1.4 million of expense for services provided to us by AirMax. Mr. Tuchman provides a short-term loan to Airmax and also purchases services from Airmax from time to time.
 
These related party transactions were pre-approved by the Audit Committee after reviewing supporting documentation regarding the rates charged by third-party vendors. The Audit Committee concluded that the terms of the related party transactions were fair, equitable, and at least as favorable to us as the rates charged by third party vendors in arm’s length transactions.


91


Table of Contents

 
ITEM 14.  PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANTS FEES AND SERVICES
 
Fees Paid to Accountants
 
Ernst & Young LLP (“E&Y”) served as our independent registered public accounting firm through May of 2007, when the Audit Committee engaged PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (“PwC”) our independent registered public accounting firm. The following table shows the fees for the audit and other services provided by PwC and E&Y for fiscal years 2007 and 2006 (amounts in thousands).
 
                         
    2007
    2007
    2006
 
    PwC     E&Y     E&Y  
 
Audit fees
  $ 3,030     $ 5,294     $ 1,894  
Audit-related fees
    105       416       316  
Tax fees
    8       73       62  
All other fees
    129       60        
                         
Total
  $ 3,272     $ 5,843     $ 2,272  
                         
 
  •     Audit Fees:  This category includes the audit of our annual financial statements; review of financial statements included in our Form 10-Q quarterly reports; the audit of management’s assessment of the effectiveness, as well as the audit of the effectiveness, of our internal controls over financial reporting included in this Form 10-K and as required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002; and services that are normally provided by the independent registered public accounting firm in connection with statutory and regulatory filings or engagements for those years. This category also includes advice on accounting matters that arose during, or as a result of, the audit or the review of interim financial statements, statutory audits required by non-U.S. jurisdictions and the preparation of an annual “management letter” on internal control matters. Of the total audit fees related to 2007, $5.8 million is related to the audit of restatement of prior periods, and $0.9 million relates to statutory audits required by non-U.S. jurisdictions.
 
  •     Audit-related fees:  This category consists of assurance and related services provided by the independent registered public accounting firm that are reasonably related to the performance of the audit or review of our financial statements and are not reported above under “Audit Fees.” Audit-related fees included accounting consultations and audits of benefit plans, IT and payroll.
 
  •     Tax fees:  This category consists of professional services rendered by the independent registered public accounting firm, primarily in connection with our tax planning and compliance activities, including the preparation of tax returns in certain overseas jurisdictions and technical tax advice related to the preparation of tax returns.
 
  •     All other fees:  This category consists of fees for other corporate services.
 
The Audit Committee has considered whether the independent auditors’ provision of non-audit services is compatible with the auditors’ independence and determined that it is compatible. All of the services provided by PwC and E&Y were approved by the Audit Committee pursuant to its policy on pre-approval of audit and permissible non-audit services.
 
Policy on Audit Committee Pre-Approval of Audit and Permissible Non-Audit Services
 
In accordance with the Audit Committee’s charter, the Audit Committee has established a policy to pre-approve audit and permissible non-audit services provided by the independent registered public accounting firm as follows:
 
  •     Any and all services to be provided by our external audit firm must be approved by the Audit Committee. Any director, officer or employee of the company proposing to engage the services of our external audit firm for any reason (regardless of scope of the project or associated costs) must submit a request for approval, in writing, to our corporate controller. The corporate controller will review the request and, if necessary, obtain additional information from the requestor.
 
  •     If the proposed services fall into one of the specified prohibited services categories as set forth in the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the corporate controller will deny the request.


92


Table of Contents

 
  •     Both the corporate controller and the assistant general counsel will review requests that are not clearly determined to fall into the prohibited services category. Requests that are approved by the corporate controller and assistant general counsel will then be forwarded to the corporate chief financial officer for further review.
 
  •     Requests that are approved by the corporate chief financial officer will be forwarded to the Audit Committee chairperson (projects with a total expected cost of less than or equal to $100,000) or to the Audit Committee (projects with a total expected cost of more than $100,000) by the assistant general counsel. The Audit Committee chairperson reports all pre-approvals to the full Audit Committee at each regularly scheduled meeting and all such pre-approvals are ratified by the full Audit Committee.
 
  •     The corporate controller will be responsible for tracking the status of all requests and for reporting the final disposition to the requestor and to the assistant general counsel. The assistant general counsel will be responsible for maintaining documentation supporting the disposition of all requests. No contracts or engagement letters may be signed and no work may commence until the requisite written approval has been received.
 
PART IV
 
ITEM 15.  EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
 
(a) The following documents are filed as part of this report:
 
         
         
  1 .   Consolidated Financial Statements.
         
        The Index to Consolidated Financial Statements is set forth on page F-1 of this report.
         
  2 .   Financial Statement Schedules.
         
        All schedules for TeleTech have been omitted since the required information is not present or not present in amounts sufficient to require submission of the schedule, or because the information is included in the respective Consolidated Financial Statements or notes thereto.
         
  3     Exhibits.
 
EXHIBIT INDEX
 
         
Exhibit No.
 
Description
 
  3 .01   Restated Certificate of Incorporation of TeleTech (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to TeleTech’s Amendment No. 2 to Form S-1 Registration Statement (Registration No. 333-04097) filed on July 5, 1996)
  3 .02   Amended and Restated Bylaws of TeleTech (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to TeleTech’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 29, 2008)
  10 .01   TeleTech Holdings, Inc. Stock Plan, as amended and restated (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to TeleTech’s Amendment No. 2 to Form S-1 Registration Statement (Registration No. 333-04097) filed on July 5, 1996)**
  10 .02   TeleTech Holdings, Inc. Amended and Restated Employee Stock Purchase Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to TeleTech’s Form S-8 Registration Statement (Registration No. 333-69668) filed on September 19, 2001)**
  10 .03   TeleTech Holdings, Inc. Directors Stock Option Plan, as amended and restated (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to TeleTech’s Amendment No. 2 to Form S-1 Registration Statement (Registration No. 333-04097) filed on July 5, 1996)**
  10 .04   TeleTech Holdings, Inc. Amended and Restated 1999 Stock Option and Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to TeleTech’s Form S-8 Registration Statement (Registration No. 333-96617) filed on July 17, 2002)**
  10 .05*   Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement**
  10 .06*   Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement (below Vice President)**
  10 .07*   Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (Vice President and above)**


93


Table of Contents

         
Exhibit No.
 
Description
 
  10 .08*   Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (Non-Employee Director)**
  10 .09   Employment Agreement dated October 15, 2001 between James Barlett and TeleTech (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.66 to TeleTech’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2001)**
  10 .10   Stock Option Agreement dated October 15, 2001 between James Barlett and TeleTech (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.70 to TeleTech’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2001)**
  10 .11   Restricted Stock Agreement dated October 15, 2001 between James Barlett and TeleTech (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.71 to TeleTech’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2001)**
  10 .12   Restricted Stock Agreement dated October 15, 2001 between James Barlett and TeleTech (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.72 to TeleTech’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2001)**
  10 .13   Employment Agreement dated October 15, 2001 between Ken Tuchman and TeleTech (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.68 to TeleTech’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2001)**
  10 .14   Stock Option Agreement dated October 1, 2001 between Ken Tuchman and TeleTech (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.69 to TeleTech’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2001)**
  10 .15   Amended and Restated Credit Agreement among TeleTech Holdings, Inc. as Borrower, The Lenders named herein, as lenders and Keybank National Association, as Lead Arranger, Sole Book Runner and Administrative Agent dated as of September 28, 2006 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.39 to TeleTech’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on February 7, 2007)
  10 .16   First Amendment to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement among TeleTech Holdings, Inc. as Borrower, the Lenders named herein, as Lenders and Keybank National Association, as Lead Arranger, Sole Book Runner and Administrative Agent dated as of October 24, 2006 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.40 to TeleTech’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on February 7, 2007)
  10 .17   Second Amendment to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement among TeleTech Holdings, Inc. as Borrower, the Lenders named herein, as Lenders and Keybank National Association, as Lead Arranger, Sole Book Runner and Administrative Agent dated as of November 15, 2007 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to TeleTech’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 4, 2007)
  10 .18   Third Amendment to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement among TeleTech Holdings, Inc. as Borrower, the Lenders named herein, as Lenders and Keybank National Association, as Lead Arranger, Sole Book Runner and Administrative Agent dated as of March 25, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 TeleTech’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 27, 2008)
  10 .19   Fourth Amendment to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement among TeleTech Holdings, Inc. as Borrower, the Lenders named herein, as Lenders and Keybank National Association, as Lead Arranger, Sole Book Runner and Administrative Agent dated as of June 30, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 TeleTech’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 30, 2008)
  21 .01*   List of subsidiaries
  23 .01*   Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
  23 .02*   Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
  31 .01*   Rule 13a-14(a) Certification of CEO of TeleTech
  31 .02*   Rule 13a-14(a) Certification of CFO of TeleTech
  32 .01*   Written Statement of Chief Executive Officer and Acting Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (18 U.S.C. Section 1350)
 
 
* Filed herewith.
 
** Identifies exhibit that consists of or includes a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

94


Table of Contents

 
SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned; thereunto duly authorized on July 16, 2008.
 
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC.
 
  By: 
/s/  Kenneth D. Tuchman
Chief Executive Officer
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below on July 16, 2008, by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities indicated:
 
         
Signature
 
Title
 
/s/  Kenneth D. Tuchman

Kenneth D. Tuchman
  PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER
Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board
     
/s/  John R. Troka, Jr.

John R. Troka, Jr.
  PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL AND ACCOUNTING OFFICER Senior Vice President Finance – Global Operations and Interim Chief Financial Officer
     
/s/  James E. Barlett

James E. Barlett
  DIRECTOR
     
/s/  William A. Linnenbringer

William A. Linnenbringer
  DIRECTOR
     
/s/  Ruth C. Lipper

Ruth C. Lipper
  DIRECTOR
     
/s/  Shrikant Mehta

Shrikant Mehta
  DIRECTOR
     
/s/  Shirley Young

Shirley Young
  DIRECTOR


95


 

 
INDEX TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC.
 
         
    Page No.
 
    F-2  
       
    F-4  
       
    F-5  
       
    F-6  
       
    F-7  
       
    F-8  
       
    F-9  


F-1


Table of Contents

 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
 
To the Stockholders and the Board of Directors of
TeleTech Holdings, Inc.
 
In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheet and the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income, of stockholders’ equity and of cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of TeleTech Holdings, Inc. and its subsidiaries at December 31, 2007, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2007 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also in our opinion, the Company did not maintain, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2007, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) because material weaknesses in internal control over financial reporting related to the complement of personnel with appropriate accounting knowledge and training, the equity-based compensation accounting, and the accounting for leases described in management’s report existed as of that date. A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. The material weaknesses referred to above are described in Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting appearing under Item 9A. We considered these material weaknesses in determining the nature, timing, and extent of audit tests applied in our audit of the December 31, 2007 consolidated financial statements, and our opinion regarding the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting does not affect our opinion on those consolidated financial statements. The Company’s management is responsible for these financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in management’s report referred to above. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our integrated audit. We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit of the financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinions.


F-2


Table of Contents

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
 
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
 
/s/  PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS LLP
 
Denver, CO
July 16, 2008


F-3


Table of Contents

 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
 
To the Stockholders and the Board of Directors of TeleTech Holdings, Inc.
 
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of TeleTech Holdings, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2006 (restated) and the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2006 (as restated). These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of TeleTech Holdings, Inc.’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.
 
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of TeleTech Holdings, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2006 and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2006, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
 
As described in Note 2, “Restatement of Previously Issued Consolidated Financial Statements,” the Company has restated previously issued financial statements as of December 31, 2006 and for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2006.
 
As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, in fiscal year 2006, TeleTech Holdings, Inc. changed its method of accounting for stock-based compensation in accordance with the guidance provided in Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123(R), “Share-Based Payment”.
 
/s/  ERNST & YOUNG LLP
 
Denver, Colorado
February 7, 2007
(Except for Note 2, as to which the date is July 16, 2008)


F-4


Table of Contents

 
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Balance Sheets
(Amounts in thousands except share amounts)
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2007     2006  
          As restated  
ASSETS
               
Current assets
               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 91,239     $ 58,352  
Accounts receivable, net
    270,988       235,958  
Prepaids and other current assets
    62,344       37,886  
Deferred tax assets, net
    8,386       11,081  
Income taxes receivable
    26,868       15,875  
                 
Total current assets
    459,825       359,152  
                 
Long-term assets
               
Property, plant and equipment, net
    174,809       161,061  
Goodwill
    45,154       57,859  
Contract acquisition costs, net
    6,984       9,674  
Deferred tax assets, net
    39,764       46,166  
Other long-term assets
    33,759       30,509  
                 
Total long-term assets
    300,470       305,269  
                 
Total assets
  $ 760,295     $ 664,421  
                 
                 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
               
Current liabilities
               
Accounts payable
  $ 38,761     $ 31,287  
Accrued employee compensation and benefits
    87,480       75,445  
Other accrued expenses
    28,872       37,649  
Income taxes payable
    18,552       29,734  
Deferred tax liabilities
    88       395  
Other short-term liabilities
    13,057       9,520  
                 
Total current liabilities
    186,810       184,030  
                 
Long-term liabilities
               
Line of credit
    65,400       65,000  
Grant advances
    6,741       8,001  
Deferred tax liabilities
    57       137  
Other long-term liabilities
    46,531       38,662  
                 
Total long-term liabilities
    118,729       111,800  
                 
Total liabilities
    305,539       295,830  
                 
Minority interest
    3,555       5,877  
                 
Commitments and contingencies (Note 17)
               
                 
Stockholders’ equity
               
Preferred stock; $0.01 par; 10,000,000 shares authorized; zero shares outstanding as of December 31, 2007 and 2006
           
Common stock; $.01 par value; 150,000,000 shares authorized; 69,827,671 and 70,103,437 shares outstanding as of December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively
    698       701  
Additional paid-in capital
    334,593       298,327  
Treasury stock at cost: 12,077,609 and 10,492,209 shares, respectively
    (143,205 )     (96,200 )
Accumulated other comprehensive income
    57,888       10,525  
Retained earnings
    201,227       149,361  
                 
Total stockholders’ equity
    451,201       362,714  
                 
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
  $ 760,295     $ 664,421  
                 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


F-5


Table of Contents

 
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income
(Amounts in thousands except per share amounts)
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005  
          As restated     As restated  
Revenue
  $ 1,369,632     $ 1,210,753     $ 1,085,903  
                         
Operating expenses
                       
Cost of services (exclusive of depreciation and amortization presented separately below)
    1,001,459       882,809       809,059  
Selling, general and administrative
    207,528       199,995       183,111  
Depreciation and amortization
    55,953       51,989       54,412  
Restructuring charges, net
    7,115       1,630       2,673  
Impairment losses
    15,789       565       4,711  
                         
Total operating expenses
    1,287,844       1,136,988       1,053,966  
                         
Income from operations
    81,788       73,765       31,937  
                         
Other income (expense)
                       
Interest income
    2,364       2,209       2,790  
Interest expense
    (6,645 )     (6,560 )     (4,696 )
Other, net
    (2,156 )     (91 )     1,750  
                         
Total other expense
    (6,437 )     (4,442 )     (156 )
                         
Income before income taxes and minority interest
    75,351       69,323       31,781  
                         
Provision for income taxes
    (19,562 )     (16,474 )     (3,953 )
                         
                         
Income before minority interest
    55,789       52,849       27,828  
                         
Minority interest
    (2,686 )     (1,868 )     (1,542 )
                         
                         
Net income
  $ 53,103     $ 50,981     $ 26,286  
                         
                         
Other comprehensive income (loss)
                       
Foreign currency translation adjustments
    25,887       9,068       3,380  
Derivatives valuation, net of tax
    21,593       (4,925 )     (979 )
Other
    (117 )     (71 )     (24 )
                         
Total other comprehensive income
    47,363       4,072       2,377  
                         
                         
Comprehensive income
  $ 100,466     $ 55,053     $ 28,663  
                         
                         
Weighted average shares outstanding
                       
Basic
    70,228       69,184       72,121  
Diluted
    72,638       69,869       73,134  
                         
Net income per share
                       
Basic
  $ 0.76     $ 0.74     $ 0.36  
Diluted
  $ 0.73     $ 0.73     $ 0.36  
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


F-6


Table of Contents

 
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity
(Amounts in thousands)
 
                                                                                 
                                              Accumulated
             
                                  Additional
    Stock
    Other
          Total
 
    Preferred Stock     Common Stock     Treasury
    Paid-in
    Purchase
    Comprehensive
    Retained
    Stockholders’
 
    Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Stock     Capital     Warrants     Income (Loss)     Earnings     Equity  
       
 
Balance as of December 31, 2004, as previously reported
        $       74,932     $ 750     $ (11,864 )   $ 210,853     $ 5,100     $ 3,249     $ 114,457     $ 322,545  
Cumulative effect of restatement adjustments
                                  42,430             827       (42,363 )     894  
                                                                                 
Balance as of December 31, 2004 (as restated)
                74,932       750       (11,864 )     253,283       5,100       4,076       72,094       323,439  
Net income
                                                      26,286       26,286  
Foreign currency translation adjustments
                                                3,380             3,380  
Derivatives valuation, net of tax
                                                (979 )           (979 )
Purchases through employee stock purchase plan
                65                       536                         536  
Exercise of stock options
                1,269       13               7,374                         7,387  
Excess tax benefit from exercise of stock options
                                    2,832                         2,832  
Purchases of common stock
                (7,104 )     (71 )     (67,773 )                               (67,844 )
Equity-based compensation expense
                                    674                         674  
Expiration of stock purchase warrants
                                  5,100       (5,100 )                  
Amortization of deferred compensation
                                  74                               74  
Other
                                    (698 )           (24 )           (722 )
     
     
Balance as of December 31, 2005 (as restated)
                69,162       692       (79,637 )     269,175             6,453       98,380       295,063  
Net income
                                                      50,981       50,981  
Foreign currency translation adjustments
                                                9,068             9,068  
Derivatives valuation, net of tax
                                                (4,925 )           (4,925 )
Exercise of stock options
                2,231       22               19,412                         19,434  
Excess tax benefit from exercise of stock options
                                    2,255                         2,255  
Equity-based compensation expense
                                    7,485                         7,485  
Purchases of common stock
                (1,290 )     (13 )     (16,563 )                               (16,576 )
Other
                                                (71 )           (71 )
     
     
Balance as of December 31, 2006 (as restated)
                70,103       701       (96,200 )     298,327             10,525       149,361       362,714  
Net income
                                                      53,103       53,103  
Foreign currency translation adjustments
                                                25,887             25,887  
Derivatives valuation, net of tax
                                                21,593             21,593  
Cumulative effect of adoption of FIN 48
                                                      (1,237 )     (1,237 )
Exercise of stock options
                1,311       13               15,936                         15,949  
Excess tax benefit from exercise of stock options
                                    6,969                         6,969  
Equity-based compensation expense
                                    13,361                         13,361  
Purchases of common stock
                (1,586 )     (16 )     (47,005 )                               (47,021 )
Other
                                                  (117 )           (117 )
     
     
Balance as of December 31, 2007
        $       69,828     $ 698       (143,205 )   $ 334,593     $     $ 57,888     $ 201,227     $ 451,201  
     
     
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
 


F-7


Table of Contents

 
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(Amounts in thousands)
 
                         
    December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005  
          As restated     As restated  
Cash flows from operating activities
                       
Net income
  $ 53,103     $ 50,981     $ 26,286  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
                       
Depreciation and amortization
    55,953       51,989       54,412  
Amortization of contract acquisition costs
    2,544       3,392       3,890  
Provision for doubtful accounts
    576       2,723       (153 )
(Gain) loss on disposal of assets
    (428 )     232       (271 )
Impairment losses
    15,789       565       4,711  
Deferred income taxes
    (1,079 )     (9,367 )     (19,918 )
Minority interest
    2,686       1,868       1,542  
Excess tax benefit from exercise of stock options
                2,832  
Equity-based compensation expense
    13,361       7,485       674  
Changes in assets and liabilities
                       
Accounts receivable
    (32,588 )     (12,934 )     (57,541 )
Prepaids and other assets
    (1,834 )     (14,578 )     (3,150 )
Accounts payable and other accrued expenses
    (5,135 )     12,130       20,495  
Other liabilities
    566       4,761       11,125  
                         
Net cash provided by operating activities
    103,514       99,247       44,934  
Cash flows from investing activities
                       
Acquisition of a business, net of cash acquired of $0.5 million
          (45,802 )      
Proceeds from disposition of assets
    11,968              
Purchases of property, plant and equipment
    (61,083 )     (66,016 )     (37,606 )
Payment for contract acquisition costs
          (173 )     (2,160 )
Purchases of intangible assets
          (1,510 )     (1,587 )
Purchases of foreign currency forward option contracts
          (486 )     (1,683 )
                         
Net cash used in investing activities
    (49,115 )     (113,987 )     (43,036 )
Cash flows from financing activities
                       
Proceeds from line of credit
    657,700       468,400       412,500  
Payments on line of credit
    (657,300 )     (430,100 )     (385,800 )
Payments on long-term debt and capital lease obligations
    (1,301 )     (1,511 )     (1,107 )
Payments of debt issuance costs
    (18 )     (923 )      
Payments from minority shareholder
                640  
Payments to minority shareholder
    (5,076 )     (2,594 )     (3,354 )
Payments from employee stock purchase plan
                536  
Proceeds from exercise of stock options
    15,949       19,434       7,387  
Excess tax benefit from exercise of stock options
    6,969       2,255        
Purchases of treasury stock
    (47,021 )     (16,576 )     (67,844 )
                         
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities
    (30,098 )     38,385       (37,042 )
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
    8,586       2,393       (5,834 )
                         
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
    32,887       26,038       (40,978 )
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year
    58,352       32,314       73,292  
                         
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year
  $ 91,239     $ 58,352     $ 32,314  
                         
Supplemental disclosures
                       
Cash paid for interest
  $ 5,696     $ 4,798     $ 1,527  
                         
Cash paid for income taxes
  $ 19,658     $ 8,746     $ 22,071  
                         
Noncash investing and financing activities
                       
Acquisition of equipment through capital leases
  $ 2,030     $ 479     $ 999  
                         
Landlord incentives credited to deferred rent
  $ 1,978     $ 487     $  
                         
Recognition of asset retirement obligations
  $ 180     $ 486     $ 259  
                         
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements


F-8


Table of Contents

TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
 
(1)   OVERVIEW AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
Overview
 
TeleTech Holdings, Inc. and its subsidiaries (“TeleTech” or the “Company”) serve their clients through the primary businesses of Business Process Outsourcing (“BPO”), which provides outsourced business process, customer management and marketing services for a variety of industries via operations in the U.S., Argentina, Australia, Brazil, Canada, China, Costa Rica, England, Germany, Malaysia, Mexico, New Zealand, Northern Ireland, the Philippines, Scotland, Singapore, South Africa and Spain. On September 28, 2007, as discussed in Note 4, the Company completed the sale of substantially all of the assets and certain liabilities associated with its Database Marketing and Consulting business, which provided outsourced database management, direct marketing and related customer acquisition and retention services for automotive dealerships and manufacturers in North America.
 
Basis of Presentation
 
The Consolidated Financial Statements are comprised of the accounts of TeleTech, its wholly owned subsidiaries and its majority owned subsidiaries Percepta, LLC and TeleTech Services (India) Limited. As discussed in Note 4, the Company completed the sale of its 60% equity interest in its Indian joint venture, which provided BPO solutions primarily for in-country clients. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. Certain amounts in 2006 and 2005 have been reclassified in the Consolidated Financial Statements to conform to the 2007 presentation.
 
Use of Estimates
 
The preparation of the Consolidated Financial Statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S. (“GAAP”) requires management to make estimates and assumptions in determining the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent liabilities at the date of the Consolidated Financial Statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. The Company’s use of accounting estimates is primarily in the areas of (i) forecasting future taxable income for determining whether deferred tax valuation allowances are necessary; (ii) providing for self-insurance reserves, litigation reserves and restructuring reserves; (iii) estimating future estimated cash flows for evaluating the carrying value of long-lived assets including goodwill; and (iv) assessing recoverability of accounts receivable and providing for allowance for doubtful accounts.
 
Concentration of Credit Risk
 
The Company is exposed to credit risk in the normal course of business, primarily related to accounts receivable and derivative instruments. Historically, the losses related to credit risk have been immaterial. The Company regularly monitors its credit risk to mitigate the possibility of current and future exposures resulting in a loss. The Company evaluates the creditworthiness of its clients prior to entering into an agreement to provide services and on an on-going basis as part of the processes for revenue recognition and accounts receivable. The Company does not believe it is exposed to more than a nominal amount of credit risk in its derivative hedging activities, as the counter parties are established, well-capitalized financial institutions.
 
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
 
Fair values of cash equivalents and current accounts receivable and payable approximate the carrying amounts because of their short-term nature. Long-term debt carried on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2007 and 2006 has a carrying value that approximates its estimated fair value.


F-9


Table of Contents

 
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
 
Cash and Cash Equivalents
 
The Company considers all cash and investments with an original maturity of 90 days or less to be cash equivalents.
 
Accounts Receivable
 
An allowance for doubtful accounts is calculated based on the aging of the Company’s accounts receivable, historical experience, client financial condition, and management judgment. The Company writes off accounts receivable against the allowance when the Company determines a balance is uncollectible.
 
Derivatives
 
The Company enters into foreign exchange forward and option contracts to hedge against the effect of exchange rate fluctuations on cash flows denominated in foreign currencies. These transactions are designated as cash flow hedges in accordance with the criteria established in Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 133 Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities (“SFAS 133”).
 
SFAS 133 requires that changes in a derivative’s fair value be recognized currently in earnings unless specific hedge accounting criteria are met. SFAS 133 also requires that a company must formally document, designate and assess the effectiveness of transactions that receive hedge accounting treatment. Based on the criteria established by SFAS 133, all of the cash flow hedge contracts are deemed effective. The cash flow hedges are recorded in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets as either an asset or liability measured at its fair value, with changes in the fair value of qualifying hedges recorded in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income, a component of Stockholders’ Equity. The settlement of these derivatives will result in reclassifications from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income to earnings in the period during which the hedged transactions affect earnings and gains and losses will be recorded to Revenue.
 
While the Company expects that its derivative instruments will continue to meet the conditions for hedge accounting, if the hedges did not qualify as highly effective or if the Company did not believe that forecasted transactions would occur, the changes in the fair value of the derivatives used as hedges would be reflected currently in earnings.
 
Property, Plant and Equipment
 
Property, plant and equipment are stated at historical cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Additions, improvements and major renewals are capitalized. Maintenance, repairs and minor renewals are expensed as incurred. Amounts paid for software licenses and third-party-packaged software are capitalized.
 
Depreciation and amortization are computed on the straight-line method based on the following estimated useful lives:
 
         
Building
    25 years  
Computer equipment and software
    3 to 5 years  
Telephone equipment
    4 to 7 years  
Furniture and fixtures
    5 to 7 years  
Leasehold improvements
    Lesser of 10 years or original lease term  
Other
    3 to 7 years  
 
The Company depreciates leasehold improvements over the shorter of the expected useful life or the initial term of the lease.


F-10


Table of Contents

 
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
 
During the year, the Company evaluates the carrying value of its delivery centers in accordance with SFAS No. 144 Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets (“SFAS 144”) to assess whether future operating results are sufficient to recover the carrying costs of these long-lived assets. The Company believes a sufficient period of time, generally two years, is required to establish market presence and build a client base for new or revalued centers in order to access recoverability.
 
The Company evaluates all delivery centers quarterly, even those in operation less than two years, for other factors which could impact their recoverability. When the operating results of a delivery center have reasonably progressed to a point making it likely that the site will continue to sustain losses in the future, or there is a current expectation that a delivery center will be closed or otherwise disposed of before the end of its previously estimated useful life, the Company selects the delivery center for further review. For delivery centers selected for further review, the Company estimates the future estimated probability-weighted cash flows from operating the delivery centers over their useful lives. Significant judgment is involved in projecting future capacity utilization, pricing, labor costs and the estimated useful lives. For impaired delivery centers, the Company writes the assets down to their estimated fair market value.
 
Software Development Costs
 
The Company accounts for software development costs in accordance with the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Statement of Position 98-1 Accounting for the Cost of Computer Software Developed or Obtained for Internal Use, which requires that certain costs related to the development or purchase of internal-use software be capitalized. These costs are amortized over the expected useful life of the software. The Company assesses the recoverability of its capitalized software cost on a quarterly basis, based upon analyses of expected future cash flows of services utilizing the software. Capitalized software costs are included in Property, Plant and Equipment, Net in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets.
 
Goodwill
 
The Company assesses realizability of goodwill annually and whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate it may be impaired. Impairment, if any, is measured based on the estimated fair value of the reporting unit. The Company determines fair value based on discounted estimated future probability-weighted cash flows. Impairment occurs when the carrying amount of goodwill exceeds its estimated fair value.
 
Contract Acquisition Costs
 
Amounts paid to or on behalf of clients to obtain long-term contracts are capitalized and amortized in proportion to the initial expected future revenue from the contract, which in most cases results in straight-line amortization over the life of the contract. These costs are recorded as a reduction to Revenue in accordance with Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) No. 01-09 Accounting for Consideration Given by a Vendor to a Customer or Reseller of the Vendor’s Products (“EITF 01-09”). On a quarterly basis, the Company evaluates the recoverability of these costs based upon evaluations of the individual underlying client contracts’ estimated future cash flows.
 
Other Intangible Assets
 
The Company accounts for other intangible assets, which include trademarks, customer relationships and non-compete agreements in accordance with SFAS 142 Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets (“SFAS 142”). Definite life intangible assets are amortized on a straight-line basis over the length of the contract or benefit period, which generally ranges from two to 10 years. Impairment, if any, is determined based upon management reviews, whereby estimated undiscounted future cash flows associated with these assets or operations are compared with their carrying value to determine if a write-down to fair


F-11


Table of Contents

 
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
 
value (normally measured by the expected present value technique) is required. Other intangible assets are included in Other Long-term Assets in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets.
 
Self Insurance Liabilities
 
The Company self-insures for certain levels of workers’ compensation, employee health insurance and general liability insurance. The Company records estimated liabilities for these insurance lines based upon analyses of historical claims experience. The most significant assumption the Company makes in estimating these liabilities is that future claims experience will emerge in a similar pattern with historical claims experience. The liabilities related to workers’ compensation and employee health insurance are included in Accrued Employee Compensation and Benefits in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets. The liability for other general liability insurance is included in Other Accrued Expenses in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets.
 
Restructuring Liabilities
 
SFAS No. 146 Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities (“SFAS 146”) specifies that a liability for a cost associated with an exit or disposal activity be recognized when the liability is incurred, instead of upon commitment to a plan. Management assesses the profitability and utilization of the Company’s delivery centers on a quarterly basis and in some cases, management has chosen to close under-performing delivery centers and complete reductions in force to enhance future profitability.
 
A significant assumption used in determining the amount of estimated liability for closing delivery centers is the future lease payments on vacant centers, which the Company determines based on its ability to successfully negotiate early termination agreements with landlords and/or to sublease the facility. If the Company’s actual results differ from these estimates, additional gains or losses, would be recorded in its Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income. The accrual for Restructuring Liabilities is included in Other Accrued Expenses in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets.
 
Grant Advances
 
From time to time, the Company has received grants from various government levels as an incentive to locate delivery centers in their jurisdictions. The Company’s policy is to account for grant monies received in advance as a liability and recognize them as a reduction of Cost of Services once it is reasonably assured that the conditions of the agreement have been met on a rational and systematic basis.
 
Income Taxes
 
The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with SFAS No. 109 Accounting for Income Taxes (“SFAS 109”), which requires recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future income tax consequences of transactions that have been included in the Consolidated Financial Statements or tax returns. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the difference between the financial statement and tax basis of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. Gross deferred tax assets may then be reduced by a valuation allowance for amounts that do not satisfy the realization criteria of SFAS 109.
 
The Company provides for U.S. income tax expense on the earnings of foreign subsidiaries unless the subsidiaries’ earnings are considered permanently reinvested outside the U.S.
 
Stock Option Accounting
 
On January 1, 2006, the Company adopted SFAS No. 123 (revised 2004) Share-Based Payment (“SFAS 123(R)”), applying the modified prospective method. SFAS 123(R) requires all equity-based payments to employees to be recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income at the fair value of the award on the grant date. Under the modified


F-12


Table of Contents

 
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
 
prospective method, the Company is required to record equity-based compensation expense for all awards granted after the date of adoption and for the unvested portion of previously granted awards outstanding as of the date of adoption. The fair values of all stock options granted by the Company are determined using the Black-Scholes-Merton model (“B-S-M Model”). The Company has elected to adopt FSP No. FAS 123(R)-3 Transition Election Related to Accounting for the Tax Effects of Share-Based Payment Awards, to calculate the Company’s pool of windfall tax benefits.
 
Foreign Currency Translation
 
The assets and liabilities of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries, whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar, are translated at the exchange rates in effect on the last day of the period and income and expenses are translated using the monthly average exchange rates in effect for the period in which the items occur. The net effect of translation gains and losses are recorded in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets Foreign currency transaction gains and losses are included in Other, net in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income. Intercompany loans are generally treated as permanently invested as settlement is not planned or anticipated in the foreseeable future. Accordingly, such foreign currency transactions are recorded in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets.
 
Revenue Recognition
 
For each client arrangement, the Company determines whether evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery of service has occurred, the fee is fixed or determinable and collection is reasonably assured. If all criteria are met, the Company recognizes revenue at the time services are performed. The Company’s BPO business recognizes revenue as follows:
 
Production Rate – Revenue is recognized based on the billable time or number of transactions of each associate, as defined in the client contract. The rate per billable time or number of transactions is based on a pre-determined contractual rate. This contractual rate can fluctuate based on the Company’s performance against certain pre-determined criteria related to quality, performance and volume.
 
Performance-based – Under performance-based arrangements, the Company is paid by its clients based on achievement of certain levels of sales or other client-determined criteria specified in the client contract. The Company recognizes performance-based revenue by measuring its actual results against the performance criteria specified in the contracts. Amounts collected from clients prior to the performance of services are recorded as deferred revenue.
 
Hybrid – Hybrid models include production rate and performance-based elements. For these types of arrangements, the Company allocates revenue to the elements based on the relative fair value of each element. Revenue for each element is recognized based on the methods described above.
 
Certain client programs provide for adjustments to monthly billings based upon whether the Company meets or exceeds certain performance criteria as set forth in the contract. Increases or decreases to monthly billings arising from such contract terms are reflected in Revenue in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income, as earned or incurred.
 
Start-Up Training Revenue and Costs
 
The Company follows EITF No. 00-21 Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables (“EITF 00-21”), which provides guidance on how to account for multiple element contracts. The Company has determined that EITF 00-21 requires the deferral of revenue for the initial training that occurs upon commencement of a new client contract if that training is billed separately to a client. Accordingly, the corresponding training costs, consisting primarily of labor and related expenses, are also deferred. In


F-13


Table of Contents

 
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
 
these circumstances, both the training revenue and costs are amortized straight-line over the life of the client contract as a component of Revenue and Cost of Services, respectively, in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income. In situations where these initial training costs are not billed separately, but rather included in the hourly service rates paid by the client over the life of the contract, no deferral is necessary as the revenue is being recognized over the life of the contract and the associated training expenses are expensed as incurred.
 
The deferred Start-Up Training Revenue is recorded as a component of Other Short-term Liabilities or Other Long-term liabilities in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets based upon the remaining term of the underlying client contracts.
 
The deferred Start-Up Training Costs are recorded as a component of Prepaids and Other Current Assets or Other Long-term Assets in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets based upon the remaining term of the underlying client contracts.
 
Deferred Revenue
 
The Company records amounts billed and received, but not earned, as deferred revenue. These amounts are recorded as a component of Other Short-term Liabilities or Other Long-term Liabilities based on their maturity in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets.
 
Operating Leases
 
The Company has negotiated certain rent holidays, landlord/tenant incentives and escalations in the base price of rent payments over the initial term of its operating leases. The initial term includes the “build-out” period of leases, where no rent payments are typically due under the terms of the lease. The Company recognizes rent holidays and rent escalations on a straight-line basis over the lease term. The landlord/tenant incentives are recorded as an increase to deferred rent liabilities and amortized on a straight line basis over the initial lease term. Deferred rent liabilities are included in Other Long-term Liabilities in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets.
 
Asset Retirement Obligations
 
SFAS No. 143 Accounting for Asset Retirement Obligations (“SFAS 143”) applies to legal obligations associated with the retirement of long-lived assets resulting from the acquisition, construction, development and/or normal use of the underlying assets.
 
The Company records all asset retirement obligations, which primarily relate to “make-good” clauses in operating leases for its delivery centers, at estimated fair value. The associated asset retirement obligations are capitalized as part of the carrying amount of the underlying asset and depreciated over the estimated useful life of the asset. The liability, reported within Other Long-Term Liabilities, is accreted through charges to operating expenses. If the asset retirement obligation is settled for at other than the carrying amount of the liability, the Company recognizes a gain or loss on settlement.
 
Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements
 
In June 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Interpretation No. 48 Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes – An Interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109 (“FIN 48”). FIN 48 became effective as of the beginning of the first annual period beginning after December 15, 2006. FIN 48 defines the threshold for recognizing the tax benefits of a tax return filing position in the financial statements as “more likely than not” to be sustained by the taxing authority. The Company adopted FIN 48 on January 1, 2007 and its impact of $1.2 million is discussed in Note 12 on its Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
In September 2006, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 157, Fair Value Measurements (“SFAS 157”) which defines fair value, establishes a framework for measurement and


F-14


Table of Contents

 
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
 
expands disclosure about fair value measurements. Where applicable, SFAS 157 simplifies and codifies related guidance within generally accepted accounting principles. Except for non-financial assets and liabilities recognized on a non-recurring basis, the Company adopted SFAS 157 in the first quarter of 2008. As permitted by FASB Staff Position, FSP FAS 157-2, the Company will adopt SFAS 157 for non-financial assets and liabilities recognized on a non-recurring basis as of January 1, 2009. Adoption of SFAS 157 in the first quarter of 2008 did not have a significant impact on the Company’s results of operations, financial position or cash flows. The Company is still evaluating the impact, if any, that adoption of SFAS 157 in the first quarter of 2009 for the remaining assets and liabilities will have on the Company’s results of operations, financial position or cash flows.
 
In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities – including an amendment of FASB Statement No. 115 (“SFAS 159”). SFAS 159 permits entities to choose to measure many financial instruments and certain other items at fair value that are not currently required to be measured at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses related to these financial instruments reported in earnings at each subsequent reporting date. The decision about whether to elect the fair value option is generally: (i) applied instrument by instrument; (ii) irrevocable (unless a new election date occurs, as discussed in SFAS 157); and (iii) applied only to an entire instrument and not to only specified risks, specific cash flows, or portions of that instrument.
 
Under SFAS 159, financial instruments for which the fair value option is elected, must be valued in accordance with SFAS 157 (as above) and must be marked to market each period through the income statement. On adoption on January 1, 2008, the Company has not elected to change its accounting for any of its financial instruments as permitted by SFAS 159. Therefore, the adoption of SFAS 159 did not have a material impact on the Company’s results of operations, financial position or cash flows.
 
In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141 (revised), Business Combinations – a replacement of FASB Statement No. 141 (“SFAS 141(R)”), which significantly changes the principles and requirements for how the acquirer of a business recognizes and measures in its financial statements the identifiable assets acquired, the liabilities assumed, and any non-controlling interest in the acquiree. The statement also provides guidance for recognizing and measuring the goodwill acquired in the business combination and determines what information to disclose to enable users of the financial statements to evaluate the nature and financial effects of the business combination. This statement is effective prospectively, except for certain retrospective adjustments to deferred tax balances, for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008. This statement will be effective for the Company beginning in fiscal 2009. The Company does not expect that this pronouncement will have a material impact in these Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 160, Non-controlling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements – an amendment of Accounting Research Bulletin No. 51 (“SFAS 160”). This statement establishes accounting and reporting standards for the non-controlling interest in a subsidiary and for the deconsolidation of a subsidiary. This statement is effective prospectively, except for certain retrospective disclosure requirements, for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008. This statement will be effective for the Company beginning in fiscal 2009. The Company does not expect that this pronouncement will have a material impact on its Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
In March 2008, the FASB issued SFAS No. 161, Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities (“SFAS 161”). SFAS 161 amends SFAS 133’s disclosure requirements related to (i) how and why an entity uses derivative instruments, (ii) how derivative instruments and related hedge items are accounted for under SFAS 133 and related interpretations, and (iii) how derivative instruments and related hedged items affect an entity’s financial position, financial performance, and cash flows. The new disclosures will be expanded to include more tables and discussion about the qualitative aspects of the


F-15


Table of Contents

 
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
 
Company’s hedging strategies. The Company will be required to adopt SFAS 161 on January 1, 2009, at which time the Company expects to expand its derivative disclosures.
 
(2)   RESTATEMENT OF PREVIOUSLY ISSUED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
Background and Scope of the Review
 
On September 17, 2007, the Audit Committee of TeleTech’s Board of Directors initiated an independent review of the Company’s historical equity-based compensation practices and the related accounting (the “Review”). This Review was conducted on their own initiative and not in response to any governmental or regulatory investigation, shareholder lawsuit, whistleblower complaint or inquiries from the media.
 
The scope of the Review was determined by the Audit Committee. The Review covered the accounting for all grants of or modifications to equity awards made to the Company’s directors, Section 16 Officers, employees and consultants from the Company’s initial public offering in 1996 through August 2007. In addition to the Audit Committee’s Review, management conducted its own internal review of the Company’s historical equity-based compensation accounting practices, lease accounting and other accounting practices.
 
Summary of Findings
 
The Audit Committee’s Review identified, among other things, instances where certain granting actions were not completed as of the established grant measurement date, resulting in adjustments to the grant measurement date and therefore the equity-based compensation expense to be recorded by the Company. Additionally, certain stock option awards were not properly recorded under equity-based compensation accounting rules, including awards that involved the modification of previously made grants and identification of a recipient’s status as a consultant or an employee.
 
The Company is restating its Consolidated Balance Sheets, Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income, Statements of Stockholders’ Equity and Statements of Cash Flows as of December 31, 2006 and for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005 to reflect: (i) additional equity-based compensation expense; (ii) lease accounting adjustments; (iii) other accounting and income tax adjustments; and (iv) tax effects relating to items (i) through (iii) above. The impact of the restatement is summarized in the table below:
 
                                                 
    Pre-Tax Accounting Adjustments           Provision
    Total
 
    Equity-Based
                Total Pre-Tax
    for Income
    Accounting
 
Year Ended December 31,
  Compensation     Leases     Other     Adjustments     Tax(1)     Adjustments  
1996
  $ 763     $ 132     $     $ 895     $ (334 )   $ 561  
1997
    1,776       515             2,291       (862 )     1,429  
1998
    2,396       1,552             3,948       (1,412 )     2,536  
1999
    12,779       1,112             13,891       (5,022 )     8,869  
2000
    26,684       3,022             29,706       (9,004 )     20,702  
2001
    5,648       679       10       6,337       (2,354 )     3,983  
2002
    6,105       150       817       7,072       (1,479 )     5,593  
2003
    2,214       492       3       2,709       (4,390 )     (1,681 )
2004
    237       477       (3 )     711       (340 )     371  
                                                 
Cumulative effect at December 31, 2004
    58,602       8,131       827       67,560       (25,197 )     42,363  
2005
    965       (922 )     392       435       1,437       1,872  
2006
    611       (1,437 )     (111 )     (937 )     1,798       861  
                                                 
Total
  $ 60,178     $ 5,772     $ 1,108     $ 67,058     $ (21,962 )   $ 45,096  
                                                 
 
 
(1) In any given year, the Provision for Income Tax may not directly correlate with the amount of total pre-tax accounting adjustments. The provision as shown reflects the tax benefits of the pre-tax accounting adjustments, permanent tax differences, and rate differences for foreign jurisdictions.


F-16


Table of Contents

 
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
 
These benefits are offset in part by changes in deferred tax valuation allowances and other adjustments restating the amount or period in which income taxes were originally recorded.
 
Equity-Based Compensation Expense Adjustments
 
As a result of the findings of the Audit Committee’s Review and through management’s additional review, the Company determined that equity-based compensation expense adjustments were required. The following table and discussion below summarizes the impact of these adjustments for the accounting periods presented (amounts in thousands):
 
                                                         
    Pre-Tax Equity Based Compensation Expense              
                Non-
                         
    Measurement
    Modifications to
    Employee
                Income
    Total Expense
 
Year Ended December 31,
  Date Changes     Employee Grants     Grants     Other     Total     Taxes     Net of Tax  
1996
  $ 21     $     $ 742     $     $ 763     $ (283 )   $ 480  
1997
    223       422       1,131             1,776       (659 )     1,117  
1998
    454       199       1,743             2,396       (888 )     1,508  
1999
    2,714       3,030       6,559       476       12,779       (4,739 )     8,040  
2000
    7,380       13,411       4,069       1,824       26,684       (9,895 )     16,789  
2001
    4,921       815       (135 )     47       5,648       (2,094 )     3,554  
2002
    5,865       76       (10 )     174       6,105       (2,264 )     3,841  
2003
    499       1,237       231       247       2,214       (822 )     1,392  
2004
    357       82       (425 )     223       237       (235 )     2  
                                                         
Cumulative effect at December 31, 2004
    22,434       19,272       13,905       2,991       58,602       (21,879 )     36,723  
2005
    276       303       311       75       965       (164 )     801  
2006
    (15 )     425       49       152       611       137       748  
                                                         
Total
  $ 22,695     $ 20,000     $ 14,265     $ 3,218     $ 60,178     $ (21,906 )   $ 38,272  
                                                         
 
Measurement Date Changes – The Company accounted for its equity-based compensation grants under Accounting Principles Board No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees (“APB 25”) for the years 1996 through 2005 and determined the required disclosures pursuant to the provisions of SFAS 123. On January 1, 2006, it adopted SFAS 123(R) under the modified prospective method.
 
The Company identified 3,021 grants for which it used incorrect measurement dates of which 945 equity grants comprising approximately 6.6 million shares resulted in accounting adjustments related to revised measurement dates. For options accounted for under APB 25, if the exercise price was less than the closing price on the revised measurement date, the Company recorded an adjustment to recognize equity-based compensation expense for the intrinsic value of such equity awards over the vesting period of the award. For options accounted for under SFAS 123(R), the Company calculated the fair value of the award on the revised measurement date and recorded an adjustment for the revised fair value of each award over the vesting period.
 
The Company determined the appropriate measurement date to be the first date on which all of the following facts are known with finality, which includes appropriate authorization by the Compensation Committee or its designee as required under the Plans: (i) the identity of the individual employee/recipient who is entitled to receive the option grant; (ii) the number of options that the individual employee/recipient is entitled to receive; and (iii) the option’s exercise price.
 
Modifications to Employee Grants – The Company identified a number of instances where modifications to stock options were made on terms beyond the limitations specified in the original terms of the grants, resulting in additional compensation expense. Modifications were made to stock options issued in annual


F-17


Table of Contents

 
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
 
pool grants, new hire and promotional grants to Section 16 Officers and employees, and grants made to employees of acquired companies. The modifications included the following, among others:
 
  •     Severance agreements offered to certain terminated employees that allowed for continued vesting and the right to exercise stock options beyond the standard time period permitted under the terms of the stock option agreement;
 
  •     Employment agreements that provided for the accelerated vesting of stock options;
 
  •     Continued vesting and the ability to exercise stock options for certain employees not terminated from the Company’s database in a timely manner following their departure from TeleTech due to administrative errors; and
 
  •     Options granted to certain employees that were not entered into the Company’s equity tracking system until after their dates of termination, primarily due to administrative delays in processing stock option requests and the lack of communication of employee termination dates to the Company’s third party plan administrator.
 
Non-Employee Grants – The Company also identified a number of non-employee grants that were accounted for as fixed employee grants under APB 25. An adjustment was required to account for these grants under SFAS 123 with the establishment of a measurement date based upon guidance in EITF 96-18. In addition, the Company applied EITF 00-19 which requires liability accounting once the non-employees’ performance is completed.
 
Other – These adjustments primarily relate to certain employee grants with terms that resulted in variable accounting treatment under SFAS 123, requiring the Company to measure the fair value of the awards at the end of each period and record the change in fair value to compensation expense.
 
Tax Consequences Under Internal Revenue Code – As a result of the Company’s review of its equity-based compensation practices, the Company has determined that a number of its prior equity-based grants were issued with exercise prices that were below the quoted market price of the underlying stock on the date of grant. Under Internal Revenue Code Section 409A, options with exercise prices below the quoted market price of the underlying stock on the date of grant and that vest after December 31, 2004 are subject to unfavorable tax consequences that did not apply at the time of grant. Based on the review of its equity-based compensation practices, the Company has determined that certain option grants exercised by TeleTech’s employees in 2006 and 2007 or outstanding as of December 31, 2007, may be subject to the adverse tax consequences under Section 409A depending on the vesting provisions of each grant.
 
While the final regulations under Section 409A were not effective until January 1, 2008, transition rules published by the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) in various notices and announcements make the principles of Section 409A applicable, to varying degrees, during the tax years 2006 and 2007.
 
In general, any exercise during 2006 and 2007 of a stock option vesting after December 31, 2004, granted with an exercise price less than the fair market value of the common stock on the measurement date is subject to the provisions of Section 409A. Additionally, in the one case of a stock option granted to an employee who was also a Section 16 officer at the time of grant, with an exercise price less than the fair market value on the measurement date, Section 409A treats all vested and unexercised stock options as exercised at December 31, 2007. The Section 16 officer realized gross income, subject to both regular income and employment taxes along with the taxes imposed under Section 409A, based on the difference between the fair market value of TeleTech stock on December 31, 2007 and the exercise price of the stock option.
 
In the fourth quarter of 2007, the Company identified that there would be adverse tax consequences for employees who exercised stock options from these grants during 2006 and 2007. In December of 2007,


F-18


Table of Contents

 
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
 
the Company committed to compensate its employees for the adverse tax consequences of Section 409A and who, as a result, incurred (or are otherwise subject to) taxes and penalties. In that regard, the Company has made, or will make, cash payments estimated at $2.9 million to or on behalf of these individuals for the incremental taxes imposed under Section 409A and an associated tax gross-up (as a result of the tax payment itself being taxable to the employee). This amount was recorded as Selling, General, and Administrative expense in the Consolidated Financial Statements in the fourth quarter of 2007 when the Company elected to reimburse its employees for their incremental taxes.
 
With the final Regulations effective January 1, 2008, employees holding unexercised stock options potentially subject to Section 409A will be treated the same as Section 16 Officers and lose the deferral of income typically associated with a stock option. Unexercised stock options potentially subject to Section 409A will violate the provisions on January 1, 2008 (if they are already vested) or upon their future vesting. An employee would then realize gross income, subject to income taxes and employment taxes as well as the taxes imposed under Section 409A, based on the difference between the fair market value of the Company’s common stock at December 31, 2008 (for unexercised options) or the actual gain realized (for options exercised in 2008). In 2008, the Company intends to provide all eligible employees with the opportunity to remedy their outstanding stock options that are subject to potential penalties under Section 409A. The resulting financial impact will be reflected in the period in which the remedial action is finalized.
 
The Company has also considered the impact of Section 162(m) on 2007 and prior periods. Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code imposes a $1 million annual limit on the compensation deduction permitted by a public company employer for compensation paid to its chief executive officer and its other officers whose compensation is required to be reported to stockholders under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 because they are among the four most highly compensated officers for the taxable year. (Generally, this will include the Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) and the three highest-paid officers other than the CEO, but will exclude the Chief Financial Officer). One significant exception is that compensation in excess of $1 million annually is deductible provided the compensation meets the “performance based” exception requirements. Typically, stock options awarded at fair market value under a shareholder approved plan meet the performance based exception in Regulation Section 1.162-27. Normally, stock options granted by the Company under its equity-based compensation plans meet the performance based compensation exception. However, any income realized under a misdated stock option (an option issued at less than fair market value on the relevant measurement date) is deemed (in whole) to be non-performance based compensation. The Company has accounted for nondeductible employee compensation as limited by Section 162(m) in 2007 and all prior periods in the restatement.
 
Where compensation expense has been recorded with respect to a misdated stock option in 2007 or prior periods and the employee’s compensation expense will likely be subject to Section 162(m) when deducted for tax purposes in 2008 or future accounting periods, the Company has recorded a valuation allowance against the deferred tax asset where the Company believes realization of the deferred tax asset does not meet the “more likely than not” standard of SFAS No. 109 Accounting for Income Taxes (“SFAS 109”). This valuation allowance was established in the first quarter of 2007 and is adjusted quarterly to reflect changes in the expected future deductibility of these expenses. Also, to the extent employees subject to Section 162(m), in 2007 and prior periods exercised misdated stock options, the amounts realized have been accounted for as non-performance based compensation expense subject to the $1 million limitation.
 
Lease Accounting
 
As part of its internal audit process, the Company identified the incorrect recording of certain leases under SFAS No. 13 Accounting for Leases. In addition, it incorrectly applied SFAS 143 when it became effective in 2003. Specifically, the Company did not correctly identify capital versus operating leases for


F-19


Table of Contents

 
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
 
certain of its delivery centers and improperly accounted for certain relevant contractual provisions, including lease inducements, construction allowances, rent holidays, escalation clauses, lease commencement dates and asset retirement obligations. The lease classification changes and recognition of other lease provisions resulted in an adjustment to deferred rent, the recognition of appropriate asset retirement obligations, and the amortization of the related leasehold improvement assets. The Company recorded a pre-tax cumulative charge of $5.8 million in its Consolidated Financial Statements through December 31, 2006 to reflect these additional lease related expenses.
 
Other Accounting Adjustments
 
The Company made other corrections to accounts receivable and related revenue, accruals and related expense, as well as adjustments to reclassify restricted cash in a foreign entity to other assets.
 
Income Tax Adjustments and Income Tax Payables
 
The reduction of $22.0 million to the Provision for Income Taxes reflects a $24.6 million tax benefit from the pre-tax accounting changes and a $1.3 million tax benefit from permanent tax and foreign rate differences. These benefits are offset in part by a $2.4 million increase in the provision for income taxes due to changes in the Company’s deferred tax valuation allowances and a $1.5 million tax increase for other adjustments restating the amount or period in which income taxes were originally recorded.
 
There is no material change to the Company’s income taxes payable to the U.S. or any foreign tax jurisdiction nor will the Company be entitled to a tax refund due to the accounting adjustments recorded for equity-based compensation expense during this restatement. In accounting for equity-based compensation, the Company only records a tax deduction when a stock option is exercised. The tax returns filed during these periods correctly reported a “windfall” tax deduction on stock options exercised as measured by the gain realized on exercise of the stock option (exercise price less the strike price of the option) in excess of the book expense recorded with respect to the particular stock option exercised. An increase to the book expense recorded for a particular stock option will have a corresponding decrease to the “windfall” tax deduction realized on exercise of the stock option but result in no overall increase or decrease to the total tax deductions taken with respect to the stock options exercised.
 
The likelihood that deferred tax assets recorded during the restatement will result in a future tax deduction was evaluated under the “more-likely-than-not” criteria of SFAS 109. In making this judgment we evaluated all available evidence, both positive and negative, in order to determine if, or to what extent, a valuation allowance is required. Changes to the Company’s recorded deferred tax assets are reflected in the period in which a change in judgment occurred.


F-20


Table of Contents

 
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
 
The table below summarizes the effects of the restatement adjustments on the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income for the year ended December 31, 2006 (amounts in thousands except per share amounts):
 
                                         
    Year Ended December 31, 2006  
          Adjustments        
    As Previously
    Equity-Based
                   
    Reported     Compensation     Leases     Other     As Restated  
Revenue
  $ 1,211,297     $     $     $ (544 )   $ 1,210,753  
                                         
Operating expenses
                                       
Cost of services
    885,602             (2,101 )     (692 )     882,809  
Selling, general and administrative
    199,226       611             158       199,995  
Depreciation and amortization
    51,429             560             51,989  
Restructuring charges, net
    1,630                         1,630  
Impairment losses
    565                         565  
                                         
Income from operations
    72,845       (611 )     1,541       (10 )     73,765  
Interest income
    2,209                         2,209  
Interest expense
    (5,943 )           (796 )     179       (6,560 )
Other, net
    (725 )           692       (58 )     (91 )
                                         
Income before income taxes and minority interest
    68,386       (611 )     1,437       111       69,323  
Provision for income taxes
    (14,676 )     (137 )     (568 )     (1,093 )     (16,474 )
Minority interest
    (1,868 )                       (1,868 )
                                         
Net income (loss)
  $ 51,842     $ (748 )   $ 869     $ (982 )   $ 50,981  
                                         
                                         
Other comprehensive income (loss)
                                       
Foreign currency translation adjustments
    7,433                   1,635       9,068  
Derivatives valuation, net of tax
    (5,401 )                 476       (4,925 )
Other
                      (71 )     (71 )
                                         
Comprehensive income
  $ 53,874     $ (748 )   $ 869     $ 1,058     $ 55,053  
                                         
                                         
Weighted average shares outstanding
                                       
Basic
    69,184                         69,184  
Diluted
    70,615       (746 )                 69,869  
                                         
Net income (loss) per share
                                       
Basic
  $ 0.75     $ (0.01 )   $     $     $ 0.74  
Diluted
  $ 0.73     $ (0.00 )   $     $     $ 0.73  


F-21


Table of Contents

 
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
 
The table below summarizes the effects of the restatement adjustments on the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income for the year ended December 31, 2005 (amounts in thousands except per share amounts):
 
                                         
    Year Ended December 31, 2005
 
    Adjustments  
    As Previously
    Equity-Based
                   
    Reported     Compensation     Leases     Other     As Restated  
Revenue
  $ 1,086,673     $     $     $ (770 )   $ 1,085,903  
                                         
Operating expenses
                                       
Cost of services
    812,174             (3,149 )     34       809,059  
Selling, general and administrative
    182,262       965             (116 )     183,111  
Depreciation and amortization
    53,317             1,375       (280 )     54,412  
Restructuring charges, net
    2,673                         2,673  
Impairment losses
    4,711                         4,711  
                                         
Income from operations
    31,536       (965 )     1,774       (408 )     31,937  
Interest income
    2,789                   1       2,790  
Interest expense
    (3,510 )           (877 )     (309 )     (4,696 )
Other, net
    1,401             25       324       1,750  
                                         
Income before income taxes and minority interest
    32,216       (965 )     922       (392 )     31,781  
Provision for income taxes
    (2,516 )     164       (365 )     (1,236 )     (3,953 )
Minority interest
    (1,542 )                       (1,542 )
                                         
Net income (loss)
  $ 28,158     $ (801 )   $ 557     $ (1,628 )   $ 26,286  
                                         
                                         
Other comprehensive income (loss)
                                       
Foreign currency translation adjustments
    3,152                   228       3,380  
Derivatives valuation, net of tax
    (2,703 )                 1,724       (979 )
Other
                      (24 )     (24 )
                                         
Comprehensive income
  $ 28,607     $ (801 )   $ 557     $ 300     $ 28,663  
                                         
                                         
Weighted average shares outstanding
                                       
Basic
    72,121                         72,121  
Diluted
    73,631       (497 )                 73,134  
                                         
Net income (loss) per share
                                       
Basic
  $ 0.39     $ (0.01 )   $ (0.02 )   $     $ 0.36  
Diluted
  $ 0.38     $ (0.01 )   $ (0.01 )   $     $ 0.36  


F-22


Table of Contents

 
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
 
The table below summarizes the effects of the restatement adjustments on the Consolidated Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2006:
 
                         
    December 31, 2006  
    As Previously
             
    Reported     Adjustments     As Restated  
ASSETS
                       
Current assets
                       
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 60,484     $ (2,132 )   $ 58,352  
Accounts receivable, net
    237,353       (1,395 )     235,958  
Prepaids and other current assets
    34,552       3,334       37,886  
Deferred tax assets, net
    12,212       (1,131 )     11,081  
Income taxes receivable
    16,543       (668 )     15,875  
                         
Total current assets
    361,144       (1,992 )     359,152  
Long-term assets
                       
Property, plant and equipment, net
    156,047       5,014       161,061  
Goodwill
    58,234       (375 )     57,859  
Contract acquisition costs, net
    9,674             9,674  
Deferred tax assets, net
    44,585       1,581       46,166  
Other long-term assets
    29,032       1,477       30,509  
                         
Total long-term assets
    297,572       7,697       305,269  
                         
Total assets
  $ 658,716     $ 5,705     $ 664,421  
                         
                         
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY                        
Current liabilities
                       
Accounts payable
  $ 30,738     $ 549     $ 31,287  
Accrued employee compensation and benefits
    76,071       (626 )     75,445  
Other accrued expenses
    39,165       (1,516 )     37,649  
Income taxes payable
    26,211       3,523       29,734  
Deferred tax liabilities
    309       86       395  
Other short-term liabilities
    9,521       (1 )     9,520  
                         
Total current liabilities
    182,015       2,015       184,030  
Long-term liabilities
                       
Line of credit
    65,000             65,000  
Grant advances
    8,000       1       8,001  
Deferred tax liabilities
    6,741       (6,604 )     137  
Other long-term liabilities
    27,676       10,986       38,662  
                         
Total long-term liabilities
    107,417       4,383       111,800  
                         
Total liabilities
    289,432       6,398       295,830  
Minority interest
    5,877             5,877  
                         
Commitments and contingencies
                       
                         
Stockholders’ equity
                       
Common stock
    701             701  
Additional paid-in capital
    258,719       39,608       298,327  
Treasury stock
    (96,200 )           (96,200 )
Accumulated other comprehensive income
    5,730       4,795       10,525  
Retained earnings
    194,457       (45,096 )     149,361  
                         
Total stockholders’ equity
    363,407       (693 )     362,714  
                         
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
  $ 658,716     $ 5,705     $ 664,421  
                         


F-23


Table of Contents

 
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
 
The table below summarizes the effects of the restatement adjustments on the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the year ended December 31, 2006:
 
                         
    December 31, 2006  
    As Previously
             
    Reported     Adjustments     As Restated  
Cash flows from operating activities
                       
Net cash provided by (used in):
                       
Net income
  $ 51,842     $ (861 )   $ 50,981  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
                       
Depreciation and amortization
    51,429       560       51,989  
Amortization of contract acquisition costs
    3,392             3,392  
Provision for doubtful accounts
    2,723             2,723  
(Gain) loss on disposal of assets
    232             232  
Impairment losses
    565             565  
Deferred income taxes
    (10,526 )     1,159       (9,367 )
Minority interest
    1,868             1,868  
Excess tax benefit from exercise of stock options
                 
Equity compensation expense
    6,916       569       7,485  
Other
                 
Changes in working capital and other assets and liabilities, net of changes due to acquisitions:
                       
Accounts receivable
    (19,098 )     6,164       (12,934 )
Prepaids and other assets
    (11,589 )     (2,989 )     (14,578 )
Accounts payable and other accrued expenses
    15,347       (3,217 )     12,130  
Other liabilities
    1,633       3,128       4,761  
                         
Net cash provided by operating activities
    94,734       4,513       99,247  
Cash flows from investing activities
                       
Acquisition of a business, net of cash acquired of $0.5 million
    (45,802 )           (45,802 )
Proceeds from dispositions of businesses, net of cash
                 
Purchases of property, plant and equipment
    (65,528 )     (488 )     (66,016 )
Payment for contract acquisition costs
    (173 )           (173 )
Purchases of intangible assets
    (1,510 )           (1,510 )
Purchases of foreign currency forward option contracts
          (486 )     (486 )
                         
Net cash used in investing activities
    (113,013 )     (974 )     (113,987 )
Cash flows from financing activities
                       
Proceeds from line of credit
    468,400             468,400  
Payments on line of credit
    (430,100 )           (430,100 )
Payments on long-term debt and capital lease obligations
    (332 )     (1,179 )     (1,511 )
Payments of debt issuance costs
    (923 )           (923 )
Payments from minority shareholder
                 
Payments to minority shareholder
    (2,594 )           (2,594 )
Payments from employee stock purchase plan
                 
Proceeds from exercise of stock options
    19,430       4       19,434  
Excess tax benefit from exercise of stock options
    6,385       (4,130 )     2,255  
Purchases of treasury stock
    (16,576 )           (16,576 )
                         
Net cash provided by financing activities
    43,690       (5,305 )     38,385  
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
    2,568       (175 )     2,393  
                         
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents
    27,979       (1,941 )     26,038  
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
    32,505       (191 )     32,314  
                         
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
  $ 60,484     $ (2,132 )   $ 58,352  
                         


F-24


Table of Contents

 
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
 
The table below summarizes the effects of the restatement adjustments on the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the year ended December 31, 2005:
 
                         
    December 31, 2005  
    As Previously
             
    Reported     Adjustments     As Restated  
Cash flows from operating activities
                       
Net cash provided by (used in):
                       
Net income
  $ 28,158     $ (1,872 )   $ 26,286  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
                       
Depreciation and amortization
    53,317       1,095       54,412  
Amortization of contract acquisition costs
    3,890             3,890  
Provision for doubtful accounts
    (153 )           (153 )
(Gain) loss on disposal of assets
    (271 )           (271 )
Impairment losses
    4,711             4,711  
Deferred income taxes
    (23,003 )     3,085       (19,918 )
Minority interest
    1,542             1,542  
Excess tax benefit from exercise of stock options
    2,763       69       2,832  
Equity compensation expense
          674       674  
Other
    (131 )     131        
Changes in working capital and other assets and liabilities, net of changes due to acquisitions:
                       
Accounts receivable
    (58,310 )     769       (57,541 )
Prepaids and other assets
    1,222       (4,372 )     (3,150 )
Accounts payable and other accrued expenses
    22,253       (1,758 )     20,495  
Other liabilities
    5,498       5,627       11,125  
                         
Net cash provided by operating activities
    41,486       3,448       44,934  
Cash flows from investing activities
                       
Acquisition of a business, net of cash acquired of $0.5 million
                 
Proceeds from dispositions of businesses, net of cash
                 
Purchases of property, plant and equipment
    (37,606 )           (37,606 )
Payment for contract acquisition costs
    (2,160 )           (2,160 )
Purchases of intangible assets
    (1,587 )           (1,587 )
Purchases of foreign currency forward option contracts
          (1,683 )     (1,683 )
                         
Net cash used in investing activities
    (41,353 )     (1,683 )     (43,036 )
Cash flows from financing activities
                       
Proceeds from line of credit
    412,500             412,500  
Payments on line of credit
    (385,800 )           (385,800 )
Payments on long-term debt and capital lease obligations
    (155 )     (952 )     (1,107 )
Payments of debt issuance costs
                 
Payments from minority shareholder
    640             640  
Payments to minority shareholder
    (3,354 )           (3,354 )
Payments from employee stock purchase plan
    537       (1 )     536  
Proceeds from exercise of stock options
    7,387             7,387  
Excess tax benefit from exercise of stock options
                 
Purchases of treasury stock
    (67,841 )     (3 )     (67,844 )
                         
Net cash used in financing activities
    (36,086 )     (956 )     (37,042 )
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
    (6,608 )     774       (5,834 )
                         
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents
    (42,561 )     1,583       (40,978 )
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
    75,066       (1,774 )     73,292  
                         
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
  $ 32,505     $ (191 )   $ 32,314  
                         


F-25


Table of Contents

 
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
 
(3)   ACQUISITIONS
 
On June 30, 2006, the Company acquired 100 percent of the outstanding common shares of Direct Alliance Corporation (“DAC”) from Insight Enterprises, Inc. DAC is a provider of e-commerce, professional sales and account management solutions primarily to Fortune 500 companies that sell into and maintain long-standing relationships with small and medium businesses. DAC is included in the Company’s North American BPO segment.
 
The total purchase price of $46.4 million in cash was funded utilizing the Company’s Credit Facility. The purchase agreement provides for the seller to (i) receive a future payment of up to $11.0 million based upon the earnings of DAC for the last six months of 2006 exceeding specified amounts and (ii) pay the Company up to $5.0 million in the event certain clients of DAC do not renew, on substantially similar terms, their service agreement with DAC as set forth in the purchase agreement. DAC did not meet the base targets for 2006 and therefore no adjustment to the purchase price was made for the first item. The Company has made a claim against Insight under item (ii) for the purchase price adjustment of $5.0 million. Insight is disputing this claim. In accordance with the stock purchase agreement, this dispute will be decided in arbitration. Therefore, no adjustment to the purchase price or the Company’s allocation of the purchase price has been made at this time.
 
The allocation of the purchase price to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed was based upon the Company’s intention to make a 338 election for income tax reporting for the acquisition of DAC and was as follows (amounts in thousands):
 
         
Current assets
  $ 14,548  
Property, plant and equipment
    4,410  
Intangible assets
    9,100  
Goodwill
    24,438  
         
Total assets acquired
    52,496  
         
Current liabilities
    (6,123 )
         
Total liabilities assumed
    (6,123 )
         
Net assets acquired
  $ 46,373  
         
 
The Company acquired identifiable intangible assets as a result of the acquisition of DAC. The intangible assets acquired, excluding costs in excess of net assets acquired, are classified and valued as follows (amounts in thousands):
 
             
    Value     Amortization Period
 
Trade name
  $ 1,800     None; indefinite life
Customer relationships
    7,300     10 years
             
Total
  $ 9,100      
             
 
These amounts are included as components of Other Intangible Assets discussed in Note 10.


F-26


Table of Contents

 
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
 
The following table presents the pro-forma combined results of operations assuming (i) DAC’s historical unaudited financial results; (ii) the DAC acquisition closed on January 1, 2006; (iii) pro-forma amortization expense of the intangible assets and (iv) pro-forma interest expense assuming the Company utilized its Credit Facility to finance the acquisition (amounts in thousands):
 
         
    (Unaudited)  
    Year Ended
 
    December 31,  
    2006  
    As restated  
 
Revenue
  $ 1,244,848  
Income from operations
  $ 76,371  
Net income
  $ 51,571  
         
Weighted-average shares outstanding
       
Basic
    69,184  
Diluted
    69,869  
         
Net income per share
       
Basic
  $ 0.75  
Diluted
  $ 0.74  
 
The pro-forma results above are not necessarily indicative of the operating results that would have actually occurred if the acquisition had been in effect on the date indicated, nor are they necessarily indicative of future results of the combined companies.
 
(4)   DISPOSITIONS
 
Database Marketing and Consulting
 
On September 27, 2007, Newgen Results Corporation and related companies (hereinafter collectively referred to as “Newgen”) and the Company entered into an asset purchase agreement to sell substantially all of the assets and certain liabilities associated with its Database Marketing and Consulting business. As a result of the transaction, which was completed on September 28, 2007, Newgen received $3.2 million in cash and recorded a loss on disposal of $6.1 million.
 
A reconciliation of the loss is as follows:
 
         
Current assets
  $ 3,870  
Property plant and equipment
    4,464  
Current liabilities assumed
    (608 )
         
Net assets disposed of
    7,726  
Fair value of consideration received
    (2,691 )
Costs incurred in relation to the sale
    1,087  
         
Net loss recorded on sale
  $ 6,122  
         
 
In addition to the asset purchase agreement, Newgen and the Company entered into a transition services agreement to provide the buyer certain transition services for a period not to exceed 90 days. In connection with this agreement, the Company and Newgen have allocated $0.5 million of the sale price to account for the fair value of certain services that were recorded in Other, net over the transition period. The services under the transition services agreement were completed as of December 31, 2007.
 
The Company also entered into a services agreement with the buyer to provide ongoing BPO services that were previously being performed by the Company. Management reviewed the direct cash flows associated with this agreement and compared them to management’s estimates of the revenue


F-27


Table of Contents

 
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
 
associated with the Database Marketing and Consulting business. The Company concluded that these direct cash flows were significant. As a result, the operations included in the Database Marketing and Consulting business did not meet the criteria under SFAS 144 to be classified as discontinued operations.
 
The Company also entered into a software and intellectual property license agreement with the buyer, which provides for exclusive and nonexclusive licenses in certain territories for $2.2 million. In addition, the buyer will pay the Company certain ongoing royalties associated with future revenue generated by the buyer from the use of the software. The agreement required that the Company deliver the software to the buyer, which was completed on September 29, 2007. The agreement does not require the Company to provide any ongoing support for the software. The Company believes that the total consideration of $2.2 million is a reasonable estimate of the fair value of this license and, as such, the Company recorded the $2.2 million in Other, net for the year ended December 31, 2007. Future royalties will be recorded as Other, Net when earned.
 
Customer Solutions Mauritius
 
The Company, through its affiliated company TeleTech Europe B.V., and Bharti Ventures Ltd. entered into a share transfer agreement to sell TeleTech Services (India) Ltd., the Company’s Indian joint venture, to Aegis BPO Services Ltd. and certain of its affiliated companies (“Aegis”). The sale closed on December 18, 2007.
 
Under the agreement, Aegis agreed to purchase the joint venture, which provided BPO solutions primarily for in-country clients. The Company received $8.7 million for its 60 percent share of the joint venture. The Company recorded a $7.0 million gain on the transaction in the fourth quarter of 2007.
 
A reconciliation of the gain is as follows:
 
         
Current assets
  $ (840 )
Property, plant and equipment
    (1,601 )
Non-current assets
    (1,196 )
Liabilities assumed
    1,911  
         
Net assets disposed of
    (1,726 )
Fair value of consideration received, net of costs of sale
    8,731  
         
Gain recorded on sale
  $ 7,005  
         
 
(5)   SEGMENT INFORMATION
 
The Company served its clients through two primary businesses, BPO and Database Marketing and Consulting. The Company’s BPO business provides outsourced business process and customer management services for a variety of industries through global delivery centers that represents approximately 99% of total annual revenue. In September 2007, the Company, through Newgen, sold substantially all of the assets and certain liabilities of its Database Marketing and Consulting business. As a result, in 2008, the Company’s BPO business will represent 100% of total annual revenue. When the Company begins operations in a new country, it determines whether the country is intended to primarily serve U.S. based clients, in which case the country will be included in the North American BPO segment, or if the country is intended to serve both domestic clients from that country and U.S. based clients, in which case the country will be included in the International BPO segment. This is consistent with the


F-28


Table of Contents

 
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
 
Company’s management of the business, internal financial reporting structure and operating focus. Operations for each segment of the Company’s BPO business are conducted in the following countries:
 
 
     
North American BPO
 
International BPO
United States
  Argentina
Canada
  Australia
Philippines
  Brazil
    China
    Costa Rica
    England
    Germany
    Malaysia
    Mexico
    New Zealand
    Northern Ireland
    Scotland
    Singapore
    South Africa
    Spain
 
The Database Marketing and Consulting business, which consists of several of the Company’s subsidiaries, provided outsourced database management, direct marketing and related customer acquisitions and retention services for automobile dealerships and manufacturers in North America. During 2007, income from operations was reduced by $20.4 million related to asset impairment and restructuring charges for this business. Income from Operations Before Income Taxes and Minority Interest was reduced by $24.3 million which includes the $20.4 million of asset impairment and restructuring charges discussed above along with a $3.9 million net charge comprised of a loss on the sale of assets of $6.1 million partially offset by software license income of $2.2 million both of which were recorded in Other, Net. See Note 8 and 13 for further discussion on these impairments. On September 28, 2007 the Company, through Newgen, sold substantially all of the assets and certain liabilities related to the Database Marketing and Consulting business for cash of $3.2 million. See Note 4 for further discussion of this disposition.
 
The Company allocates to each segment its portion of corporate – level operating expenses. All inter – company transactions between the reported segments for the periods presented have been eliminated.
 
One of the Company’s strategies is to secure additional business through the lower cost opportunities offered by certain foreign countries. Accordingly, the Company contracts with certain clients in one country to provide services from delivery centers in other foreign countries including Argentina, Brazil, Canada, Costa Rica, Mexico, Malaysia, the Philippines and South Africa. Under this arrangement, the contracting subsidiary invoices and collects from its local clients, while also entering into a contract with the foreign operating subsidiary to reimburse the foreign subsidiary for its costs plus a reasonable profit. This reimbursement is reflected as revenue by the foreign subsidiary. As a result, a portion of the revenue from these client contracts is recorded by the contracting subsidiary, while a portion is recorded by the foreign operating subsidiary. For U.S. clients served from Canada and the Philippines, which represents the majority of these arrangements, all the revenue remains within the North American BPO segment. For European and Asia Pacific clients served from the Philippines, a portion of the revenue is reflected in the North American BPO segment. For U.S. clients served from Argentina and Mexico, a portion of the revenue is reflected in the International BPO segment.
 
For the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, approximately $2.0 million, $0.2 million and $0.0 million, respectively, of income from operations in the North American BPO segment were generated from these arrangements. For the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005,


F-29


Table of Contents

 
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
 
approximately $16.8 million, $7.4 million and $2.2 million, respectively, of income from operations in the International BPO segment were generated from these arrangements.
 
The following tables present certain financial data by segment (amounts in thousands):
 
                         
    As of and for the
 
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005  
          As restated     As restated  
 
Revenue
                       
North American BPO
  $ 955,810     $ 814,419     $ 678,768  
International BPO
    396,080       356,106       324,303  
Database Marketing and Consulting
    17,742       40,228       82,832  
                         
Total
  $ 1,369,632     $ 1,210,753     $ 1,085,903  
                         
                         
Depreciation and amortization
                       
North American BPO
  $ 31,964     $ 27,918     $ 27,664  
International BPO
    20,076       16,569       17,192  
Database Marketing and Consulting
    3,913       7,502       9,556  
                         
Total
  $ 55,953     $ 51,989     $ 54,412  
                         
                         
Income from operations
                       
North American BPO
  $ 106,102     $ 85,639     $ 63,404  
International BPO
    8,327       3,219       (22,433 )
Database Marketing and Consulting
    (32,641 )     (15,093 )     (9,034 )
                         
Total
  $ 81,788     $ 73,765     $ 31,937  
                         
                         
Capital expenditures
                       
North American BPO
  $ 42,467     $ 46,265     $ 22,046  
International BPO
    17,986       18,149       12,201  
Database Marketing and Consulting
    630       1,602       3,359  
                         
Total
  $ 61,083     $ 66,016     $ 37,606  
                         
                         
Assets
                       
North American BPO
  $ 469,261     $ 390,889     $ 287,864  
International BPO
    288,757       238,887       191,062  
Database Marketing and Consulting
    2,277       34,645       49,047  
                         
Total
  $ 760,295     $ 664,421     $ 527,973  
                         
                         
Goodwill, net
                       
North American BPO
  $ 35,885     $ 35,885     $ 11,446  
International BPO
    9,269       8,613       7,270  
Database Marketing and Consulting
          13,361       13,361  
                         
Total
  $ 45,154     $ 57,859     $ 32,077  
                         


F-30


Table of Contents

 
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
 
The following tables present certain financial data based upon the geographic location where the services are provided (amounts in thousands):
 
                         
    As of and for the
 
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005  
          As restated     As restated  
 
Revenue
                       
United States
  $ 431,867     $ 441,821     $ 471,611  
Latin America
    234,167       171,658       105,792  
Philippines
    222,499       122,950       53,143  
Canada
    203,061       205,691       199,947  
Europe
    146,451       141,550       123,042  
Asia Pacific
    131,587       127,083       132,368  
                         
Total
  $ 1,369,632     $ 1,210,753     $ 1,085,903  
                         
Property, plant and equipment, gross
                       
United States
  $ 242,487     $ 275,214     $ 260,807  
Latin America
    88,811       66,863       51,826  
Philippines
    62,044       35,759       13,465  
Canada
    63,126       58,177       57,300  
Europe
    16,217       15,618       24,459  
Asia Pacific
    51,998       51,256       52,222  
                         
Total
  $ 524,683     $ 502,887     $ 460,079  
                         
Other long-term assets
                       
United States
  $ 25,524     $ 17,918     $ 9,395  
Latin America
    3,363       3,627       3,811  
Philippines
    2,555       2,050       1,963  
Canada
    631       4,648       442  
Europe
    726       900       786  
Asia Pacific
    960       1,366       995  
                         
Total
  $ 33,759     $ 30,509     $ 17,392  
                         
 
(6)   ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE AND SIGNIFICANT CLIENTS
 
Accounts Receivable, Net in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets consists of the following (amounts in thousands):
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2007     2006  
 
Accounts receivable
  $ 275,713     $ 240,678  
Less: Allowance for doubtful accounts
    (4,725 )     (4,720 )
                 
Accounts receivable, net
  $ 270,988     $ 235,958  
                 


F-31


Table of Contents

 
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
 
Activity in the Company’s Allowance for Doubtful Accounts consists of the following (amounts in thousands):
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005  
                As restated  
 
Balance, beginning of year
  $ 4,720     $ 3,422     $ 4,042  
Provision for doubtful accounts
    576       2,723       (153 )
Deductions for uncollectible receivables written-off
    (571 )     (1,425 )     (467 )
                         
Balance, end of year
  $ 4,725     $ 4,720     $ 3,422  
                         
 
The Company had one client, Sprint Nextel Corporation that contributed in excess of 10% of total revenue for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, which operates in the communications industry. The Company had two clients that contributed in excess of 10% of total revenue for the year ended December 31, 2005, both of which operated in the communications industry. The revenue from these clients as a percentage of total revenue was as follows:
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,
    2007   2006   2005
 
Sprint Nextel
    14.9 %     15.5%       17.0%  
Verizon
    4.5 %     7.1%       10.1%  
 
Accounts receivable from Sprint Nextel Corporation were as follows (amounts in thousands):
 
                 
    Year Ended December 31,
   
2007
 
2006
        As restated
 
    $ 37,347     $ 31,977  
 
The loss of one or more of its significant clients could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, operating results, or financial condition. The Company does not require collateral from its clients. To limit the Company’s credit risk, management performs ongoing credit evaluations of its clients and maintains allowances for uncollectible accounts. Although the Company is impacted by economic conditions in various industry segments, management does not believe significant credit risk exists as of December 31, 2007.


F-32


Table of Contents

 
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
 
(7)   PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
 
Property, plant and equipment consisted of the following (amounts in thousands):
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2007     2006  
          As restated  
 
Land and buildings
  $ 44,532     $ 43,711  
Computer equipment and software
    214,714       230,493  
Telephone equipment
    57,037       59,800  
Furniture and fixtures
    56,353       51,782  
Leasehold improvements
    142,597       109,753  
Construction-in-progress
    6,351       6,672  
Other
    3,099       676  
                 
Property, plant and equipment, gross
    524,683       502,887  
Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization
    (349,874 )     (341,826 )
                 
Property, plant and equipment, net
  $ 174,809     $ 161,061  
                 
 
Depreciation and amortization expense for property, plant and equipment was $56.0 million, $52.0 million and $54.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively.
 
In addition, the Company had $1.0 million and $4.8 million of unamortized Software Development Costs as of December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Amortization expense for Software Development Costs was $3.1 million, $4.5 million and $6.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively, which is included in the depreciation and amortization expense for property, plant and equipment discussed above.
 
(8)   GOODWILL
 
Goodwill consisted of the following (amounts in thousands):
 
                                         
                      Effect of
       
    December 31,
                Foreign
    December 31,
 
    2006     Acquisitons     Impairments     Currency     2007  
    As restated                          
 
North American BPO
  $ 35,885     $     $     $     $ 35,885  
International BPO
    8,613                   656       9,269  
Database Marketing and Consulting
    13,361             (13,361 )            
                                         
Total
  $ 57,859     $     $ (13,361 )   $ 656     $ 45,154  
                                         
 
                                         
                      Effect of
       
    December 31,
                Foreign
    December 31,
 
    2005     Acquisitons     Impairments     Currency     2006  
    As restated                       As restated  
 
North American BPO
  $ 11,446     $ 24,439     $     $     $ 35,885  
International BPO
    7,270       1,144             199       8,613  
Database Marketing and Consulting
    13,361                         13,361  
                                         
Total
  $ 32,077     $ 25,583     $     $ 199     $ 57,859  
                                         
 
Acquisitions
 
In June 2006, the Company acquired DAC as discussed further in Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. This generated $24.4 million in goodwill.


F-33


Table of Contents

 
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
 
In September 2003, the Company acquired a company in Brazil. The Company was required to pay an earn-out provision over several periods through 2006. These earn-out payments increased the total purchase price and represented the excess of acquisition costs over the fair value of net assets acquired. These amounts, totaling $1.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, were recorded as goodwill.
 
Impairment
 
The Company performs impairment testing of its goodwill balances annually in the fourth quarter, unless circumstances indicate potential impairment in a preceding quarter. There were no impairments indicated for the North American BPO or the International BPO based upon this testing.
 
In the second quarter of 2007, management determined that the carrying value of the Database Marketing and Consulting business’ goodwill should be reviewed for potential impairment. Management reached this conclusion due to repeated quarterly losses by the operations of the business, the deterioration of the automobile industry, which was the business’ market, and indications of lower value from interested third-parties to a possible sale of the business. As required by SFAS 142 the Company performed a two-step analysis of the fair value of the business’ goodwill.
 
The first step of the impairment testing indicated that the carrying value of the Database Marketing and Consulting business exceeded its fair value. The Company determined the fair value of the business using a discounted future cash flow method and compared the result to indications of fair market value received from interested third-party purchasers of the Database Marketing and Consulting business, based on the probability of the different outcomes. Because the first step indicated a potential impairment, the Company performed the second step required by SFAS 142.
 
The second step of the impairment testing indicated that the book value of the reporting unit’s goodwill exceeded the implied fair value of that goodwill. The implied fair value was determined by reviewing the business’ current assets and liabilities; property, plant and equipment; and other identifiable intangible assets (both those recorded and not recorded) to determine the appropriate fair value of the business’ assets and liabilities in a hypothetical purchase accounting analysis. The fair value of these items based on the hypothetical analysis was then compared to the fair value used in the step one test (the hypothetical purchase price) to calculate the implied fair value of the business’ goodwill. The implied fair value of the business’ goodwill was zero. As a result, an impairment charge of $13.4 million for the entirety of the business’ goodwill was recorded during the second quarter of 2007. This was recorded in Impairment Losses in the accompanying Consolidated Statement of Operations and Comprehensive Income. See discussion of the sale of the Database Marketing and Consulting business in Note 4.
 
(9)   CONTRACT ACQUISITION COSTS
 
Contract acquisition costs, net consisted of the following (amounts in thousands):
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2007     2006  
 
North American BPO
  $ 23,811     $ 23,811  
Database Marketing and Consulting
          2,160  
                 
Contract acquisition costs, gross
    23,811       25,971  
Less: Accumulated amortization
    (16,827 )     (16,297 )
                 
Contract acquisition costs, net
  $ 6,984     $ 9,674  
                 
 
Amortization expense related to contract acquisition costs was $2.5 million, $3.4 million and $3.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively and is recorded as a reduction to Revenue in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income.


F-34


Table of Contents

 
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
 
Expected future amortization of contract acquisition costs is as follows (amounts in thousands):
 
         
2008
  $ 2,107  
2009
    2,107  
2010
    1,403  
2011
    1,262  
2012
    105  
         
Total
  $ 6,984  
         
 
(10)   OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS
 
Other intangible assets consisted of the following amounts (amounts in thousands):
 
                         
    As of December 31, 2007  
    Gross Carrying
    Accumulated
    Net Carrying
 
    Value     Amortization     Value  
 
Customer relationships
  $ 12,689     $ (4,937 )   $ 7,752  
Trade name – indefinite life
    1,800             1,800  
                         
    $ 14,489     $ (4,937 )   $ 9,552  
                         
 
                         
    As of December 31, 2006  
    Gross Carrying
    Accumulated
    Net Carrying
 
As Restated
  Value     Amortization     Value  
 
Customer relationships
  $ 11,793     $ (2,794 )   $ 8,999  
Other intangible assets
    120       (110 )     10  
Trade name – indefinite life
    1,800             1,800  
                         
    $ 13,713     $ (2,904 )   $ 10,809  
                         
 
Amortization expense related to other intangible assets was $1.7 million, $1.2 million and $1.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively and is recorded as a component of Depreciation and Amortization in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income.
 
Expected future amortization of Other Intangible Assets is as follows (amounts in thousands):
 
         
2008
  $ 1,659  
2009
    1,349  
2010
    730  
2011
    730  
2012
    730  
Thereafter
    2,554  
         
Total
  $ 7,752  
         
 
(11)   DERIVATIVES
 
The Company conducts a significant portion of its business in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, the currency in which the Consolidated Financial Statements are reported. Correspondingly, the Company’s operating results could be adversely affected by foreign currency exchange rate volatility relative to the U.S. dollar. The Company’s subsidiaries in Argentina, Brazil, Canada, Costa Rica, Mexico, the Philippines and South Africa use the local currency as their functional currency for paying labor and other operating costs. Conversely, revenue for these foreign subsidiaries is derived principally from client contracts that are invoiced and collected in U.S. dollars. To hedge against the risk of a weaker U.S. dollar, the Company’s U.S. entity has contracted on behalf of its foreign subsidiaries with several financial institutions to acquire


F-35


Table of Contents

 
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
 
(utilizing forward, non – deliverable forward and/or option contracts) the functional currency of the foreign subsidiary at a fixed U.S. dollar exchange rate at specific dates in the future. The Company pays up – front premiums to obtain certain option hedge instruments.
 
While the Company has implemented certain strategies to mitigate risks related to the impact of fluctuations in currency exchange rates, it cannot ensure that it will not recognize gains or losses from international transactions, as this is part of transacting business in an international environment. Not every exposure is or can be hedged and, where hedges are put in place based on expected foreign exchange exposure, they are based on forecasts for which actual results may differ from the original estimate. Failure to successfully hedge or anticipate currency risks properly could adversely affect the Company’s consolidated operating results.
 
The following table summarizes the aggregate unrealized net gain and loss in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005:
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005  
          As restated     As restated  
 
Aggregate unrealized net gain (loss) at beginning of year
  $ (176 )   $ 4,749     $ 4,884  
Net gain reclassified to earnings
    (8,295 )     (3,810 )     (3,468 )
Change in fair value of cash flow hedges
    29,888       (1,115 )     3,333  
                         
Aggregate unrealized net gain (loss) at end of year
  $ 21,417     $ (176 )   $ 4,749  
                         
 
As of December 31, 2007, the Company had total derivative assets associated with foreign exchange contracts of $33.3 million. The Company uses the discounted period-end forward rates methodology to determine market value of its forward and option contracts. The following table summarizes the amount by currency and the portion of the asset that settles within the next twelve months (amounts in thousands).
 
                         
          Percentage
    Dates
 
    U.S. Dollar
    Settled Within
    Contracts
 
Derivative Assets
  Amount     One Year     are Through  
 
Canadian Dollar
  $ 14,841(1 )     59.0 %     December 2010  
Philippine Peso
    17,186       74.7 %     December 2009  
Argentine Peso
    865       79.5 %     September 2009  
Mexican Peso
    360       75.3 %     December 2009  
                         
    $ 33,252                  
                         
 
 
(1) The Canadian dollar derivative asset amount excludes approximately $1.9 million in unamortized option premiums.
 
As of December 31, 2007, the notional amount of these derivative instruments is summarized as follows (amounts in thousands):
 
                         
    Local
          Dates
 
    Currency
    U.S. Dollar
    Contracts
 
    Amount     Amount     are Through  
 
Canadian Dollar
    136,800     $ 123,023       December 2010  
Philippine Peso
    7,600,000       166,457       December 2009  
Argentine Peso
    126,674       37,842       September 2009  
Mexican Peso
    464,500       40,846       December 2009  
                         
            $ 368,168          
                         


F-36


Table of Contents

 
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
 
The Company recorded gains of $13.6 million and $6.3 million for settled hedge contracts and the related premiums for the year ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively. These gains are reflected in Revenue in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income.
 
At December 31, 2007 the Company had a cash flow hedge of U.S. dollar $19.2 million related to a short-term intercompany payable that one of its foreign subsidiaries owes to its U.S. parent pertaining to certain tax liabilities. The Company elected not to designate this as a hedge under SFAS 133 and accordingly the change in the fair value of the instrument is recorded as a component of Other, Net and offset by the change in the fair value of the underlying short-term intercompany payable.
 
(12)   INCOME TAXES
 
The sources of pre-tax accounting income, after accounting for minority interest earnings, are as follows (amounts in thousands):
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005  
          As restated     As restated  
 
Domestic
  $ (141 )   $ 26,599     $ 20,861  
Foreign
    75,492       42,724       10,920  
                         
Total
  $ 75,351     $ 69,323     $ 31,781  
                         
 
The components of the Company’s provision for income taxes are as follows (amounts in thousands):
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005  
          As restated     As restated  
 
Current provision
                       
Federal
  $ 3,106     $ 12,158     $ 16,899  
State
    1,361       982       2,111  
Foreign
    16,174       12,701       4,861  
                         
Total current provision
    20,641       25,841       23,871  
Deferred benefit
                       
Federal
    (3,973 )     (4,157 )     (16,300 )
State
    (543 )     (80 )     (2,213 )
Foreign
    3,437       (5,130 )     (1,405 )
                         
Total deferred benefit
    (1,079 )     (9,367 )     (19,918 )
                         
Total provision for income taxes
  $ 19,562     $ 16,474     $ 3,953  
                         


F-37


Table of Contents

 
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
 
The following reconciles the Company’s effective tax rate (after minority interest) to the federal statutory rate (amounts in thousands):
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005  
          As restated     As restated  
 
Income tax per U.S. federal statutory rate (35%)
  $ 26,372     $ 24,227     $ 11,099  
State income taxes, net of federal deduction
    342       400       1,038  
Change in valuation allowances
    (378 )     (3,603 )     (11,157 )
Foreign income taxes at different rates than the U.S.
    (6,693 )     (5,881 )     (1,407 )
Foreign withholding taxes
    1,731       313       1,331  
Record increase to deferred tax assets due to implementation of tax planning strategies
    (828 )     (3,300 )      
Losses in international markets without tax benefits
    912       836       2,546  
Tax cost of Domestic Reinvestment Plan
                3,695  
Nondeductible compensation under Section 162(m)
    224       248       264  
FIN 48 Contingency
    (162 )            
Permanent difference related to foreign exchange gains
    (2,381 )     404       (3,855 )
(Income)/losses of foreign branch operations
    3,535       564       (148 )
Permanent difference related to sale of joint venture
    (2,406 )            
Non-taxable earnings of minority interest
    (785 )     (654 )     (540 )
Other
    79       2,920       1,087  
                         
Income tax per effective tax rate
  $ 19,562     $ 16,474     $ 3,953  
                         


F-38


Table of Contents

 
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
 
 
The Company’s deferred income tax assets and liabilities are summarized as follows (amounts in thousands):
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2007     2006  
          As restated  
 
Deferred tax assets, gross
               
Accrued workers compensation, deferred compensation and
employee benefits
  $ 4,469     $ 8,249  
Allowance for doubtful accounts, insurance and other accruals
    7,067       6,637  
Depreciation and amortization
    23,110       34,152  
Amortization of deferred rent liabilities
    1,271       331  
Net operating losses
    14,388       17,359  
Equity compensation
    9,409       1,832  
Customer acquisition and deferred revenue accruals
    4,340       4,336  
Federal and state tax credits
    9,047       6,097  
Unrealized losses on derivatives
          2,818  
Other
    5,966       7,352  
                 
Total deferred tax assets, gross
    79,067       89,163  
Valuation allowances
    (20,448 )     (25,891 )
                 
Total deferred tax assets, net
    58,619       63,272  
Deferred tax liabilities
               
Long-term lease obligations
    (872 )     (1,362 )
Unrealized gains on derivatives
    (8,647 )      
Capitalized software
    (436 )     (1,974 )
Contract acquisition costs
    (445 )     (1,933 )
Other
    (214 )     (1,288 )
                 
Total deferred tax liabilities
    (10,614 )     (6,557 )
                 
Net deferred tax assets
  $ 48,005     $ 56,715  
                 
 
As required by SFAS 109, the Company periodically reviews the likelihood that deferred tax assets will be realized in future tax periods under the “more likely than not” criteria. In making this judgment, SFAS 109 requires that all available evidence, both positive and negative, should be considered to determine whether, based on the weight of that evidence, a valuation allowance is required.
 
As of December 31, 2007 the Company has approximately $42.0 million of net deferred tax assets in the U.S. and $6.0 million of net deferred tax assets related to certain international locations whose recoverability is dependent upon their future profitability. As of December 31, 2007 the deferred tax valuation allowance is $20.4 million and relates primarily to tax losses in foreign jurisdictions and U.S. federal and state tax credit which do not meet the “more-likely-than-not” standard under SFAS 109. The utilization of these state tax credits are subject to numerous factors including various expiration dates, generation of future taxable income over extended periods of time and state income tax apportionment factors which are subject to change.
 
As required by SFAS 109, when there is a change in judgment concerning the recovery of deferred tax assets in future periods, the valuation allowance is reversed into earnings during the quarter in which the change in judgment occurred. In 2007, the Company made adjustments to its deferred tax assets and


F-39


Table of Contents

 
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
 
corresponding valuation allowances. The net change in the Company’s valuation allowance is a decrease of $5.4 million. This decrease is driven primarily by adjusting previous accounting estimates based upon the filing of tax returns in the United Kingdom, the disposal of the Company’s operations in India, the consolidation of tax entities in Canada after the sale of certain assets and liabilities associated with its Database Marketing and Consulting business, and the release of valuation allowances against current income in overseas tax jurisdictions where we are now profitable. These decreases were offset in part by increases to the valuation allowance related to tax losses in certain foreign tax jurisdictions, and U.S. tax deductions and foreign tax credits where it is not “more-likely-than-not” that a tax benefit will be realized for these losses, deductions and credits.
 
As of December 31, 2007, after consideration of all tax loss and tax credit carry back opportunities, the Company had net foreign tax loss carry forwards expiring as follows (amounts in thousands):
 
     
2007
  $2,641
2008
  449
2009
  601
2010
 
2011
  9
2012
  121
2013
  174
2014
  2,102
2015
  892
2016
  286
2017
  2,041
2018
  797
2020
 
2021
 
No expiration
  31,099
     
Total
  $41,212
     
 
As of December 31, 2007, domestically, the Company has $4.1 million of federal tax loss carry-forwards and state tax credit carry-forwards of $6.1 million that if unused will expire between 2008 and 2021.
 
As of December 31, 2007 the cumulative amount of foreign earnings considered permanently invested and not repatriated was $136.2 million. If these earnings become taxable in the U.S., some portion of them would be subject to incremental U.S. income tax expense and foreign withholding tax expense.
 
The Company has been granted “Tax Holidays” as an incentive to attract foreign investment by the governments of the Philippines and Costa Rica. Generally, a Tax Holiday is an agreement between the Company and a foreign government under which the Company receives certain tax benefits in that country, such as exemption from taxation on profits derived from export-related activities. In the Philippines, the Company has been granted 10 separate agreements for four year periods, expiring at various times during 2008 and 2011. The aggregate effect on income tax expense for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 was approximately $5.7 million, $2.2 million and $0.4 million, respectively, which had a favorable impact on net income per share of $0.08, $0.03 and $0.01, respectively.


F-40


Table of Contents

 
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
 
Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes
 
On January 1, 2007, the Company adopted the provisions of FIN 48 which clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income tax positions. FIN 48 defines the threshold for recognizing the tax benefits of tax return filing positions in the financial statements as “more likely than not” to be sustained upon examination, based on the technical merits of the positions. A tax position that meets the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold is initially and subsequently measured as the largest amount of tax benefit that has a greater than 50 percent likelihood of being realized. Tax positions which previously failed to meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold should be recognized in the first subsequent financial reporting period in which that threshold is met. Conversely, previously recognized tax positions which no longer meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold should be derecognized in the first subsequent financial reporting period in which that threshold is no longer met. This is different than the accounting practice previously followed by the Company, which was to recognize the best estimate of the impact of a tax position only when the position is “probable” of being sustained on audit based solely on the technical merits of the position.
 
On January 1, 2007, the Company had $17.3 million in unrecognized tax benefits that it did not consider “probable” under SFAS No. 5 Accounting for Contingencies. Upon adoption of FIN 48 and re-evaluation of the $17.3 million, it also did not meet the “more-likely-than-not” criteria of FIN 48.
 
On implementation of FIN 48, the Company increased the existing reserve for uncertain tax positions of $17.8 million by recognizing additional liabilities of $1.2 million as a reduction to the January 1, 2007 balance of retained earnings. The total amount of interest and penalties relating to the $19.0 million reserve for uncertain tax positions recorded at the time of adoption is $0.1 million. This amount was also recorded as a reduction to the January 1, 2007 balance of retained earnings.
 
Upon adopting FIN 48, the Company changed its accounting practice for penalties and interest. In prior accounting periods, interest and penalties relating to income taxes were accounted for in interest expense and other expenses, respectively. Under FIN 48, interest and penalties relating to income taxes will be accrued net of tax in income tax expense. In adopting FIN 48, the Company is permitted to change its accounting practice at the time of adoption under a one-time “safe harbor” provision. The change in accounting practice resulted in no change to net income, net income per share or retained earnings reported in any prior period.
 
The total amount of interest and penalties recognized in the accompanying Consolidated Statement of Operations and Comprehensive Income as of December 31, 2007 was approximately $45,000 and the total amount of interest and penalties recognized in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2007 was approximately $163,000.
 
As of December 31, 2007, the Company has a reserve for uncertain tax benefits of $18.9 million, a net decrease of $0.1 million from $19.0 million as of January 1, 2007. This decrease relates primarily to the expiration of the statute of limitations in several jurisdictions and a change in estimate based upon new information obtained in the forth quarter. This net decrease of $0.1 million had a nominal impact on the effective tax rate. If the Company recognized these remaining unrecorded tax benefits, approximately $18.9 million and related interest and penalties would favorably impact the effective tax rate.


F-41


Table of Contents

 
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
 
The tabular reconciliation of the reserve for uncertain tax benefits for the year ended December 31, 2007 is presented below (amounts in thousands):
 
         
Balance as of December 31, 2006 (As restated)
  $ 22,305  
Additions for prior year tax positions
     
Additions for current year tax positions
    35  
Reductions in prior year tax positions
    (337 )
Settlements
     
Lapses in statute of limitations
    (71 )
         
Balance as of December 31, 2007
  $ 21,932  
         
 
The Company and its domestic and foreign subsidiaries (including Percepta LLC and its domestic and foreign subsidiaries) file income tax returns as required in the U.S. federal jurisdiction and various state and foreign jurisdictions. The following table presents the major tax jurisdictions and tax years that are open as of December 31, 2007 and subject to examination by the respective tax authorities:
 
         
Tax Jurisdiction
  Tax Year Ended  
 
United States
    2002 to present  
Argentina
    2003 to present  
Australia
    2003 to present  
Brazil
    2002 to present  
Canada
    2003 to present  
Mexico
    2003 to present  
Philippines
    2002 to present  
Spain
    2003 to present  
 
The Company’s U.S. income tax returns filed for the tax years ending December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004 are currently under audit by the IRS. The Company’s U.K. subsidiary is also under audit by HM Revenue and Customs for the year ended December 31, 2002. Although the outcome of examinations by taxing authorities are always uncertain, it is the opinion of management that the resolution of these audits will not have a material effect on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements. In addition there are no other tax audits in process in major tax jurisdictions that would have a significant impact on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
(13)   RESTRUCTURING CHARGES AND IMPAIRMENT LOSSES
 
Restructuring Charges
 
During the year ended December 31, 2007, the Company undertook a number of restructuring activities primarily associated with reductions in the Company’s workforce to better align the workforce with current business needs. These included (i) the termination of certain employees associated with the Company’s Database Marketing and Consulting business that was sold on September 28, 2007, as discussed in Note 4; (ii) the restructuring of its work force in the North American BPO segment; and (iii) charges associated with restructuring the Company’s workforce in its International BPO segment.
 
In relation to the restructuring of the Database Marketing and Consulting business, the Company incurred total restructuring costs of $4.8 million. This included $4.0 million related to certain facility exit costs recorded in the fourth quarter 2007 and severance charges of $0.6 million of which $0.3 million had been paid as of December 31, 2007. In addition the Company incurred an acceleration of equity-based compensation expense associated with certain change-of-control provisions included in an equity-based award to a terminated employee.


F-42


Table of Contents

 
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
 
The restructuring of the work force in the North American BPO segment resulted in total restructuring costs of $1.9 million, of which $1.8 million had been paid as of December 31, 2007. All of these charges were for employee severance costs.
 
The restructuring of the work force in the International BPO segment resulted in total restructuring costs of $1.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2007, of which $1.0 million had been paid as of December 31, 2007. All of these charges were for employee severance costs.
 
During the year ended December 31, 2006, the Company recognized restructuring charges in the amount of $1.1 million related to reductions in force across all three segments and facility exit charges in the amount of $0.8 million related to its International BPO segment.
 
During the year ended December 31, 2005, the Company recognized restructuring charges in the amount of $2.1 million related to reductions in force across both BPO segments and facility exit charges in the amount of $0.7 million related to both BPO segments.
 
A rollforward of the activity in the Company’s restructuring accruals for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively, is as follows (amounts in thousands):
 
                         
    Closure of
             
    Delivery
    Reduction
       
    Centers     in Force     Total  
 
Balance as of December 31, 2005
  $ 1,088     $ 1,079     $ 2,167  
Expense
    801       1,057       1,858  
Payments
    (747 )     (1,772 )     (2,519 )
Reversals
    (55 )     (173 )     (228 )
                         
Balance as of December 31, 2006
    1,087       191       1,278  
Expense
    4,037       3,801       7,838  
Payments
    (199 )     (3,168 )     (3,367 )
Reversals
    (599 )     (126 )     (725 )
Non-cash items
          (350 )     (350 )
                         
Balance as of December 31, 2007
  $ 4,326     $ 348     $ 4,674  
                         
 
Impairment Losses
 
During the year ended December 31, 2007, the Company recognized impairment losses of $15.8 million of which $15.6 million was related to its Database Marketing and Consulting business comprised of a $13.4 million goodwill impairment, as discussed in Note 8, and a $2.2 million leasehold improvement impairment.
 
(14)   INDEBTEDNESS
 
On September 28, 2006, the Company entered into an Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (“Credit Facility”) with a syndication of banks. This Credit Facility permits the Company to borrow up to $150 million with an option to increase the borrowing limit to a maximum of $225 million (subject to approval by the lenders) at any time up to 90 days prior to maturity of the Credit Facility on September 27, 2011. On October 24, 2006, the Company exercised its option to increase the borrowing limit of the Credit Facility to $180 million (the “Amended Credit Facility”). The Company may request a one year extension of the maturity date, subject to unanimous approval by the lenders. The Credit Facility is secured by the majority of the Company’s domestic accounts receivable and a pledge of 65% of the capital stock of specified material foreign subsidiaries. The Company’s domestic subsidiaries are guarantors under the Credit Facility.


F-43


Table of Contents

 
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
 
Since November 2007, the Company has entered into three amendments to the Credit Facility with its lenders. These amendments extended the time for the Company to deliver its financial statements for the quarter ended September 30, 2007, for the year ended December 31, 2007 and for the quarter ended March 31, 2008, until August 15, 2008. In the amendments, the Company’s lenders also consented to (i) the delayed filing of periodic reports with the SEC by August 15, 2008; (ii) the restatement of previously filed financial statements; and (iii) the NASDAQ Staff Determination notices with respect to the possible delisting of the Company’s common stock from the NASDAQ Global Select Market due to the delayed periodic reports. As a result of these amendments and the filing of the delayed periodic reports, there is presently no basis for the Company’s lenders to declare an event of default under its Amended Credit Facility and the Company may continue to borrow funds thereunder.
 
The Credit Facility, which includes customary financial covenants, may be used for general corporate purposes, including working capital, purchases of treasury stock and acquisition financing. As of December 31, 2007, the Company was in compliance with all financial covenants. The Credit Facility accrues interest at a rate based on either (1) the Prime Rate, defined as the higher of the lender’s prime rate or the Federal Funds Rate plus 0.50%, or (2) the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) plus an applicable credit spread, at the Company’s option. The interest rate will vary based on the Company’s leverage ratio as defined in the Credit Facility. As of December 31, 2007, interest accrued at the weighted-average rate of approximately 6.04%. In addition, the Company is obligated to pay commitment fees on the unused portion of the Credit Facility, at a rate of 0.125% per annum. As of December 31, 2007 and 2006, the Company had outstanding borrowings under the Credit Facility of $65.4 million and $65.0 million, respectively. The Company’s borrowing capacity is reduced by $9.2 million as a result of the letters of credit issued under the Credit Facility. The unused commitment under the Credit Facility was $105.4 million as of December 31, 2007.
 
(15)   GRANT ADVANCES
 
During the ordinary course of business, the Company receives grants from certain regional authorities in areas where the Company has delivery centers. These grants contain provisions whereby they are earned when the Company achieves certain milestones, the majority of which relate to the hiring and retaining of employees and certain capital expenditures. The Company records liabilities for funds it has received but has not yet earned. The liability recorded at December 31, 2007 and 2006 was $6.7 million and $8.0 million, respectively and relates primarily to two grants in the International BPO.
 
(16)   START-UP TRAINING REVENUE AND COSTS
 
Start-Up Training Deferred Revenue in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets consist of the following (amounts in thousands):
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2007     2006  
 
Deferred start-up revenue – current
  $ 9,549     $ 6,616  
Deferred start-up revenue – long-term
    3,113       5,936  
                 
Total deferred start-up revenue
  $ 12,662     $ 12,552  
                 


F-44


Table of Contents

 
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
 
Activity for the Company’s Start-Up Training Revenue was as follows (amounts in thousands):
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005  
 
Balance, beginning of year
  $ 12,552     $ 8,512     $ 3,451  
Amounts deferred due to new business
    9,333       9,432       6,583  
Revenue recognized
    (9,293 )     (5,418 )     (1,921 )
                         
Total net increase in deferred revenue
    40       4,014       4,662  
Foreign currency impact
    70       26       399  
                         
Balance, end of year
  $ 12,662     $ 12,552     $ 8,512  
                         
 
Start-Up Training Deferred Costs in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets consist of the following (amounts in thousands):
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2007     2006  
 
Deferred start-up costs – current
  $ 4,065     $ 2,865  
Deferred start-up costs – long-term
    1,262       2,344  
                 
Total deferred start-up costs
  $ 5,327     $ 5,209  
                 
 
Activity for the Company’s Start-Up Training Costs was as follows (amounts in thousands):
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005  
 
Balance, beginning of year
  $ 5,209     $ 3,635     $ 1,306  
Amounts deferred due to new business
    3,572       4,208       3,212  
Recognized expense
    (3,452 )     (2,633 )     (1,082 )
                         
Total net increase in deferred costs
    120       1,575       2,130  
Foreign currency impact
    (2 )     (1 )     199  
                         
Balance, end of year
  $ 5,327     $ 5,209     $ 3,635  
                         
 
(17)  COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
 
Letters of Credit
 
As of December 31, 2007, outstanding letters of credit and other performance guarantees totaled approximately $10.9 million, which primarily guarantee workers’ compensation and other insurance-related obligations and facility leases.
 
Guarantees
 
The Company’s Credit Facility is guaranteed by the majority of the Company’s domestic subsidiaries.
 
The Company has a corporate aircraft financed under a synthetic operating lease. The lease term is five years and expires in January 2010. During the lease term or at expiration the Company has the option to return the aircraft, purchase the aircraft at a fixed price, or renew the lease with the lessor. In the event the Company elects to return the aircraft, it has guaranteed a portion of the residual value to the lessor. Although the approximate residual value guarantee is $2.1 million at lease expiration, the Company does not expect to have a liability under this lease based upon current estimates of the aircraft’s future fair value at the time of lease expiration.


F-45


Table of Contents

 
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
 
Legal Proceedings
 
On January 25, 2008, a class action lawsuit was filed in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York entitled Beasley v. TeleTech Holdings, Inc., et. al. against TeleTech, certain current directors and officers and others alleging violations of Sections 11, 12(a) (2) and 15 of the Securities Act, Section 10(b) of the Securities Exchange Act and Rule 10b-5 promulgated thereunder and Section 20(a) of the Securities Exchange Act. The complaint alleges, among other things, false and misleading statements in the Registration Statement and Prospectus in connection with (i) a March 2007 secondary offering of its common stock and (ii) various disclosures made and periodic reports filed by us between February 8, 2007 and November 8, 2007. On February 25, 2008, a second nearly identical class action complaint, entitled Brown v. TeleTech Holdings, Inc., et al., was filed in the same court. On May 19, 2008, the actions described above were consolidated under the caption In re: TeleTech Litigation and lead plaintiff and lead counsel were approved by the court. TeleTech and the other individual defendants intend to defend this case vigorously. Although the Company expects the majority of expenses related to the class action lawsuit to be covered by insurance, there can be no assurance that all of such expenses will be reimbursed.
 
From time-to-time, the Company has been involved in claims or lawsuits, both as plaintiff and defendant, that arise in the ordinary course of business. Accruals for claims or lawsuits have been provided to the extent that losses are deemed both probable and estimable. Although the ultimate outcome of these claims or lawsuits cannot be ascertained, on the basis of present information and advice received from counsel, the Company believes that the disposition or ultimate resolution of such claims or lawsuits will not have a material adverse effect on the Company.
 
The Company expenses legal costs as incurred and includes these costs in Selling, general and administrative expenses in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income.
 
(18)   LEASES
 
Leases
 
The Company has various operating leases for equipment, delivery centers and office space, which generally contain renewal options. Rent expense under operating leases was approximately $39.2 million, $42.9 million and $37.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively.
 
The future minimum rental payments required under non-cancelable operating leases as of December 31, 2007 are as follows (amounts in thousands):
 
         
2008
  $ 32,790  
2009
    29,512  
2010
    26,076  
2011
    21,211  
2012
    14,346  
Thereafter
    31,437  
         
Total
  $ 155,372  
         
 
In addition, the Company records operating lease expense on a straight-line basis over the life of the lease as described in Note 1. The deferred lease liability as of December 31, 2007 and 2006 was $26.5 million and $12.4 million, respectively and is included in Other Long-Term Liabilities in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets.


F-46


Table of Contents

 
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
 
Asset Retirement Obligations
 
The Company records asset retirement obligations for its delivery center leases. Following is a summary of the amounts recorded (amounts in thousands):
 
                                         
    Balance at
                Modifications
    Balance at
 
    December 31,
    New Lease
          and
    December 31,
 
    2006     Obligations     Accretion     Settlements(1)     2007  
    As restated                          
 
ARO liability at inception
  $ 2,175     $ 180     $     $ (21 )   $ 2,334  
Accumulated accretion
    517             150       (20 )     647  
                                         
    $ 2,692     $ 180     $ 150     $ (41 )   $ 2,981  
                                         
 
                                         
    Balance at
                Modifications
    Balance at
 
    December 31,
    New Lease
          and
    December 31,
 
    2005     Obligations     Accretion     Settlements(1)     2006  
    As restated                          
 
ARO liability at inception
  $ 2,043     $ 486     $     $ (354 )   $ 2,175  
Accumulated accretion
    637             200       (320 )     517  
                                         
    $ 2,680     $ 486     $ 200     $ (674 )   $ 2,692  
                                         
 
 
(1) Modifications to ARO liabilities and accumulated accretion occur when lease agreements are amended or when assumptions change, such as the rate of inflation. Modifications are accounted for prospectively as changes in estimates. Settlements occur when leased premises are vacated and the actual cost of restoration is accrued. Differences between the actual costs of restoration and the balance recorded as ARO liabilities are recognized as gains or losses in the accompanying statements of income. The Company recognized gains totaling $0.6 million in 2006 and a negligible gain in 2007 related to lease terminations.
 
(19)   NET INCOME PER SHARE
 
The following table sets fourth the computation of basic and diluted net income per share for the periods indicated:
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005  
          As restated     As restated  
 
Shares used in basic earnings per share calculation
    70,228       69,184       72,121  
Effect of dilutive securities:
                       
Stock options
    2,363       685       1,013  
Restricted stock units
    47              
                         
Total effects of dilutive securities
    2,410       685       1,013  
                         
Shares used in dilutive earnings per share calculation
    72,638       69,869       73,134  
                         
 
For the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, 0.4 million, 0.6 million and 3.3 million, respectively, of options to purchase shares of common stock were outstanding but not included in the computation of diluted net income per share because the effect would have been anti-dilutive.


F-47


Table of Contents

 
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
 
(20)   EMPLOYEE COMPENSATION PLANS
 
Employee Benefit Plan
 
The Company has two 401(k) profit-sharing plans that allow participation by employees who have completed six months of service, as defined and are 21 years of age or older. Participants may defer up to 75% of their gross pay, up to a maximum limit determined by U.S. federal law. Participants are also eligible for a matching contribution, at the Company’s discretion, of up to 50% of the first 6% of compensation a participant contributes to the plan. Participants vest in matching contributions over a three-year period. Company matching contributions to the 401(k) plans totaled $2.3 million, $2.8 million and $1.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively.
 
Equity Compensation Plans
 
Stock Options
 
In February 1999, the Company adopted the TeleTech Holdings, Inc. 1999 Stock Option and Incentive Plan (the “1999 Plan”). The purpose of the 1999 Plan is to enable the Company to continue to (a) attract and retain high quality directors, officers, employees and potential employees, consultants and independent contractors of the Company or any of its subsidiaries; (b) motivate such persons to promote the long-term success of the Company and its subsidiaries; and (c) induce employees of companies that are acquired by TeleTech to accept employment with TeleTech following such an acquisition. The 1999 Plan supplements the 1995 Option Plan (collectively the “Plans”). An aggregate of 7 million shares of common stock has been reserved under the 1995 Option Plan and an aggregate of 14 million shares of common stock has been reserved for issuance under the 1999 Plan, which permits the award of incentive stock options, non-qualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, shares of restricted common stock and restricted stock units (“RSUs”). The 1999 Plan also provides for annual equity-based compensation grants to Directors. Options granted to employees generally vest over a period of four to five years and generally have a contractual life of ten years. Options issued to Directors generally vest immediately and have a contractual life of ten years. As of December 31, 2007, a total of 21.8 million shares were authorized for issuance and 3.6 million shares were available for issuance under the Plans.
 
On January 1, 2006, the Company adopted SFAS 123(R) under the “modified prospective application.” SFAS 123(R) requires all equity-based payments to employees to be recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income at the fair value of the award on the grant date. Under the modified prospective application, the Company was required to record equity-based compensation cost for all awards granted after the date of adoption and for the unvested portion of previously granted awards outstanding as of the date of adoption. The Company used the B-S-M option pricing model for determining the fair values of all stock options granted prior to the adoption of SFAS 123(R) and continues to use this pricing model for all share-based awards issued or modified on or after adoption of SFAS 123(R).
 
For employee stock options granted in 2007 and 2006, the Company estimated the expected term of the options based on historical averages of option exercises and expirations. The fair values of options granted were calculated on the date of grant using the B-S-M model. Also, upon adoption of SFAS 123(R), the Company used an estimated forfeiture rate, primarily based on historical trends related to employee turnover. For the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, the Company adjusted the share-based compensation cost for actual forfeitures at the end of the vesting period for each tranche of options. The Company considers revisions to its assumptions in estimating forfeitures on an ongoing basis.


F-48


Table of Contents

 
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
 
The following table provides the range of assumptions used in the B-S-M option pricing model for stock options granted:
 
             
    Year Ended December 31,
    2007   2006   2005
 
Risk-free interest rate
  4.45% - 4.88%   4.33% - 5.19%   3.30% - 4.52%
Expected life in years
  2.6 - 4.4   2.6 - 4.8   4.1 - 4.7
Expected volatility
  43.09% - 53.25%   54.96% - 58.87%   74.66% - 76.34%
Dividend yield
  0.00%   0.00%   0.00%
Weighted-average volatility
  47.24%   58.45%   75.32%
 
The calculation of expected volatility is based on historical volatility over the expected term of the respective equity-based compensation granted. The risk-free interest rate is based on the yield on the grant measurement date of a traded zero-coupon U.S. Treasury bond, as reported by the U.S. Federal Reserve, with a term equal to the expected term of the respective equity-based compensation granted.
 
A summary of option activity under the Plans for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 is as follows:
 
                                 
                Weighted
       
          Weighted
    Average
    Aggregate
 
          Average
    Remaining
    Intrinsic
 
          Exercise
    Contract
    Value
 
    Shares     Price     Term in Years     (000’s)  
 
Outstanding as of December 31, 2004 (as restated)
    9,913,356     $ 10.23                  
Grants
    2,287,500     $ 10.04                  
Exercises
    (1,270,734 )   $ 6.11                  
Cancellations/expirations
    (2,135,963 )   $ 11.29                  
                                 
Outstanding as of December 31, 2005 (as restated)
    8,794,159     $ 10.52                  
Grants
    1,619,450     $ 12.94                  
Exercises
    (2,282,648 )   $ 8.36                  
Cancellations/expirations
    (1,356,292 )   $ 12.74                  
                                 
Outstanding as of December 31, 2006 (as restated)
    6,774,669     $ 11.38                  
Grants
    104,000     $ 32.23                  
Exercises
    (1,310,134 )   $ 12.17                  
Cancellations/expirations
    (708,461 )   $ 12.49                  
                                 
Outstanding as of December 31, 2007
    4,860,074     $ 11.45       6.1     $ 52,131  
                                 
 
                                 
                Weighted
       
          Weighted
    Average
    Aggregate
 
          Average
    Remaining
    Intrinsic
 
          Exercise
    Contract
    Value
 
    Shares     Price     Term in Years     (000’s)  
 
Vested and exercisable as of December 31, 2005 (as restated)
    4,745,962     $ 11.87       5.0          
                                 
Vested and exercisable as of December 31, 2006 (as restated)
    3,256,442     $ 12.15       5.3          
                                 
Vested and exercisable as of December 31, 2007
    3,057,824     $ 11.67       5.0     $ 29,358  
                                 


F-49


Table of Contents

 
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
 
The weighted-average grant-date fair value of options granted during the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 was $12.09, $6.19 and $6.08 per share, respectively. The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 was $27.1 million, $16.8 million and $6.1 million, respectively. The total fair value of shares vested during the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006 was $6.8 million and $6.7 million, respectively.
 
As of December 31, 2007 and 2006, there was approximately $8.5 and $17.5 million, respectively, of total unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested share-based compensation arrangements granted under the Plans. As of December 31, 2007 and 2006, that cost is expected to be recognized over the weighted-average period of 2.2 and 3.0 years, respectively. The Company recognizes compensation cost using the straight-line method, as defined in FAS 123R, over the vesting term of the option grant.
 
Cash received from option exercises under the Plans for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006, and 2005 was $15.9 million, $19.4 million and $7.4 million, respectively.
 
The following table illustrates the effect on net income and net income per share for the year ended December 31, 2005 if the Company had applied the fair value recognition provisions of SFAS 123(R) to equity-based compensation (amounts in thousands except per share amounts):
 
         
    December 31,
 
    2005  
    As restated  
 
Net income as reported
  $ 26,286  
Add (deduct): equity-based employee compensation expense included in reported net income, net of related tax effects
    411  
Deduct: Total equity-based employee compensation expense determined under fair value based method for all awards, net of related tax effects
    (3,865 )
         
Pro-forma net income
  $ 22,832  
         
Weighted-average shares outstanding as reported
       
Basic
    72,121  
Diluted
    73,134  
         
Net income per share as reported
       
Basic
  $ 0.36  
Diluted
  $ 0.36  
         
Pro-forma net income per share
       
Basic
  $ 0.32  
Diluted
  $ 0.31  
 
The Company accounts for stock options issued to “non-employees” under the applicable provisions of SFAS 123(R), EITF 96-18 Accounting for Equity Instruments That are Issued to Other Than Employees for Acquiring, or in Conjunction with Selling Goods or Services (“EITF 96-18”) and EITF 00-19 Accounting for Derivative Financial Instruments Indexed to, and Potentially Settled in, a Company’s Stock (“EITF 00-19”). SFAS 123(R) requires fair value accounting for equity securities issued to non-employees, and EITF 96-18 specifies the measurement date for recording compensation cost. The Company measures compensation at the fair value at each interim reporting period. Additionally, under EITF 00-19, options issued to non-employees where performance has been completed are recorded as liabilities, which are re-measured at fair value at each interim reporting period.


F-50


Table of Contents

 
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
 
Restricted Stock Units
 
Beginning on January 22, 2007, the Compensation Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors granted RSUs to certain members of the Company’s management team. “RSU Grants” were made under the 1999 Option Plan and replaced the Company’s January 2005 Long Term Incentive Plan. RSUs are intended to provide management with additional incentives to promote the success of the Company’s business, thereby aligning their interests with the interests of the Company’s stockholders. One RSU was granted during 2007 for 500,000 shares and vests equally over a 10-year period. The Company granted an additional RSU for 500,000 shares of which 50% vests equally over five years and 50% is earned by achieving specific performance targets over a five year period. The remaining RSU grants during 2007 are partially earned by achieving specific performance targets and partially time vested. Two-thirds of the remaining RSUs granted (“performance RSUs”) vest pro-rata over three years based on the Company achieving specified operating income performance targets in each of the years 2007, 2008 and 2009. If the performance target for a particular year is not met, the performance RSUs scheduled to vest for that year are canceled. The Company records compensation cost for the performance RSUs when it concludes that it is probable that the performance condition will be achieved. For 2007, the Company did not achieve the operating income performance targets and one-third of the performance RSUs were canceled. The remaining one-third of the RSUs (“time vesting RSUs”) vest over five years based on the individual recipient’s continued employment with the Company.
 
Settlement of the RSUs shall be made in shares of the Company’s common stock by delivery of one share of common stock for each RSU then being settled. The Company calculates the fair value for RSUs based on the closing price of the Company’s stock on the date of grant and records compensation cost over the vesting period using a straight-line method. The Company also factors an estimated forfeiture rate in calculating compensation cost on RSUs and adjusts for actual forfeitures upon the vesting of each tranche of vested RSUs.
 
The weighted-average grant date fair value of RSUs granted during the year ended December 31, 2007 was $29.79 per share.
 
A summary of the status of the Company’s non-vested RSUs as of December 31, 2007 and activity during the year ended December 31, 2007 is as follows:
 
                 
          Weighted
 
          Average Grant
 
    Shares     Date Fair Value  
 
Unvested as of December 31, 2006
        $  
Grants
    3,163,500     $ 29.79  
Exercises
        $  
Cancellations/expirations
    (939,467 )   $ 28.43  
                 
Unvested as of December 31, 2007
    2,224,033     $ 30.36  
                 
 
As of December 31, 2007, there was approximately $34.5 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested time-vesting RSU grants. That cost is expected to be recognized over the weighted-average period of 6.2 years using a straight-line method.
 
For the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, the Company recorded total share-based compensation cost under all share-based arrangements (stock options and RSUs) of $13.7 million and $7.5 million, respectively. The compensation cost for 2007 and 2006 included approximately $1.4 million and $0.4 million for modifications made to employee stock option agreements. The modifications primarily pertained to accelerated vesting and extension of contractual terms on several employees and former employees. All compensation cost is included in Selling, General and


F-51


Table of Contents

 
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
 
Administrative expense in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income.
 
(21)  STOCK REPURCHASE PROGRAM
 
In November 2001, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized a $5 million stock repurchase program with the objective of improving stockholder returns. Since then, the Board has steadily increased the amount of funds available to repurchase common stock to $215 million. In early November 2007, the Company suspended repurchases under this stock repurchase program due to the review of historical equity-based compensation practices. During the first three quarters of the year ended December 31, 2007, the Company purchased 1.6 million shares for $47.0 million, From inception of the program through December 31, 2007, the Company purchased 14.8 million shares for $162.3 million, leaving $52.7 million remaining under the repurchase program as of December 31, 2007. The program does not have an expiration date.
 
(22)  RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
 
The Company has entered into agreements under which Avion, LLC (“Avion”) and AirMax, LLC (“AirMax”) provide certain aviation flight services as requested by the Company. Such services include the use of an aircraft and flight crew. Kenneth D. Tuchman, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, has a direct 100% beneficial ownership interest in Avion and an indirect interest in AirMax. During 2007, 2006 and 2005, the Company paid an aggregate of $1.1 million, $0.9 million and $0.9 million, respectively, to Avion for services provided to the Company. Mr. Tuchman also purchases services from AirMax and from time to time provides short-term loans to AirMax. During 2007, 2006 and 2005, the Company paid to AirMax an aggregate of $1.4 million, $1.1 million and $1.1 million, respectively, for services provided to the Company. The Audit Committee of the Board reviews these transactions annually and has determined that the fees charged by Avion and AirMax are at fair market value.
 
(23)  OTHER FINANCIAL INFORMATION
 
Self-insurance Liabilities
 
Self-insurance liabilities of the Company were as follows (amounts in thousands):
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2007     2006  
          As restated  
 
Workers’ compensation
  $ 4,132     $ 4,784  
Employee health insurance
    2,654       1,220  
Other general liability insurance
    1,155       549  
                 
Total self-insurance liabilities
  $ 7,941     $ 6,553  
                 
 
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income
 
As of December 31, 2007, Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income comprised of $36.7 million and $21.4 million of foreign currency translation adjustments and derivatives valuation, respectively. As of December 31, 2006, Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income comprised of $10.8 million and $(0.2) million of foreign currency translation adjustments and derivatives valuation, respectively.


F-52


Table of Contents

 
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
 
(24)   QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED)
 
The following tables present certain quarterly financial data for the year ended December 31, 2007 (amounts in thousands except per share amounts).
 
                 
    For the Quarter Ended  
    December 31,
    September 30,
 
    2007     2007  
    As currently reported  
 
Revenue
  $ 371,557     $ 335,727  
Cost of services
    280,431       246,558  
Selling, general and administrative
    59,853       46,968  
Depreciation and amortization
    14,355       14,250  
Restructuring charges, net
    4,265       2,588  
Impairment losses
          2,274  
                 
Income from operations
    12,653       23,089  
Other income (expense)
    3,901       (6,826 )
Provision for income taxes
    (3,369 )     (1,082 )
Minority interest
    (936 )     (808 )
                 
Net income (loss)
  $ 12,249     $ 14,373  
                 
Weighted average shares outstanding
               
Basic
    69,818       70,214  
Diluted
    71,574       72,343  
Net income per share
               
Basic
  $ 0.18     $ 0.20  
Diluted
  $ 0.17     $ 0.20  


F-53


Table of Contents

 
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
 
The following tables summarize the effects of the restatement adjustments described in Note 2 of Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements on the quarterly Consolidated Statement of Operations for the first and second quarters of 2007 and for each quarter of 2006 (amounts in thousands).
 
                                                 
    For the Quarter Ended June 30, 2007     For the Quarter Ended March 31, 2007  
    As
                As
             
    Previously
                Previously
             
    Reported     Adjustments     As Restated     Reported     Adjustments     As Restated  
 
Revenue
  $ 329,832     $ (224 )   $ 329,608     $ 332,532     $ 208     $ 332,740  
Cost of services
    237,760       (532 )     237,228       238,305       (1,063 )     237,242  
Selling, general and administrative
    49,479       (868 )     48,611       52,487       (391 )     52,096  
Depreciation and amortization
    13,380       414       13,794       13,254       300       13,554  
Restructuring charges, net
    262             262                    
Impairment losses
    13,515             13,515                    
                                                 
Income from operations
    15,436       762       16,198       28,486       1,362       29,848  
Other income (expense)
    (2,077 )     (158 )     (2,235 )     (1,062 )     (215 )     (1,277 )
Provision for income taxes
    (3,681 )     (1,056 )     (4,737 )     (9,663 )     (711 )     (10,374 )
Minority interest
    (508 )           (508 )     (434 )           (434 )
                                                 
Net income (loss)
  $ 9,170     $ (452 )   $ 8,718     $ 17,327     $ 436     $ 17,763  
                                                 
                                                 
Weighted average shares outstanding
                                               
Basic
    70,599       (19 )     70,580       70,335       (26 )     70,309  
Diluted
    72,973       131       73,104       72,880       49       72,929  
                                                 
Net income per share
                                               
Basic
  $ 0.13     $ (0.01 )   $ 0.12     $ 0.25     $     $ 0.25  
Diluted
  $ 0.13     $ (0.01 )   $ 0.12     $ 0.24     $     $ 0.24  
 


F-54


Table of Contents

 
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
 
                                                 
    For The Quarter Ended December 31, 2006     For The Quarter Ended September 30, 2006  
    As
                As
             
    Previously
                Previously
             
    Reported     Adjustments     As Restated     Reported     Adjustments     As Restated  
 
Revenue
  $ 336,737     $ (80 )   $ 336,657     $ 303,804     $ 35     $ 303,839  
Cost of services
    238,779       (1,144 )     237,635       219,744       (1,323 )     218,421  
Selling, general and administrative
    54,094       (178 )     53,916       49,271       316       49,587  
Depreciation and amortization
    14,736       (528 )     14,208       12,925       430       13,355  
Restructuring charges, net
    175             175       515             515  
Impairment losses
    87             87                    
                                                 
Income from operations
    28,866       1,770       30,636       21,349       612       21,961  
Other income (expense)
    (439 )     (111 )     (550 )     (1,559 )     391       (1,168 )
Provision for income taxes
    (6,787 )     (841 )     (7,628 )     (6,428 )     (745 )     (7,173 )
Minority interest
    (209 )           (209 )     (583 )           (583 )
                                                 
Net income (loss)
  $ 21,431     $ 818     $ 22,249     $ 12,779     $ 258     $ 13,037  
                                                 
                                                 
Weighted average shares outstanding
                                               
Basic
    69,798             69,798       69,085             69,085  
Diluted
    71,777       164       71,941       70,366       (89 )     70,277  
                                                 
Net income per share
                                               
Basic
  $ 0.31     $ 0.01     $ 0.32     $ 0.18     $ 0.00     $ 0.19  
Diluted
  $ 0.30     $ 0.01     $ 0.31     $ 0.18     $ 0.00     $ 0.19  
 
                                                 
    For the Quarter Ended June 30, 2006     For the Quarter Ended March 31, 2006  
    As
                As
             
    Previously
                Previously
             
    Reported     Adjustments     As Restated     Reported     Adjustments     As Restated  
 
Revenue
  $ 287,334     $ (329 )   $ 287,005     $ 283,422     $ (170 )   $ 283,252  
Cost of services
    213,777       (339 )     213,438       213,302       13       213,315  
Selling, general and administrative
    48,451       167       48,618       47,410       464       47,874  
Depreciation and amortization
    11,971       341       12,312       11,797       317       12,114  
Restructuring charges, net
    183             183       757             757  
Impairment losses
    302             302       176             176  
                                                 
Income from operations
    12,650       (498 )     12,152       9,980       (964 )     9,016  
Other income (expense)
    (1,234 )     (89 )     (1,323 )     (1,227 )     (174 )     (1,401 )
Provision for income taxes
    1,520       (225 )     1,295       (2,981 )     13       (2,968 )
Minority interest
    (692 )           (692 )     (384 )           (384 )
                                                 
Net income (loss)
  $ 12,244     $ (812 )   $ 11,432     $ 5,388     $ (1,125 )   $ 4,263  
                                                 
                                                 
Weighted average shares outstanding
                                               
Basic
    68,925             68,925       68,928             68,928  
Diluted
    70,387       (347 )     70,040       70,344       (327 )     70,017  
                                                 
Net income per share
                                               
Basic
  $ 0.18     $ (0.01 )   $ 0.17     $ 0.08     $ (0.02 )   $ 0.06  
Diluted
  $ 0.17     $ (0.01 )   $ 0.16     $ 0.08     $ (0.02 )   $ 0.06  

F-55


Table of Contents

 
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
 
The table below summarizes the effects of the restatement adjustments described in Note 2 of Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements on the quarterly Consolidated Balance Sheets for the year ended December 31, 2007 (amounts in thousands).
 
                                                                 
    Fourth Quarter     Third Quarter              
    December 31,
    September 30,
    Second Quarter     First Quarter  
    2007     2007     June 30, 2007     March 31, 2007  
          As
                As
             
          Previously
                Previously
             
    As Currently Reported     Reported     Adjustments     As Restated     Reported     Adjustments     As Restated  
 
ASSETS
                                                               
Current assets
                                                               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 91,239     $ 70,684     $ 60,138     $ (2,849 )   $ 57,289     $ 65,282     $ (2,795 )   $ 62,487  
Accounts receivable, net
    270,988       238,623       239,172       (1,609 )     237,563       237,042       (1,388 )     235,654  
Prepaids and other current assets
    62,344       61,273       47,581       3,457       51,038       36,755       3,351       40,106  
Deferred tax assets, net
    8,386       5,925       8,120       2,524       10,644       11,778       2,558       14,336  
Income taxes receivable
    26,868       28,924       20,501       1,182       21,683       16,913       3,428       20,341  
                                                                 
Total current assets
    459,825       405,429       375,512       2,705       378,217       367,770       5,154       372,924  
Long-term assets
                                                               
Property, plant and equipment, net
    174,809       168,992       165,686       4,423       170,109       158,335       4,708       163,043  
Goodwill
    45,154       45,054       45,222       (389 )     44,833       58,334       (374 )     57,960  
Contract acquisition costs, net
    6,984       7,511       8,329             8,329       9,002             9,002  
Deferred tax assets, net
    39,764       46,659       40,920       11,388       52,308       43,066       4,604       47,670  
Other long-term assets
    33,759       34,548       29,696       2,888       32,584       25,894       4,474       30,368  
                                                                 
Total long-term assets
    300,470       302,764       289,853       18,310       308,163       294,631       13,412       308,043  
                                                                 
Total assets
  $ 760,295     $ 708,193     $ 665,365     $ 21,015     $ 686,380     $ 662,401     $ 18,566     $ 680,967  
                                                                 
                                                                 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY                                                                
Current liabilities
                                                               
Accounts payable
  $ 38,761     $ 30,656     $ 26,715     $ (31 )   $ 26,684     $ 28,466     $ (145 )   $ 28,321  
Accrued employee compensation and benefits
    87,480       88,563       77,047       (1,465 )     75,582       82,363       (572 )     81,791  
Other accrued expenses
    28,872       38,421       35,392       2,588       37,980       35,660       3,406       39,066  
Income taxes payable
    18,552       23,069       26,823       2,081       28,904       27,827       2,963       30,790  
Deferred tax liabilities
    88       436       311       3,906       4,217       311       3,898       4,209  
Other short-term liabilities
    13,057       11,324       9,154       (121 )     9,033       8,239       (107 )     8,132  
                                                                 
Total current liabilities
    186,810       192,469       175,442       6,958       182,400       182,866       9,443       192,309  
Long-term liabilities
                                                               
Line of credit
    65,400       38,500       45,000             45,000       39,000             39,000  
Grant advances
    6,741       6,187       7,298       (150 )     7,148       8,027       (473 )     7,554  
Deferred tax liabilities
    57       88       419       (299 )     120       6,273       (6,148 )     125  
Other long-term liabilities
    46,531       42,373       19,860       15,341       35,201       21,708       14,337       36,045  
                                                                 
Total long-term liabilities
    118,729       87,148       72,577       14,892       87,469       75,008       7,716       82,724  
                                                                 
Total liabilities
    305,539       281,404       248,019       21,850       269,869       257,874       17,159       275,033  
                                                                 
Minority interest
    3,555       4,700       5,181             5,181       5,280             5,280  
                                                                 
Commitments and contingencies
                                                               
                                                                 
Stockholders’ equity
                                                               
Common stock
    698       698       704               704       707             707  
Additional paid-in capital
    334,593       331,028       284,996       37,933       322,929       274,550       38,803       313,353  
Treasury stock
    (143,205 )     (143,205 )     (119,915 )           (119,915 )     (96,200 )           (96,200 )
Accumulated other comprehensive income
    57,888       46,377       26,034       6,972       33,006       9,015       7,893       16,908  
Retained earnings
    201,227       188,978       220,346       (45,740 )     174,606       211,175       (45,289 )     165,886  
                                                                 
Total stockholders’ equity
    451,201       423,876       412,165       (835 )     411,330       399,247       1,407       400,654  
                                                                 
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
  $ 760,295     $ 708,193     $ 665,365     $ 21,015     $ 686,380     $ 662,401     $ 18,566     $ 680,967  
                                                                 


F-56


Table of Contents

 
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
 
The following tables summarize the effects of the restatement adjustments described in Note 2 of Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements on the quarterly Consolidated Balance Sheets for the year ended December 31, 2006 (amounts in thousands).
 
                                                 
    Fourth Quarter     Third Quarter  
    December 31, 2006     September 30, 2006  
    As
                As
             
    Previously
                Previously
             
    Reported     Adjustments     As Restated     Reported     Adjustments     As Restated  
 
ASSETS
                                               
Current assets
                                               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 60,484     $ (2,132 )   $ 58,352     $ 55,192     $ (2,500 )   $ 52,692  
Accounts receivable, net
    237,353       (1,395 )     235,958       220,668       (1,292 )     219,376  
Prepaids and other current assets
    34,552       3,334       37,886       38,494       3,186       41,680  
Deferred tax assets, net
    12,212       (1,131 )     11,081       11,960       (1,709 )     10,251  
Income taxes receivable
    16,543       (668 )     15,875       16,146       1,248       17,394  
                                                 
Total current assets
    361,144       (1,992 )     359,152       342,460       (1,067 )     341,393  
Long-term assets
                                               
Property, plant and equipment, net
    156,047       5,014       161,061       154,614       4,288       158,902  
Goodwill
    58,234       (375 )     57,859       57,385       (375 )     57,010  
Contract acquisition costs, net
    9,674             9,674       10,734             10,734  
Deferred tax assets, net
    44,585       1,581       46,166       38,563       2,842       41,405  
Other long-term assets
    29,032       1,477       30,509       22,540       2,774       25,314  
                                                 
Total long-term assets
    297,572       7,697       305,269       283,836       9,529       293,365  
                                                 
Total assets
  $ 658,716     $ 5,705     $ 664,421     $ 626,296     $ 8,462     $ 634,758  
                                                 
                                                 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY                                                
Current liabilities
                                               
Accounts payable
  $ 30,738     $ 549     $ 31,287     $ 28,318     $     $ 28,318  
Accrued employee compensation and benefits
    76,071       (626 )     75,445       82,933       (156 )     82,777  
Other accrued expenses
    39,165       (1,516 )     37,649       36,632       236       36,868  
Income taxes payable
    26,211       3,523       29,734       18,108       2,659       20,767  
Deferred tax liabilities
    309       86       395       1,542       (1,166 )     376  
Other short-term liabilities
    9,521       (1 )     9,520       8,367             8,367  
                                                 
Total current liabilities
    182,015       2,015       184,030       175,900       1,573       177,473  
Long-term liabilities
                                               
Capital lease obligations
                      680       (680 )      
Line of credit
    65,000             65,000       77,750             77,750  
Grant advances
    8,000       1       8,001       7,163             7,163  
Deferred tax liabilities
    6,741       (6,604 )     137       6,329       (6,196 )     133  
Other long-term liabilities
    27,676       10,986       38,662       21,240       14,016       35,256  
                                                 
Total long-term liabilities
    107,417       4,383       111,800       113,162       7,140       120,302  
                                                 
Total liabilities
    289,432       6,398       295,830       289,062       8,713       297,775  
                                                 
Minority interest
    5,877             5,877       6,731             6,731  
                                                 
Commitments and contingencies
                                               
                                                 
Stockholders’ equity
                                               
Common stock
    701             701       693             693  
Additional paid-in capital
    258,719       39,608       298,327       244,892       42,961       287,853  
Treasury stock
    (96,200 )           (96,200 )     (94,275 )           (94,275 )
Accumulated other comprehensive income
    5,730       4,795       10,525       6,167       2,704       8,871  
Retained earnings
    194,457       (45,096 )     149,361       173,026       (45,916 )     127,110  
                                                 
Total stockholders’ equity
    363,407       (693 )     362,714       330,503       (251 )     330,252  
                                                 
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
  $ 658,716     $ 5,705     $ 664,421     $ 626,296     $ 8,462     $ 634,758  
                                                 


F-57


Table of Contents

 
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
 
                                                 
    Second Quarter     First Quarter  
    June 30, 2006     March 31, 2006  
    As Previously
                As
             
    Reported     Adjustments     As Restated     Previously Reported     Adjustments     As Restated  
 
ASSETS
                                               
Current assets
                                               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 31,315     $ 160     $ 31,475     $ 34,483     $ (345 )   $ 34,138  
Accounts receivable, net
    219,662       (1,299 )     218,363       198,918       (946 )     197,972  
Prepaids and other current assets
    35,639       997       36,636       33,090       846       33,936  
Deferred tax assets, net
    10,612       (1,128 )     9,484       11,649       (787 )     10,862  
Income taxes receivable
    16,729       1,461       18,190       16,294       1,262       17,556  
                                                 
Total current assets
    313,957       191       314,148       294,434       30       294,464  
Long-term assets
                                               
Property, plant and equipment, net
    144,362       4,549       148,911       138,692       4,822       143,514  
Goodwill
    57,172       (375 )     56,797       32,803       (375 )     32,428  
Contract acquisition costs, net
    11,453             11,453       12,163             12,163  
Deferred tax assets, net
    38,264       4,114       42,378       31,864       3,074       34,938  
Other long-term assets
    22,699       2,542       25,241       12,667       2,141       14,808  
                                                 
Total long-term assets
    273,950       10,830       284,780       228,189       9,662       237,851  
                                                 
Total assets
  $ 587,907     $ 11,021     $ 598,928     $ 522,623     $ 9,692     $ 532,315  
                                                 
 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Current liabilities
                                               
Accounts payable
    27,669       432       28,101       25,067             25,067  
Accrued employee compensation and benefits
    67,061       (426 )     66,635       65,331       (360 )     64,971  
Other accrued expenses
    35,985       292       36,277       38,558       309       38,867  
Income taxes payable
    16,479       2,445       18,924       15,675       1,179       16,854  
Deferred tax liabilities
    1,724       (1,424 )     300       1,508       (1,133 )     375  
Other short-term liabilities
    6,452             6,452       8,801             8,801  
Current portion of long-term debt
    81,600             81,600                    
                                                 
Total current liabilities
    236,970       1,319       238,289       154,940       (5 )     154,935  
Long-term liabilities
                                               
Line of credit
                      32,500             32,500  
Grant advances
    7,109             7,109       6,732       1       6,733  
Deferred tax liabilities
    5,135       (4,997 )     138       6,136       (5,987 )     149  
Other long-term liabilities
    21,080       14,887       35,967       19,949       14,423       34,372  
                                                 
Total long-term liabilities
    33,324       9,890       43,214       65,317       8,437       73,754  
                                                 
Total liabilities
    270,294       11,209       281,503       220,257       8,432       228,689  
                                                 
Minority interest
    7,064             7,064       6,951             6,951  
                                                 
Commitments and contingencies
                                               
                                                 
Stockholders’ equity
                                               
Common stock
    688             688       732       (44 )     688  
Additional paid-in capital
    234,872       43,265       278,137       230,803       43,928       274,731  
Treasury stock
    (90,305 )           (90,305 )     (87,710 )           (87,710 )
Accumulated other comprehensive income
    5,047       2,721       7,768       3,587       2,738       6,325  
Retained earnings
    160,247       (46,174 )     114,073       148,003       (45,362 )     102,641  
                                                 
Total stockholders’ equity
    310,549       (188 )     310,361       295,415       1,260       296,675  
                                                 
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
  $ 587,907     $ 11,021     $ 598,928     $ 522,623     $ 9,692     $ 532,315  
                                                 


F-58


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX
 
         
Exhibit No.
 
Description
 
  3 .01   Restated Certificate of Incorporation of TeleTech (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to TeleTech’s Amendment No. 2 to Form S-1 Registration Statement (Registration No. 333-04097) filed on July 5, 1996)
  3 .02   Amended and Restated Bylaws of TeleTech (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to TeleTech’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 29, 2008)
  10 .01   TeleTech Holdings, Inc. Stock Plan, as amended and restated (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to TeleTech’s Amendment No. 2 to Form S-1 Registration Statement (Registration No. 333-04097) filed on July 5, 1996)**
  10 .02   TeleTech Holdings, Inc. Amended and Restated Employee Stock Purchase Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to TeleTech’s Form S-8 Registration Statement (Registration No. 333-69668) filed on September 19, 2001)**
  10 .03   TeleTech Holdings, Inc. Directors Stock Option Plan, as amended and restated (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to TeleTech’s Amendment No. 2 to Form S-1 Registration Statement (Registration No. 333-04097) filed on July 5, 1996)**
  10 .04   TeleTech Holdings, Inc. Amended and Restated 1999 Stock Option and Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to TeleTech’s Form S-8 Registration Statement (Registration No. 333-96617) filed on July 17, 2002)**
  10 .05*   Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement**
  10 .06*   Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement (below Vice President)**
  10 .07*   Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (Vice President and above)**
  10 .08*   Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (Non-Employee Director)**
  10 .09   Employment Agreement dated October 15, 2001 between James Barlett and TeleTech (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.66 to TeleTech’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2001)**
  10 .10   Stock Option Agreement dated October 15, 2001 between James Barlett and TeleTech (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.70 to TeleTech’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2001)**
  10 .11   Restricted Stock Agreement dated October 15, 2001 between James Barlett and TeleTech (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.71 to TeleTech’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2001)**
  10 .12   Restricted Stock Agreement dated October 15, 2001 between James Barlett and TeleTech (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.72 to TeleTech’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2001)**
  10 .13   Employment Agreement dated October 15, 2001 between Ken Tuchman and TeleTech (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.68 to TeleTech’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2001)**
  10 .14   Stock Option Agreement dated October 1, 2001 between Ken Tuchman and TeleTech (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.69 to TeleTech’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2001)**
  10 .15   Amended and Restated Credit Agreement among TeleTech Holdings, Inc. as Borrower, The Lenders named herein, as lenders and Keybank National Association, as Lead Arranger, Sole Book Runner and Administrative Agent dated as of September 28, 2006 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.39 to TeleTech’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on February 7, 2007)
  10 .16   First Amendment to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement among TeleTech Holdings, Inc. as Borrower, the Lenders named herein, as Lenders and Keybank National Association, as Lead Arranger, Sole Book Runner and Administrative Agent dated as of October 24, 2006 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.40 to TeleTech’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on February 7, 2007)


Table of Contents

         
Exhibit No.
 
Description
 
  10 .17   Second Amendment to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement among TeleTech Holdings, Inc. as Borrower, the Lenders named herein, as Lenders and Keybank National Association, as Lead Arranger, Sole Book Runner and Administrative Agent dated as of November 15, 2007 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to TeleTech’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 4, 2007)
  10 .18   Third Amendment to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement among TeleTech Holdings, Inc. as Borrower, the Lenders named herein, as Lenders and Keybank National Association, as Lead Arranger, Sole Book Runner and Administrative Agent dated as of March 25, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 TeleTech’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 27, 2008)
  10 .19   Fourth Amendment to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement among TeleTech Holdings, Inc. as Borrower, the Lenders named herein, as Lenders and Keybank National Association, as Lead Arranger, Sole Book Runner and Administrative Agent dated as of June 30, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 TeleTech’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 30, 2008)
  21 .01*   List of subsidiaries
  23 .01*   Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
  23 .02*   Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
  31 .01*   Rule 13a-14(a) Certification of CEO of TeleTech
  31 .02*   Rule 13a-14(a) Certification of CFO of TeleTech
  32 .01*   Written Statement of Chief Executive Officer and Acting Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (18 U.S.C. Section 1350)
 
 
* Filed herewith.
 
** Identifies exhibit that consists of or includes a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.